advertisement
53-1003446-01
November 2014
Brocade ServerIron ADX
MIB Reference
Supporting Brocade ServerIron ADX version 12.5.02
®
© 2014, Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Brocade, the B-wing symbol, Brocade Assurance, ADX, AnyIO, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, HyperEdge, ICX, MLX, MyBrocade, NetIron,
OpenScript, VCS, VDX, and Vyatta are registered trademarks, and The Effortless Network and the On-Demand Data Center are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and in other countries. Other brands and product names mentioned may be trademarks of others.
Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability.
Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government.
The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. assume no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with respect to the accuracy of this document or any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained herein or the computer programs that accompany it.
The product described by this document may contain open source software covered by the GNU General Public License or other open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing terms applicable to the open source software, and obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd .
Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated
Corporate and Latin American Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.
1745 Technology Drive
San Jose, CA 95110
Tel: 1-408-333-8000
Fax: 1-408-333-8101
E-mail: [email protected]
Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd.
No. 1 Guanghua Road
Chao Yang District
Units 2718 and 2818
Beijing 100020, China
Tel: +8610 6588 8888
Fax: +8610 6588 9999
E-mail: [email protected]
European Headquarters
Brocade Communications Switzerland Sàrl
Centre Swissair
Tour B - 4ème étage
29, Route de l'Aéroport
Case Postale 105
CH-1215 Genève 15
Switzerland
Tel: +41 22 799 5640
Fax: +41 22 799 5641
E-mail: [email protected]
Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen WFOE)
Citic Plaza
No. 233 Tian He Road North
Unit 1308 – 13th Floor
Guangzhou, China
Tel: +8620 3891 2000
Fax: +8620 3891 2111
E-mail: [email protected]
Contents
Preface
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Document conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Brocade resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xvii
Contacting Brocade Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xvii
Brocade customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Brocade OEM customers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Overview of the ServerIron ADX MIB
Obtaining and installing the ServerIron ADX MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Downloading the MIB from technical support web site. . . . . . . . 1
Downloading the MIB from Brocade FTP site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Importing MIB into a UNIX environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Reloading MIBs into a third-party NMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Structure of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
About SNMPv3 support on enterprise software releases . . . . . . . . . 3
Supported Standard MIBs
Supported on ServerIron ADX devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Partially supported standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Notes about the ifIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges . . . . . . . . . . . 8
RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
RFC 2096: IP forwarding table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
RFC 2665: Ethernet-like MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01 iii
iv
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
ifType for interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Statistics for virtual routing interfaces on 8x10 modules. . . . .12
Preserved SNMP statistics on interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
RFC 2932: IPv4 multicast routing MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
RFC 2933: IGMP MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
RFC 2934: PIM MIB for IPv4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
RFC 4022: MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) . . . . . . 21
RFC 4113: MIB for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP). . . . . . . . . . . 21
RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4 . . . . . . . . . . . 21
RFC 4292: IP forwarding table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Registration
Physical Properties of a Device
Common objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Agent board table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Agent temperature table (snAgentTemp table) . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Configured module table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Chassis table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Chassis products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
General chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Power supply table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Fan table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Basic Configuration and Management
Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
NVRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
File download and upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Software image details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Boot sequence table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Software configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Switch IP configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Agent system parameters configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Switch group configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Switch configuration summary group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
DHCP gateway list table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
NTP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Banners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Encoded octet strings table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Agent global group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Error management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
FDP/CDP global configuration objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
FDP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
FDP cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
FDP cached address entry table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Software licensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Power Over Ethernet MIB
Power Over Ethernet global objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Power Over Ethernet port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Power over module table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Power over unit table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
User Access
Agent user access group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Agent user account table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
General security objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Configuration notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
IP community list string table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Authorization and accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
RADIUS general group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
RADIUS server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
RADIUS server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
TACACS general objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
TACACS server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Show statistics DOS-attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01 v
vi
Chapter 8
Chapter 9
Chapter 10
MAC Port Security
MAC port security table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
MAC port security module statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
MAC port security interface content table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
MAC port security interface MAC table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
MAC port security autosave MAC table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
MAC port security global MIB group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Traffic Security
Dynamic ARP Inspection VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . .103
DAI VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Dynamic ARP Inspection Interface configuration table. . . . . .104
Dynamic ARP Inspection entry table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
DHCP Snooping global scalar object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
DHCP Snooping VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
DHCP Snooping Interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
DHCP Snooping binding database table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
IP Source Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
IP Source Guard Interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . .108
IP Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN configuration table . . . . .108
IP Source Guard binding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Interfaces
Switch port information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Switch port information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Interface ID lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Interface index lookup table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Trunk port configuration group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Multi-slot trunk port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Multi-slot trunk port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Packet port information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
POS alarms and error conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Port STP configuration groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Port STP configuration groups (snPortStpTable) . . . . . . . . . . .129
Port STP configuration group (snIfStpTable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Port monitor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Chapter 11
Chapter 12
Chapter 13
Chapter 14
Filtering Traffic
MAC filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
MAC filter port access tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Forwarding database static table information. . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Layer 2 ACL next clause table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Layer 2 ACL configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Global ACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
IPv4 ACL table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
ACl bind to port table (snAgAclBindToPortTable) . . . . . . . . . . .153
ACL port table (snAgAclIfBindTable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
ACL port table (AgAclAccntTable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Traffic Control and Prioritization
Quality of service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
QoS profile table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
QoS bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
CAR port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
VLAN CAR objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Rate limit counter table (agRateLimitCounterTable) . . . . . . . . . . .162
Multicast
General IGMP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
IGMP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
IGMP static group MIB table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Common PIM objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
PIM virtual interface table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
PIM neighbor table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
PIM virtual interface statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
PIM-SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
Global DVMRP objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
DVMRP virtual interface table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
DVMRP neighbor table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
DVMRP route table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
DVMRP routing next hop table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
DVMRP virtual interface statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
VLANs
VLAN by port information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01 vii
viii
Chapter 15
Chapter 16
Chapter 17
VLAN by port membership table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Port VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
VLAN by protocol configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
VLAN by IP subnet configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
VLAN by IPX network configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
VLAN by port membership table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
Port VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
Router Redundancy Protocols
About router redundancy protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FSRP global variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
FSRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
VRRP global variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
VRRP interface tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
VRRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
VRRP virtual router parameters tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
VRRP virtual router table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
Global VSRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
VSRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
VSRP virtual router table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
VSRP virtual router table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
RIP
IP RIP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
IP RIP port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Redistribution table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
IP RIP route filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
IP RIP neighbor filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
IP RIP port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Global RIP statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Global Router and IP
Global router objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
IP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
IP static route table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Chapter 18
Chapter 19
IP interface port address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
IP interface port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Port configuration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
IP interface port configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Broadcast forwarding group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
General UDP broadcast forwarding group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
UDP broadcast forwarding port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
UDP helper table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Trace route group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
General trace route group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
Trace route result table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
IP forwarding cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
IP AS-Path access list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
IP AS-Path access list string table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
ECMP MIB Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Bidirectional Forwarding
BFD scaler objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
BFD MIB session table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
BFD MIB session performance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
BFD MIB session mapping table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
Monitoring and Logging
Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table . . . .255
System CPU utility table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
Dynamic memory utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
System DRAM information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
Static ARP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
Global ARP statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
sFlow source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
sFlow collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
sFlow collector table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
System logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
Global objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
Dynamic system logging buffer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
Static system logging buffer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
System log server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01 ix
x
Chapter 20
IP CAM statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
CAM usage tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
CAM profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
CAM usage for layer 3 traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
CAM usage for layer 2 traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
CAM usage session table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
CAM usage other table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
System process utilization table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Objects for debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Support for optical monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
Layer 4 Switch Group
Barrel processor hardware statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
brcdAdxBPStatTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
ADX queue statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
ADX DMA statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics . . . . . . .282
brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
CPU utilization table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleType. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
Server load balancing traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
Layer 4 policy table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
Layer 4 policy port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
Health checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
Web cache server objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
Server cache groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
Web cache group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
Web cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
Web cache real server port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
Web cache traffic statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
Web uncached traffic statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
Real server objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
Real server configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
Real server port configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
Real server statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
Real server port statistic table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
Virtual server objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Virtual server configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306
Virtual server port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Virtual server statistic table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
Virtual server port statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Chapter 21
Chapter 22
L4 bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
L4 virtual server bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
GSLB DNS zone information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314
Monitor groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Real server history control table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Real server history group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
Real server port history control group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321
Real server port history group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
Virtual server history control group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
Virtual server history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
Virtual server port history control table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
Virtual server port history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
Server Load Balancing (SLB) MIB
Agent compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
Global SLB scalar objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
Real Server Configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
Real Server Port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
Real Server Statistics Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
Real Server Port Statistic Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Real Server Keepalive Port Statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
Virtual Server Configuration Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
Virtual Server Port Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
Virtual Server Statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349
Virtual Server Port Statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Virtual Server Bind table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
Virtual Server Multi Bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
Traps and Objects to Enable Traps
Objects to enable or disable standard traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01 xi
xii
Objects for traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
Trap information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
Trap receiver table (IPv4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
Trap receiver table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
General chassis and agent traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
Enable VRRP traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
Enable FSRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
Enable VSRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
Enable OSPF trap objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
Enable switch group traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
Objects to enable layer 4 traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
Standard traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
System status traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
Traps for spanning tree protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
Traps for alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
PW traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
MPLS L3VPN traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
ServerIron ADX traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
General traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
General traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
Traps for traffic manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
Packet over SONET traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
MAC-based VLAN traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
VRRP trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
FSRP trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
VSRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
OSPF traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382
ICMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
TCP trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
BGP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
Port security traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
MRP traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
MPLS notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
MPLS LSP notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
Traps for CAM overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
Traps for bidirectional forwarding (BFD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
Traps for wireless features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
SNMP traps for RSVP-signaled LSP state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
UDLD traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
BPDU guard and root guard traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
Traps for optics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
Traps for stacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
Trap specific to FWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
Software licensing traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398
Layer 4 traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398
SLB Real Server connection traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402
Varbind information for Real Server traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
RMON event traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Appendix A Using SNMP to Upgrade Software
Upgrading switching processors on a chassis device. . . . . . . . . . .407
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01 xiii
xiv Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Preface
Document conventions
The document conventions describe text formatting conventions, command syntax conventions, and important notice formats used in Brocade technical documentation.
Text formatting conventions
Text formatting conventions such as boldface, italic, or Courier may be used in the flow of the text to highlight specific words or phrases.
Format bold text
italic text
Courier font
Description
Identifies command names
Identifies keywords
Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements
Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI
Provides emphasis
Identifies variables and modifiers
Identifies paths and Internet addresses
Identifies document titles
Identifies CLI output
Identifies command syntax examples
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01 xv
xvi
Command syntax conventions
Bold and italic text identify command syntax components. Delimiters and operators define groupings of parameters and their logical relationships.
...
\
Convention bold text
italic text
[ ]
{ x | y |z } x | y
< >
Description
Identifies command names, keywords, and command options.
Identifies a variable.
Syntax components displayed within square brackets are optional.
Default responses to system prompts are enclosed in square brackets.
A choice of required parameters is enclosed in curly braces separated byvertical bars. You must select one of the options.
A vertical bar separates mutually exclusive elements.
Nonprinting characters, for example, passwords, are enclosed in angle brackets.
Repeat the previous element. For example, member [member...].
Indicates a “soft” line break in command examples. If a backslash separates two lines of a command input, enter the entire command at the prompt without the backslash.
Notes, cautions, and warnings
The following notices and statements may be used in this document. They are listed below in order of increasing severity of potential hazards.
NOTE
A note provides a tip, guidance or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a reference to related information.
ATTENTION
An Attention statement indicates a stronger note, for example, to alert you when traffic might be interrupted or the device might reboot.
CAUTION
A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware, firmware, software, or data.
DANGER
A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you. Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Brocade resources
Visit the Brocade website to locate related documentation for your product and additional Brocade resources.
You can download additional publications supporting your product at www.brocade.com
. Select the
Brocade Products tab to locate your product, then click the Brocade product name or image to open the individual product page. The user manuals are available in the resources module at the bottom of the page under the Documentation category.
To get up-to-the-minute information on Brocade products and resources, go to MyBrocade . You can register at no cost to obtain a user ID and password.
Release notes are available on MyBrocade under Product Downloads.
White papers, online demonstrations, and data sheets are available through the Brocade website .
Select Application Delivery Switches on this page to navigate to the relevant product information.
Contacting Brocade Technical Support
As a Brocade customer, you can contact Brocade Technical Support 24x7 online, by telephone, or by e-mail. Brocade OEM customers contact their OEM/Solutions provider.
Brocade customers
For product support information and the latest information on contacting the Technical Assistance
Center, go to
http://www.brocade.com/services-support/index.html
If you have purchased Brocade product support directly from Brocade, use one of the following methods to contact the Brocade Technical Assistance Center 24x7.
Online
Preferred method of contact for non-urgent issues:
•
My Cases through
MyBrocade
•
Software downloads & licensing tools
•
Knowledge Base
Telephone
Required for Sev 1-Critical and
Sev 2-High issues:
•
Continental US:
1-800-752-8061
•
Europe, Middle East, Africa, and Asia Pacific: +800-AT
FIBREE (+800 28 34 27
33)
•
For areas unable to access toll free number:
+1-408-333-6061
•
Toll-free numbers
are available in many countries.
Please include:
•
Problem summary
•
Serial number
•
Installation details
•
Environment description
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01 xvii
Document feedback
Brocade OEM customers
If you have purchased Brocade product support from a Brocade OEM/Solution Provider, contact your OEM/Solution Provider for all of your product support needs.
•
OEM/Solution Providers are trained and certified by Brocade to support Brocade® products.
•
Brocade provides backline support for issues that cannot be resolved by the OEM/Solution
Provider.
•
Brocade Supplemental Support augments your existing OEM support contract, providing direct access to Brocade expertise. For more information, contact Brocade or your OEM.
•
For questions regarding service levels and response times, contact your OEM/Solution
Provider.
Document feedback
To send feedback and report errors in the documentation you can use the feedback form posted with the document or you can e-mail the documentation team.
Quality is our first concern at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. You can provide feedback in two ways:
•
Through the online feedback form in the HTML documents posted on
http://www.brocade.com
.
•
By sending your feedback to
Provide the publication title, part number, and as much detail as possible, including the topic heading and page number if applicable, as well as your suggestions for improvement.
xviii Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Overview of the ServerIron ADX MIB
Chapter
1
In this chapter
•
•
Obtaining and installing the ServerIron ADX MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
•
•
•
•
About SNMPv3 support on enterprise software releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Introduction
The Management Information Base (MIB) is a database of objects that can be used by a network management system to manage and monitor devices on the network. The MIB can be retrieved by a network management system that uses Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). The MIB structure determines the scope of management access allowed by a device. By using SNMP, a manager application can issue read or write operations within the scope of the MIB.
Obtaining and installing the ServerIron ADX MIBs
You can obtain the MIBs by downloading the file from Brocade Technical Support site.
After obtaining the MIB, follow the instructions for your network management system to be able to use the MIB with your system.
Downloading the MIB from technical support web site
To download the MIB from the Brocade Technical Support Web site, you must have a user name and password to access the Brocade support site. Then do the following.
1. Open your Web browser and go to my.brocade.com
.
2. Login with your user name and password.
3. Click the downloads tab.
4. Search for the product name. Each product release has a link for its corresponding MIB.
5. Navigate to the link for the MIB and either open the file or save it to disk.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
1
2
Standard objects
Downloading the MIB from Brocade FTP site
You can also download the MIB from the Knowledge Portal. Contact Brocade Technical Support for details. For the latest edition of this document, which contains the most up-to-date information, see the Product Manuals tab at https:/kp.foundrynet.com
.
Importing MIB into a UNIX environment
You can import the MIB into third-party Network Management Applications, such as HP OpenView.
By default, the MIB files are in DOS ASCII format that uses the following characters:
•
CR/LF – Indicates the end of a line
•
^Z - Indicates the end of a file
However, in a UNIX environment, the characters LF are used to indicate the end of a line. No character indicates the end of a file. Therefore, if you need to import the MIB into a UNIX environment, you must use a tool that converts the DOS ASCII into UNIX ASCII, such as the dos2unix tool.
Reloading MIBs into a third-party NMS
Third-part network management system may have problems reloading MIB files. When reloading the MIBs into third-party Network Management Applications such as HP OpenView, you must:
•
Unload the Enterprise MIBs which were installed from the previous upgrade before reloading any new Enterprise MIB file.
•
Unload the Standard MIBs which were installed from the previous upgrade before reloading any new Standard MIB file.
Standard objects
The ADP MIB supports certain standard MIB objects, which are derived from Request for
Comments (RFCs) documents. Refer to
“Supported Standard MIBs” on page 5
for details on the supported standard MIBs.
Proprietary objects
Proprietary objects are MIB objects that have been developed specifically to manage ServerIron
ADX products. These objects may also be referred to as the private (or enterprise) MIBs.
In this guide, the MIB objects are presented with their object names and their object identifiers
(OIDs). OIDs are presented in the format brcdIp.x.x.x.x, where:
•
“brcdIp” represents the number 1.3.6.1.4.1.1991
•
.x.x.x.x is the remainder of the number
For example, the OID for the object snChassis is 1.3.6.1.4.1.1991.1.1.1, but appears as brcdIp.1.1.1 in this guide.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Structure of this guide
Structure of this guide
All chapters in this guide contain details about the MIB objects that are in the ServerIron ADX MIB.
Each object is presented with its object name and OID, the access type available for that object (for example, read-write or read only), and a description. Objects are grouped according to their function.
The chapter
“Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 357 contains both the objects used to
enable a particular type of trap and the objects that are available for a trap type. For example, objects to enable Layer 4 traps as well as the Layer 4 trap objects are in the chapter.
About SNMPv3 support on enterprise software releases
On devices running Enterprise software, SNMPv3 engine is supported in Brocade devices. However, there are no MIB objects specific to SNMPv3. The SNMPv3 engine can accept V1, V2c and V3 packet formats.
Also, the SNMP agent does not check for type validity with the SNMP version. If the manager sends an SNMP request with a varbind of an invalid type for that version of SNMP, the SNMP agent sends a response with the error “noSuchName” for that varbind. For example, MIB objects of type
Counter64 cannot be retrieved using a v1 packet, as Counter64 is a v2c and v3 type.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
3
About SNMPv3 support on enterprise software releases
4 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Supported Standard MIBs
Chapter
2
In this chapter
•
Supported on ServerIron ADX devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
•
•
RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
•
RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
•
RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
•
RFC 1757: Remote network monitoring management information base . . . 9
•
•
RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
•
•
•
RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
•
RFC 2932: IPv4 multicast routing MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
•
•
•
RFC 4022: MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
•
RFC 4113: MIB for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
•
RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
•
RFC 4292: IP forwarding table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
•
RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
This section summarizes the standard objects that are supported in the ServerIron ADX MIBs. It does not document all the supported standard objects, but present those standard MIBs that are not fully supported.
For example, although RFC1213 is supported, some groups and tables in that MIB are not supported. The section
“RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II)” on page 7 identifies
the groups and tables that are supported and the ones not supported.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
5
6
Supported on ServerIron ADX devices
Supported on ServerIron ADX devices
ServerIron ADX supports the following RFCs:
•
1155 – Structure and Identification of Management Information (SMI)
•
1157 – Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version 1
•
1212 – Concise MIB Definitions
•
1215 – SNMP generic traps
•
1850 – OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base
•
1905 – Protocol Operations for Version 2 of the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMPv2)
•
1906 – Transport Mappings for Version 2 of the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMPv2)
•
2012 – SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol using
SMIv2
•
2013 – SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol using SMIv2
•
2233 – The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2
•
2570 – Introduction to Version 3 of the Internet-standard Network Management Framework
•
2571 – An Architecture of Describing SNMP Management Frameworks
•
2572 – Message Processing and Dispatching for the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP)
•
2574 – User-based Security (USM) for version 3 of the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMPv3)
•
2575 – View-based Access Control Model (VACM) for the Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP)
•
2578 – Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2)
•
2580 – Conformance Statements for SMIv2
•
2665 – Ethernet Like MIB (incorporates RFC 1398)
•
2674 – Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering and
Virtual LAN Extensions
•
2863 –The Interfaces Group MIB
•
3176 – InMon Corporation's sFlow: A Method for Monitoring Traffic in Switched and Routed
Networks
•
3411 – Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Management Frameworks
•
3412 – Message Processing and Dispatching for the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP)
•
3413 – SNMP Target MIB
•
3414 – User-based Security Model (USM) for version 3 of the Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMPv3)
•
3418 – Management Information Base (MIB) for the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP)
•
4022 – MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
•
4113 – MIB for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Partially supported standards
•
4188 – Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges
•
4273 – Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4
•
4293 – MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP)
• rstpmib Internet draft
•
Enterprise Trap MIB was rewritten in SNMPv2 format
•
Changes to snAgTrpRcvrTable
NOTE
The Object snAgTrpRcvrCommunity has been renamed to snAgTrpRcvrCommunityOrSecurityName to indicate that this object can also have the v3 security name (user name), instead of community string.
Partially supported standards
Portions of the following standard MIBs are supported on the devices. Refer to the following sections for a list of supported objects:
•
“RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II)” on page 7
•
“RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges” on page 8
•
“RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types” on page 9
•
“RFC 1757: Remote network monitoring management information base” on page 9
•
“RFC 2096: IP forwarding table MIB” on page 9
•
“RFC 2932: IPv4 multicast routing MIB” on page 15
•
“RFC 2934: PIM MIB for IPv4” on page 18
RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II)
The following objects from RFC1213 are supported on devices.
Object Group Name Object Identifier system interfaces
1.3.6.1.2.1.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.2
ifTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2 ifEntry 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1
ifIndex (See note below.) 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1
ip icmp
1.3.6.1.2.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.5
tcp 1.3.6.1.2.1.6
udp 1.3.6.1.2.1.7
transmission snmp
1.3.6.1.2.1.10
1.3.6.1.2.1.11
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
7
8
RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges
Object Group Name rmon dot1dBridge
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.16
1.3.6.1.2.1.17
The following groups from RFC 1213 are not supported.
• at
NOTE
The table ipNetToMediaTable (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.22) is used instead of the atTable. The atTable has been obsoleted in RFC 1213.
Configuration Considerations when using the ipNetToMediaTable:
Disabling forwarding using ipForwarding objects is not supported.
Changing dynamic ARP entries using ipNetToMediaType is not supported. You may only create or delete static ARP entries.
• egp
Notes about the ifIndex
The ifIndex values allocated for physical ports do not change as modules are inserted and removed. However, they may have changed between software releases of products to accommodate a greater number of ports per module.
RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges
The following MIB groups are supported on the ServerIron ADX devices.
Object Group Name Object Identifier dot1dBridge 1.3.6.1.2.1.17
dot1dBase 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.1
dot1dStp 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.2
dot1dTp 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.4
NOTE
The dot1dTpFdbTable (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.4) in RFC 1493 is used to find dynamically learned MAC
NOTE
The SNMP MIB object dot1dDtpPortTable (OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.2.15) does not display information for tagged ports that belong to an 802.1W RSTP configuration. The design of that MIB table is based on Single STP standard, and does not accommodate Multiple STPs. Therefore, the table displays information only for SSTP and for untagged port.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types
RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types
The following MIB groups are supported on the ServerIron ADX devices.
Object Group Name dot3 dot3StatsTable dot3CollTable dot3Tests dot3Errors dot3ChipSets
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.8
RFC 1757: Remote network monitoring management information base
The following groups from this RFC are supported on devices.
Object Group Name rmon statistics history alarm event
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.16
1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.16.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.16.9
The following object groups in RFC 1757 are not supported on devices.
• hosts
• hostTopN
• matrix
• filter
• capture (packet capture)
RFC 2096: IP forwarding table MIB
The objects in the RFC 2096 is supported on the ServerIron ADX devices.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
9
RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2
RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2
The Interface Entry Table or ifXTable is based on RFC 2233. It contains information about the interfaces. Each sub-layer is considered to be an interface. This table will contain entries for the
ATM physical ports, as well as for any sub-interfaces that have been configured.
Object Group Name ipCidrRouteDest ipCidrRouteMask ipCidrRouteTos ipCidrRouteNextHop ipCidrRouteIfIndex ipCidrRouteType ipCidrRouteProto
ipCidrRouteAge
ipCidrRouteInfo
ipCidrRouteNextHopAS
ipCidrRouteMetric1
ipCidrRouteMetric2
ipCidrRouteMetric3
ipCidrRouteMetric4
ipCidrRouteMetric5 ipCidrRouteStatus ifMIB ifMIBObjects ifXtable ifStackTable ifConformance ifCounterDiscontinuityGroup
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.8
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.9
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.10
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.11
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.12
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.13
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.14
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.15
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.16
1.3.6.1.2.1.31
1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.31.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.31.2.1.13
RFC 2665: Ethernet-like MIB
On the devices, interface statistics from the following objects of the dot3StatsTable are preserved when the clear statistics command is entered on the CLI, if the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled:
• dot3StatsAlignmentErrors
• dot3StatsFCSErrors
• dot3StatsFrameTooLongs
• dot3StatsLateCollisions
• dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames
10 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RFC 2674: Definitions of managed objects for bridges with traffic classes, multicast filtering and virtual LAN
RFC 2674: Definitions of managed objects for bridges with traffic classes, multicast filtering and virtual LAN extensions
The following groups from this RFC are supported on ServerIron ADX devices.
Object Group Name pBridgeMib qBridgeMib
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7
RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB
RFC 2863 is supported on the ServerIron ADX devices.
ifIndex
The number of ifindexes allocated per module has been reduced from 40 to 20 to accommodate the double port density due to the introduction of the 32-slot chassis. This change affects the ifindex for Slot 2 and higher. If you need the ifindexes to remain at 40 (for example, for backward compatibility), issue the snmp-server max-ifindex-per-module 40 CLI command; otherwise, the default is 20.
On the devices, every trunk group will appear as a row within the ifTable and ifXTable. The ifIndex range involves all the physical ports, virtual ports, loopback ports, multicast tunnels, GRE tunnels and MPLS tunnels in that order.
Use the Get operations on snInterfaceLookupIfIndex (indexed by ifIndex) to get InterfaceId (in a simple OID form)
These allocations are subject to change from one release to the next.
TABLE 1
Physical port
Index Ranges
4-slot
1-160
8-slot
1-320
16-slot
1-640
32-slot
1-1280
Mgmt port
Virtual port
2
255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum
Loopback port 64 default
IP tunnels 8192
2
255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum
64 default
8192
2
255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum
64 default
8192
2
255 default,
40 minimum,
4096 maximum
64 default
8192
Allocation
20 per slot
(Release 3.7 and later)
40 per slot
(Releases prior to
3.7)
1 active, 1 stanby
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
11
12
RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB
TABLE 1 Index Ranges
4-slot 8-slot 16-slot 32-slot
MPLS tunnels 16384
Trunk 128 default, 128 min, max 256
16384
128 default, 128 min, max 256
16384
128 default, 128 min, max 256
16384
128 default,
128 min, max
256
Allocation
IfIndex assignment persistance
The following interfaces on the devices have ifIndex assignment that are persistent across reboots and switchover operations:
•
Physical ports
•
Virtual ports
•
Loopback ports
NOTE
The ifIndex should be derived from the snIfIndexLookupTable using the InterfaceId (in OID form), instead of assuming that the ifIndex to always stay persistent across reloads.
On the following interfaces, IfIndex assignments are not persistent across reboots and switchover operations:
•
MPLS tunnel interfaces
•
Trunk ports
ifType for interfaces
On the devices, ifType for all Ethernet interfaces (10/100/1G/10G) returns the value ethernetCsmacd(6) as mandated by RFC 2665.
Statistics for virtual routing interfaces on 8x10 modules
The ifTable and ifXTable display information for switched and routed packets on virtual routing interface of the 8x10 modules are installed. The extended-counter routed-switched command must be configured to enable separate accounting of routed and switched packets on virtual routing interfaces.
ifTable attributes
The following MIB attributes of the ifTable return information for switched and routed packets for the 8x10 modules.
MIB attribute ifInOctets ifOutOctets
Information attribute returns
Total Rx bytes in this virtual routing interface
(32 bit counter)
Total Tx bytes in this virtual routing interface
(32 bit counter)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB
MIB attribute ifInUcastPkts ifOutUcastPkts ifInNUcastPkts ifInDiscards ifInErrors ifInUnknownProtos ifOutNUcastPkts ifOutDiscards ifOutErrors
Information attribute returns
Total Rx packets in this virtual routing interface
(32 bit counter)
Total Tx packets in this virtual routing interface
(32 bit counter)
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
ifXTable attributes
The following MIB attributes of the ifXTable return information for switched and routed packets for the 8x10 modules.
MIB attribute ifHCInOctets ifHCOutOctets ifHCInUcastPkts ifHCOutUcastPkts ifInMulticastPkts ifInBroadcastPkts ifOutMulticastPkts ifOutBroadcastPkts ifHCInMulticastPkts ifHCInBroadcastPkts ifHCOutMulticastPkts ifHCOutBroadcastPkts
Information attribute returns
Total Rx bytes in this virtual routing interface
(64 bit counter)
Total Tx bytes in this virtual routing interface
(64 bit counter)
Total Rx packets in this virtual routing interface
(64 bit counter)
Total Tx packets in this virtual routing interface
(64 bit counter)
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Always returns 0
Preserved SNMP statistics on interfaces
SNMP statistics in the ifTable and IFXTable for physical interfaces are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. After configuring the snmp-server preserve-statistics command, the SNMP statistics listed below are separated from the CLI statistics. This means that when the clear statistics interface-type interface-id command is entered on the CLI, the command clears only CLI statistics, leaving the SNMP statistics intact.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
13
14
RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB
IF-MIB (RFC 2863) ifTable Objects
Statistics from the following objects in the ifTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. ifInOctets ifInUcastPkts ifInDiscards ifInErrors ifInUnknownProtos ifOutOctets ifOutUcastPkts ifOutNUcastPkts ifOutDiscards ifOutErrors
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32 -- deprecated
Counter32
Counter32
IF-MIB (RFC 2863) ifXTable Objects
Statistics from the following objects in the ifXTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI.
ifInMulticastPkts ifInBroadcastPkts ifOutMulticastPkts ifOutBroadcastPkts ifHCInOctets ifHCInUcastPkts ifHCInMulticastPkts ifHCInBroadcastPkts ifHCOutOctets ifHCOutUcastPkts ifHCOutMulticastPkts ifHCOutBroadcastPkts snSwIfInOctets snSwIfOutOctets
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter64
Counter64
Counter64
Counter64
Counter64
Counter64
Counter64
Counter64
Counter32
Counter32
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RFC 2932: IPv4 multicast routing MIB
EtherLike-MIB (RFC 2665) dot3StatsTable Objects (Ethernet Ports only)
Statistics from the following objects in the dot3StatsTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. dot3StatsAlignmentErrors dot3StatsFCSErrors dot3StatsFrameTooLongs dot3StatsLateCollisions dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
RMON-MIB (RFC 2819) etherStatsTable Objects (Ethernet ports only)
Statistics from the following objects in the etherStatsTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI.
etherStatsDropEvents etherStatsOctets etherStatsPkts etherStatsBroadcastPkts etherStatsMulticastPkts etherStatsCRCAlignErrors etherStatsUndersizePkts etherStatsOversizePkts etherStatsFragments etherStatsPkts64Octets etherStatsPkts65to127Octets etherStatsPkts128to255Octets etherStatsPkts256to511Octets etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
Counter32
RFC 2932: IPv4 multicast routing MIB
The following objects from RFC 2932 are supported on the ServerIron ADX devices.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
15
RFC 2933: IGMP MIB
General scalar
Object ipMRouteEnable
ipMRouteTable
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.1
Object ipMRouteUpstreamNeighbor ipMRouteInIfIndex ipMRouteUpTime ipMRouteExpiryTime ipMRoutePkts ipMRouteOctets ipMRouteProtocol
ipMRouteNextHopTable
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.8
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.10
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.11
Object ipMRouteNextHopState
ipMRouteInterfaceTable
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.6
Object Object Identifier ipMRouteInterfaceInMcastOctet s ipMRouteInterfaceOutMcastOct ets ipMRouteInterfaceHCOutMcastO ctets ipMRouteInterfaceHCInMcastOc tets
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.8
RFC 2933: IGMP MIB
The following objects from RFC 2933 are supported on the ServerIron ADX devices.
16 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RFC 2933: IGMP MIB
igmpInterfaceTable (IGMP interface table)
Object igmpInterfaceStatus igmpInterfaceQuerier
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.5
igmpCacheTable (IGMP cache table)
Object Object Identifier igmpCacheSelf 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.3
igmpCacheStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.7
igmpInterfaceTable (IGMP interface table)
Object Object Identifier igmpInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.1
igmpInterfaceQueryInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.2
igmpInterfaceStatus igmpInterfaceVersion igmpInterfaceQuerier igmpInterfaceQueryMaxRespons eTime
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.6
igmpInterfaceQuerierUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.7
igmpInterfaceQuerierExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.8
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.9
igmpInterfaceVersion1QuerierTi mer igmpInterfaceWrongVersionQuer ies
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.10
igmpInterfaceJoins 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.11
igmpInterfaceProxyIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.12
igmpInterfaceGroups igmpInterfaceRobustness igmpInterfaceLastMemQueryInt vl
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.13
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.14
1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.15
igmpCacheTable (IGMP cache table)
NOTE
GET-NEXT is not supported for MIB walks on the devices.
Supported?
Yes
Yes. Global value only.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes. Global value only.
Yes
Yes
The constant value for this object is
-1.
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes. Global value only.
Yes
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
17
RFC 2934: PIM MIB for IPv4
Object Object Identifier igmpCacheAddress 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.1
igmpCacheIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.2
igmpCacheSelf 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.3
igmpCacheLastReporter 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.4
igmpCacheUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.5
igmpCacheExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.6
igmpCacheStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.7
igmpCacheVersion1HostTimer 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.8
Supported?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RFC 2934: PIM MIB for IPv4
The following objects from RFC 2934 are supported on the ServerIron ADX devices.
Object Object Identifier pimJoinPruneInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.1
pimInterfaceTable (PIM interface table)
Object Object Identifier pimInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.1
pimInterfaceAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.2
pimInterfaceNetMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.3
pimInterfaceMode 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.4
pimInterfaceDR 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.5
pimInterfaceHelloInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.6
pimInterfaceStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.7
pimInterfaceJoinPruneInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.8
pimInterfaceCBSRPreference 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.9
pimNeighborTable (PIM neighbor table)
Object Object Identifier pimNeighborAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.1
pimNeighborIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.2
18 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RFC 2934: PIM MIB for IPv4
pimComponentTable (PIM component table)
Object pimComponentIndex pimComponentBSRAddress pimComponentBSRExpiryTime
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.1
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.2
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.3
Object Object Identifier pimJoinPruneInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.1
pimInterfaceTable (PIM interface table)
Object Object Identifier pimInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.1
pimInterfaceAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.2
pimInterfaceNetMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.3
pimInterfaceMode 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.4
pimInterfaceDR 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.5
pimInterfaceHelloInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.6
pimInterfaceStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.7
pimInterfaceJoinPruneInterval pimInterfaceCBSRPreference
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.8
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.9
pimNeighborTable (PIM neighbor table)
Object Object Identifier pimNeighborAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.1
pimNeighborIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.2
pimNeighborUpTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.3
pimNeighborExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.4
pimNeighborMode 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.5
pimIpMRouteTable (PIM IP multicast route table)
Object Object Identifier pimIpMRouteUpstreamAssertTimer 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.1
pimIpMRouteAssertMetric 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.2
pimIpMRouteAssertMetricPref 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.3
pimIpMRouteAssertRPTBit 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.4
pimIpMRouteFlags 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.5
Supported?
Yes
Supported?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes. Global value only.
Yes
Yes. Global value only.
Yes. Global value only.
Supported?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supported?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
19
20
RFC 2934: PIM MIB for IPv4
pimIpMRouteNextHopTable (PIM next hop table)
The pimIpMRouteNextHopTable is not supported.
pimRpTable (PIM RP table)
T
Object pimRPGroupAddress pimRPAddress pimRPState pimRPStateTimer pimRPLastChange ( pimRPRowStatus
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.1
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.2
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.3
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.4
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.5
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.6
Supported?
Yes, but read-only and only active groups.
Yes, but read-only.
Yes, but read-only and value is always up(1).
No
No
Yes, but read-only.
pimRpSetTable (PIM RP set table)
Object Object Identifier pimRpSetGroupAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.1
pimRpSetGroupMask pimRpSetAddress
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.2
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.3
pimRpSetHoldTime pimRpSetExpiryTime pimRpSetComponent
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.4
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.5
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.6
Supported?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes, but only one PIM domain is supported.
pimCandidateRPTable (PIM candidate-RP table)
Object pimCandidateRPGroupAddress pimCandidateRPGroupMask pimCandidateRPAddress pimCandidateRPRowStatus
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.1
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.2
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.3
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.4
Supported?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
pimComponentTable (PIM component table)
SET operation for this table is not available, since the BSR is in one domain only. This table has only one row.
Use the CLI ip pim border command at the interface level to stop the flooding of the bootstrap messages.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RFC 4022: MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
Object pimComponentIndex pimComponentBSRAddress pimComponentBSRExpiryTime pimComponentCRPHoldTime pimComponentStatus
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.1
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.2
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.3
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.4
1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.5
Supported?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes, but read-only
RFC 4022: MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
RFC 4022 replaces RFC 2012 and RFC 2452.
The ServerIron ADX devices support the entire RFC 4022. All objects have read-only access, except for the tcpConnectionState object in the tcpConnectionTable. The tcpConnectionState object has read-write access.
RFC 4113: MIB for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
RFC 4113 replaces RFC 2013 and RFC 2454.
The ServerIron ADX devices support RFC 4113.
All objects have read-only access.
RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4
NOTE
The Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3) is used instead of RFC 1657.
The Definitions of Managed Objects for the Fourth Version of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP-4) using SMIv2 has been obsoleted in RFC 4273.
Object Group Name bgpLocalAS bgpPeerTable
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3
Notes
The local autonomous system number.
The “bgpPeerRemoteAs” object is the remote autonomous system number received in the
BGP OPEN message.
bgpPeerEntry bgpPeerIdentifier bgpPeerState bgpPeerAdminStatus bgpPeerNegotiatedVersion bgpPeerLocalAddr
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.5
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
21
22
RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4
Object Group Name bgpPeerLocalPort bgpPeerRemoteAddr bgpPeerRemotePort bgpPeerRemoteAs bgpPeerInUpdates bgpPeerOutUpdates bgpPeerInTotalMessages bgpPeerOutTotalMessages bgpPeerLastError bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTransitions bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTime bgpPeerConnectRetryInterval bgpPeerHoldTime bgpPeerKeepAlive bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured bgpPeerKeepAliveConfigured bgpPeerMinASOriginationInterval bgpPeerMinRouteAdvertisementInterv al bgpPeerInUpdateElapsedTime bgp4PathAttrTable bgp4PathAttrASPathSegment bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAS
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.8
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.9
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.10
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.11
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.12
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.13
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.14
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.15
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.16
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.17
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.18
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.19
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.20
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.21
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.22
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.23
Notes
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.24
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.5
This object is the sequence of AS path segments. Each AS path segment is represented by a triplet of <type>, <length>, and <value>.
1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.10
The AS number of the last BGP4 speaker that performed route aggregation. A value of zero
(0) indicates the absence of this attribute.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RFC 4292: IP forwarding table MIB
RFC 4292: IP forwarding table MIB
The ServerIron ADX devices support the entire RFC 4292, with the following exceptions:
•
The object inetCidrRouteDiscards is not supported
•
The objects inetCidrRouteMetric2, inetCidrRouteMetric3, inetCidrRouteMetric4, and inetCidrRouteMetric5 in the inetCidrRouteTable are not supported.
•
All objects have read-only access.
RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP)
Object Group Name
IP scalar variables ipv4InterfaceTable ipv6InterfaceTable ipSystemStatsTable ipIfStatsTableLastChange
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.28
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.30
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.2
ipIfStatsTable ipAddressPrefixTable
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.32
ipAddressTable ipNetToPhysicalTable
Only ARP entries that are currently being used are included in the ARP table.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.34
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.35
ipv6ScopeZoneIndexTable ipDefaultRouterTable
RFC 4293 obsoletes the following:
•
RFC 2011 - SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol using SMIv2
•
RFC 2465 - Management Information Base for IP Version 6: Textual Conventions and General
Group
•
RFC 2466 - Management Information Base for IP Version 6: ICMPv6 Group
This RFC is supported on the ServerIron ADX devices. The following table summarizes the objects that are supported.
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.36
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.37
Supported IP Version
IPv4 and IPv6
IPv4
IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
Access
Only the following objects have read-write access: ipDefaultTTL ipv6IpDefaultHopLimit ipv6IpForwarding
All other scalar variable are read-only,
All objects are read-only.
All objects are read-only.
All objects are read-only.
All objects are read-only.
Not supported
All objects are read-only.
All objects are read-only.
Only the following objects have read-create access.
ipNetToPhysicalPhysAddress ipNetToPhysicalType ipNetToPhysicalRowStatus
All other object are read-only.
All objects are read-only
All objects are read-only.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
23
RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP)
Object Group Name
Ipv6RouterAdvertTable icmpStatsTable icmpMsgStatsTable
Object Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.39
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.29
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.30
Supported IP Version
IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
IPv4 and IPv6
Access
Only the following objects have read-write access; all others are read-only:
• ipv6RouterAdvertSendAdverts
• ipv6RouterAdvertManagedFlag
• ipv6RouterAdvertOtherConfigFlag
• ipv6RouterAdvertReachableTime
• ipv6RouterAdvertRetransmitTime
• ipv6RouterAdvertCurHopLimit
• ipv6RouterAdvertDefaultLifetime
All objects are read-only.
All objects are read-only.
24 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Registration
Chapter
3
Registration objects identify the Brocade product that is being managed. The following table presents the objects for product registration. The sysOID will return one of these values.
Object Name and Identifier snSI400Switch brcdIp.1.3.18.1
snSI400Router brcdIp.1.3.18.2
snSI800Switch brcdIp.1.3.19.1
snSI800Router brcdIp.1.3.19.2
snSI1500Switch brcdIp.1.3.20.1
snSI1500Router brcdIp.1.3.20.2
snSI1500Switch brcdIp.1.3.20.1
snSI1500Router brcdIp.1.3.20.2
serverIronAdx1000 brcdIp.1.3.47.12 serverIronAdx1000Switch brcdIp.1.3.47.12.1
serverIronAdx1000Router brcdIp.1.3.47.12.2
serverIronAdx1000Ssl brcdIp.1.3.47.13
serverIronAdx1000SslSwitch brcdIp.1.3.47.13.1
serverIronAdx1000SslRouter brcdIp.1.3.47.13.2
serverIronAdx4000 brcdIp.1.3.47.14
serverIronAdx4000Switch brcdIp.1.3.47.14.1
serverIronAdx4000Router brcdIp.1.3.47.14.2
Description
ServerIron 400 switch
ServerIron 400 router
ServerIron 800 switch
ServerIron 800 router
ServerIron 1500 switch
ServerIron 1500 router
ServerIron 1500 switch for M5 modules running the WSM
ServerIron code.
ServerIron 1500 router for M5 modules running the WSM ServerIron code.
ServerIron ADX 1000 series
ServerIron ADX 1000 switch
ServerIron ADX 1000 router
ServerIron ADX 1000 SSL series
ServerIron ADX 1000 SSL switch
ServerIron ADX 1000 SSL router
ServerIron RouterADX 4000 series
ServerIron ADX 4000 switch
ServerIron ADX 4000 router
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
25
26
Registration
Object Name and Identifier serverIronAdx4000Ssl brcdIp.1.3.47.15
serverIronAdx4000SslSwitch brcdIp.1.3.47.15.1
serverIronAdx4000SslRouter brcdIp.1.3.47.15.2
serverIronAdx8000 brcdIp.1.3.47.16
serverIronAdx8000Switch brcdIp.1.3.47.16.1
serverIronAdx8000Router brcdIp.1.3.47.16.2
serverIronAdx8000Ssl brcdIp.1.3.47.17
serverIronAdx8000SslSwitch brcdIp.1.3.47.17.1
serverIronAdx8000SslRouter brcdIp.1.3.47.17.2
serverIronAdx10000 brcdIp.1.3.47.18
serverIronAdx10000Switch brcdIp.1.3.47.18.1
serverIronAdx10000Router brcdIp.1.3.47.18.2
serverIronAdx10000Ssl brcdIp.1.3.47.19
serverIronAdx10000SslSwitch brcdIp.1.3.47.19.1
serverIronAdx10000SslRouter brcdIp.1.3.47.19.2
access Iron brcdIp.1.8 vendors brcdIp.2
digitalChina brcdIp.2.1
dcrs7504Switch brcdIp.2.1.1.1
dcrs7504Router brcdIp.2.1.1.2
dcrs7508Switch brcdIp.2.1.2.1
Description
ServerIron ADX 4000 SSL series
ServerIron ADX 4000 SSL switch
ServerIron ADX 4000 SSL router
ServerIron ADX 8000 series
ServerIron ADX 8000 switch
ServerIron ADX 8000 router
ServerIron ADX 8000 SSL series
ServerIron ADX 8000 SSL switch
ServerIron ADX 8000 SSL router
ServerIron ADX 10000 series
ServerIron ADX 10000 switch
ServerIron ADX 10000 router
ServerIron ADX 10000 SSL series
ServerIron ADX 10000 SSL switch
ServerIron ADX 10000 SSL router
Access Iron
Digital China
DCRS 7504 switch
DCRS 7504 router
DCRS 7508 switch
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Object Name and Identifier dcrs7508Router brcdIp.2.1.2.2
dcrs7515Switch brcdIp.2.1.3.1
dcrs7515Router brcdIp.2.1.3.2
Description
DCRS 7508 router
DCRS 7508 switch
DCRS 7508 router
Registration
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
27
Registration
28 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Physical Properties of a Device
Chapter
4
In this chapter
•
•
Common objects
This chapter presents the global objects for the general management of a device’s physical properties, such as the current status of the power supply, fan, and modules.
Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on power supplies, fans, modules, and other features discussed in this chapter.
Fan
The following object applies to all stackable devices. Refer to the chapter,
, for information on traps for fans.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snChasFanStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer32
Description
Read only Shows the status of fans in stackable products. There are six fans per device.
This is a packed bit string. Each bit shows one of the following values:
•
0 – Fan failure.
•
1 – Fan is operational
The following shows the meaning of each bit:
Bit positionMeaning
6 – 31reserved
5 Fan6 status
4 Fan5 status
3 Fan4 status
2 Fan3 status
1 Fan2 status
0 Fan1 status
(Bit 0 is the least significant bit.)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
29
30
Common objects
Boards
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snChasMainBrdId brcdIp.1.1.1.1.13
Syntax: OctetString
Description
Read only Applies to all stackable products. It identifies the main board. This is an encoded octet string. Each octet provides the following information:
Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this octet string.
Octets 1 and 2:
If the value of Octet 0 is 1, then:
Octet 1 – Product type:
•
FIWG – 0x57
•
FIBB – 0x42
•
FIMLS – 0x4D
•
NI – 0x4E
•
TI – 0x54
•
TIRT – 0x52
Octet 2 – Board type:
•
POWERPC – 1
•
ALPHA – 2
The length of the octet string is 27.
If Octet 0 has a value of 2, then:
Octet 1 – Product type:
•
BI_WG – 0x57
•
BI_BB – 0x42
•
BI_NI – 0x4E
•
NI_M4 – 0x4D
•
BI_SLB – 0x53
Octet 2 – Module type:
•
MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x0
•
MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x1
•
MASTER_COPPER_16 – 0x2
•
FI_MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x4
•
FI_MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x5
•
MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x6
FI_MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x7
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Common objects
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snChasMainBrdId
(continued)
Description
Octet 2 – Module type (continued):
•
MASTER_COPPER_12_2 – 0x9
•
MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x12
•
MASTER_FIBER_0G – 0x14
•
FI_MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x1D
•
FI_MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x1F
•
FI_MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x20
•
MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x21
•
MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x22
•
MASTER_M4_8G – 0x23
•
MASTER_M4_4G – 0x24
•
MASTER_M4_0G – 0x26
The length of the octet string is 28.
Octet 3 – Processor type (both format version 1 and 2):
•
PVR_M603 – 3
•
PVR_M604 – 4
•
PVR_M603E – 6
•
PVR_M603EV – 7
•
PVR_M604E – 9
Octet 4 to Octet 5 – Processor speed in MHz (both format version 1 and
2):
Octet 6 – MAC type:
•
MAC_NONE – 0
•
MAC_SEEQ_10_100 – 1
•
MAC_DEC_10_100 – 2
•
PHY_ICS – 3
•
MAC_XI0GMAC_1000 – 4
•
MAC_SEEQ_1000 – 5
•
MAC_GMAC_1000 – 6
•
MAC_VLSI_1000 – 7
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
31
32
Common objects
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snChasMainBrdId
(continued)
Description
Octet 7 – PHY type (both format version 1 and 2):
•
PHY_NONE – 0
•
PHY_QSI – 1
•
PHY_BROADCOM – 2
•
PHY_ICS – 3
•
PHY_NATIONAL – 4
•
PHY_LEVEL1 – 6
•
PHY_LEVEL16 – 7
•
PHY_LEVEL24 – 8
Octet 8 – Port type:
•
COPPER – 0
•
FIBER – 1
Octet 9 – Fiber port type (both format version 1 and 2):
•
NONFIBER – 0
•
SX_FIBER – 1
•
LX_FIBER – 2
•
LHX_FIBER – 3
•
LX_SX_FIBER – 4
•
LHB_FIBER – 5
Octet 10 to Octet 13 – DRAM size in KBytes (both format version 1 and
2)
Octet 14 to Octet 17 – Boot flash size in KBytes (both format version 1 and 2)
Octet 18 to Octet 21 – Code flash size in KBytes (both format version 1 and 2)
Octet 22 to Octet 27 – Serial number (both format version 1 and 2)
Octet 28 – Chassis backplane type (format version 1 only):
This octet applies only if Octet 0 is equal to 1.
• chassis4000 – 0x00
• chassis8000 – 0x04
• chassis15000 – 0x05
•
Turbo8 – 0x07 (stack2)
•
FastIron2 – 0x06 (stack1)
Chassis number
Name, OID, and Syntax snChasIdNumber brcdIp.1.1.1.1.17
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
Read only Shows the device identity number. This not the number on the label of the device. It might be used by a distributor for the devices part number
By default, this object displays a null string. It can have up to 64 characters.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Common objects
Agent board table
The agent board table provides information about the boards. It contains the board ID, board status, LEDs, status, and other information about the main and expansion board.
NOTE
The objects snAgentBrdStatusLedString, snAgentBrdTrafficLedString, snAgentBrdMediaLedString, snAgentBrdSpeedLedString, snAgentBrdAlarmLedString, snAgentBrdTxTrafficLedString, and snAgentBrdRxTrafficLedString provide information on the status LEDs on a device. However, some of these objects apply only to POS modules.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentBrdTable brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1
snAgentBrdEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1
snAgentBrdIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentBrdMainBrdDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snAgentBrdMainBrdId brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.3
Syntax: OctetString
None
None
A table of each physical board information.
A row in the Agent Board table.
Read only The index to the Agent Board Table.
Valid values: 1 – 32
Read only Contains the main board description. This object can have up to
128 characters.
Read only The main board identifier, which can uniquely identify a board type.
It is an encoded octet string. The octets in the string provide the following information:
Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this object’s octet string. If the format version has a value of 2, the octets after the version octel have the following meaning:
Octet 1 – Product type:
•
BI_WG – 0x57
•
BI_BB – 0x42
•
BI_NI – 0x4E
•
NI_M4 – 0x4D
•
BI_SLB – 0x53
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
33
34
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentBrdMainBrdId
(continued)
Access Description
Octet 2 – Module type:
•
MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x0
•
MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x1
•
MASTER_COPPER_16 – 0x2
•
SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x3
•
FI_MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x4
•
FI_MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x5
•
MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x6
•
FI_MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x7
•
SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x8
•
MASTER_COPPER_12_2 – 0x9
•
SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xA
•
FI_SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xB
•
SLAVE_100FX_16 – 0xC
•
SLAVE_100FX_8 – 0xD
•
SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0xE
•
SLAVE_COPPER_16_2 – 0xF
•
STACK_FIBER_8G – 0x10
•
STACK_COPPER_8G – 0x11
•
MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x12
•
SLAVE_100FX_24 – 0x13
•
MASTER_FIBER_0G – 0x14
•
POS_622M – 0x15
•
POS_155M – 0x16
•
SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x17
•
SLAVE_COPPER_2G – 0x18
•
FI_SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x19
•
FI_SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x1A
•
FI_SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x1B
•
FI_SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0x1C
•
FI_MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x1D
•
POS_155M2P – 0x1E
•
FI_MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x1F
•
FI_MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x20
•
MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x21
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentBrdMainBrdId
(continued)
Common objects
Access Description
Octet 2 – Module type (continued):
•
MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x22
•
MASTER_M4_8G – 0x23
•
MASTER_M4_4G – 0x24
•
MASTER_M4_2G – 0x25
•
MASTER_M4_0G – 0x26
•
MASTER_M5_0G – 0x27
•
POS_2488M – 0x28
•
SLAVE_M5_0G – 0x29
•
POS_N2488M – 0x2A
•
STACK_IPC_48_2 – 0x2B
•
SLAVE_NPA_FIBER_4G – 0x2C
•
ATM_2PORT – 0x2D
•
ATM_4PORT – 0x2E
•
SLAVE_FIBER_10G – 0x2F
•
SLAVE_JC_48E – 0xC3
•
SLAVE_JC_48T – 0xC4
•
MASTER_JC_M4_8G – 0xC5
•
SLAVE_JC_8G – 0xC6
•
SLAVE_JC_B16GF – 0xC8
•
MASTER_JC_B2404 – 0xC9
•
SLAVE_JC_B16GC – 0xCA
•
SLAVE_JC_B24FX – 0xCE
Octet 3 – Processor type:
•
PVR_M603 – 3
•
PVR_M604 – 4
•
PVR_M603E – 6
•
PVR_M603EV – 7
•
PVR_M750 – 8
•
PVR_M604E – 9
Octet 4 to Octet 5 – Processor speed in MHz
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
35
36
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentBrdMainBrdId
(continued) snAgentBrdMainPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentBrdExpBrdDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.5
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
Octet 6 – MAC type:
•
MAC_None – 0
•
MAC_SEEQ_10_100 – 1
•
MAC_DEC_10_100 – 2
•
MAC_3COM_10_100 – 3
•
MAC_X10GMAC_10000 – 4
•
MAC_SEEQ_1000 – 5
•
MAC_GMAC_1000 – 6
•
MAC_VLSI_1000 – 7
•
PHY_LEVEL24 – 8
Octet 7 – PHY type:
•
PHY_NONE – 0
•
PHY_QSI – 1
•
PHY_BROADCOM – 2
•
PHY_ICS – 3
•
PHY_NATIONAL – 4
•
PHY_LEVEL1 – 6
•
PHY_LEVEL16 – 7
•
PHY_LEVEL24 – 8
•
PHY_BROADCOM_10000 – 9
Octet 8 – Port type:
•
COPPER – 0
•
FIBER – 1
Octet 9 – Fiber port type:
•
NONFIBER – 0
•
SX_FIBER – 1
•
LX_FIBER – 2
•
LHX_FIBER – 3
Octet 10 to Octet 13 – Size of DRAM in KBytes
Octet 14 to Octet 17 – Size of boot flash in KBytes
Octet 18 to Octet 21 – Size of code flash in KBytes
Octet 22 to Octet 27 – Serial number
Octet 28 – Chassis backplane type.
• chassis4000 = 0x00
• chassis8000 = 0x02
• chassis15000 = 0x01
• chassisFISX = 0x04
•
Turbo8 = 0x07 (stack2)
•
FastIron2 = 0x06 (stack1)
Read only Shows the total number of ports on the main board.
Read only Contains the expansion board description string. Expansion boards are those boards attached to the main board. This object can have up to 128 characters.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentBrdExpBrdId brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.6
Syntax: OctetString snAgentBrdExpPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer snAgentBrdStatusLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentBrdTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentBrdMediaLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentBrdSpeedLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentBrdModuleStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only The expansion board identifier. Expansion boards are those boards attached to the main board. It is an encoded octet string with the following meaning:
Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this string. This octet has a value of 1.
Octet 1 – Expansion board type:
•
HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT – 1
•
HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT – 2
•
HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT_COPPER – 3
•
HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_COPPER – 4
•
HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_LX – 5
•
GIGA_1PORT – 8
•
GIGA_2PORT – 9
Octet 2 – Fiber port type:
•
NONFIBER – 0
•
SX_FIBER – 1
•
LX_FIBER – 2
•
LHX_FIBER – 3
•
LX_SX_FIBER – 4
Read only Shows the total number of ports for the expansion board.
Read only The value of this LED can be one of the following:
0 – Link off
1 – Link on
Read only The value of this LED can be one of the following:
0 – No traffic.
1 – Traffic is flowing.
Read only Applies to devices that have an LED for media type. The value of this LED can be one of the following:
0 – Half duplex.
1 – Full duplex.
Read only Applies to devices that have an LED for board speed. The value of this LED can be one of the following:
0 – 10 Mbit
1 – 100Mbit
Read only Shows the status of a module:
• notActivated(0) – The module is not activated
• moduleEmpty(0) – The slot of the chassis is empty
• moduleGoingDown(2) – The module is going down
• moduleRejected(3) – The module is being rejected due to a wrong configuration
• moduleBad(4) – The module hardware is bad
• moduleComingUp(9) – The module is in power-up cycle
• moduleRunning(10) – The module is running
By default, this mode is set to notActivated(0).
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
37
38
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentBrdRedundantStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.13
Syntax: Integer snAgentBrdAlarmLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.14
Syntax: Integer snAgentBrdTxTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.15
Syntax: Integer snAgentBrdRxTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.16
Syntax: Integer snAgentBrdStatusLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.17
Syntax: OctetString snAgentBrdTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.18
Syntax: OctetString snAgentBrdMediaLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.19
Syntax: OctetString snAgentBrdSpeedLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.20
Syntax: OctetString snAgentBrdAlarmLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.21
Syntax: OctetString snAgentBrdTxTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.22
Syntax: OctetString
Access Description
Read only Shows the status of the redundant module. Non-management modules always return other(1).
The management module returns the rest of the states:
• other(1)
• active(2)
• standby(3)
• crashed(4)
• comingUp(5)
Read only Applies to devices with an alarm LED. The value of this LED can be one of the following:
0 – No alarm
1 – Alarm
Read only Applies only to POS modules that have an LED for transmit traffic.
The value of this LED can be one of the following:
0 – No transmit traffic
1 – Transmit traffic
Read only Applies only to POS modules that have an LED for transmit traffic.
The value of this LED can be one of the following:
0 – No receive traffic (off)
1 – Has receive traffic (on)
Read only It contains an octet string that shows the value of the status of the link LED on the front panel. There are 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following:
0 – Link is off
1 – Link is on
Read only It contains an octet string that shows the status of the traffic. There are 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following:
0 – No traffic
1 – Traffic is flowing
Read only Applies to devices with an LED for media type. It contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following:
0 – Half duplex
1 – Full duplex
Read only Applies to devices that have an LED for traffic speed. Contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following:
0 – 10 Mbit
1 – 100 Mbit
Read only Applies to devices that have an alarm LED. Contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following:
0 – No alarm
1 – Alarm
Read only Applies only to POS modules. Contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following:
0 – No transmit traffic
1 – Has transmit traffic
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentBrdRxTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.23
Syntax: OctetString snAgentBrdSerialNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.26
Syntax: DisplayString snAgentBrdPartNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.27
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
Read only Applies only to POS modules. Contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following:
0 – No receive traffic
1 – Has receive traffic
Read-only Indicates the serial number of the board. No string is displayed if the serial number has not been programed in the EEPROM or the module does not support a serial number.
Read-only Indicates the part number of the board. Nothing is displayed if the part number has not been programed in the EEPROM or the module does not support a part number.
Agent temperature table (snAgentTemp table)
This section displays the SNMP MIB objects for temperature readings. For Stacking devices, refer to
“Agent temperature table for stacking” on page 299 . The Agent Temperature Table shows temperature reading information for each module’s temperature sensor.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentTempTable brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1
snAgentTempEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1
snAgentTempSlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentTempSensorId brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer32
Access Description
N/A
N/A
A table that displays the temperature reading for each module’s temperature sensor. Note that temperature readings are displayed only for those modules that have temperature sensors.
A row in the Agent Temperature table.
N/A
N/A
The slot number of the module to which the temperature sensor is attached.
The identification number of the module’s temperature sensor.
The following applies to the Management modules:
•
Sensor 1 – the intake temperature
•
Sensor 2 – the exhaust-side temperature
A description of the temperature sensor.
snAgentTempSensorDescr brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.3
Syntax: Display string snAgentTempValue brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snAgentTempThresholdM odule brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer snAgentTempThresholdLe vel brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
N/A
N/A
The temperature reading for the temperature sensor. This value is displayed in units of 0.5 degrees Celsius.
Valid values: -110 – 250
The module in the system for which threshold levels represented by this row are applicable.
The temperature threshold level of the module for which threshold levels represented by this row are applicable.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
39
40
Common objects
Configured module table
The Configured Module Table contains information about modules. It includes the object
“snAgentConfigModuleSerialNumber”, which contains the serial number of a device. These objects are available in the ServerIron ADX devices. For information about the CPU utilization on a
ServerIron ADX, refer to the section “CPU utilization table” on page 284 .
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentConfigModuleT able brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1
snAgentConfigModuleE ntry brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1
snAgentConfigModuleI ndex brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentConfigModuleT ype brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer32
Access Description
None A table of information about each configured module.
None A row in the Agent Configured Module table.
Read only
Readwrite
The index to the Agent Configured Module Table.
The modules configured are using the “#module“command. The “show run” command may list these modules at the beginning of the list, but these modules may not really exist in the system.
The module type that has been configured for the device:
• bi8PortGigManagementModule(0)
• bi4PortGigManagementModule(1)
• bi16PortCopperManagementModule(2)
• bi4PortGigModule(3)
• fi2PortGigManagementModule(4)
• fi4PortGigManagementModule(5)
• bi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(6)
• fi8PortGigManagementModule(7)
• bi8PortGigModule(8)
• bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiberManagement(9)
• bi24PortCopperModule(10)
• fi24PortCopperModule(11)
• bi16Port100FXModule(12)
• bi8Port100FXModule(13)
• bi8PortGigCopperModule(14)
• bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiber(15)
• bi2PortGigManagementModule(18)
• bi24Port100FXModule(19)
• bi0PortManagementModule(20)
• pos622MbsModule(21)
• pos155MbsModule(22)
• bi2PortGigModule(23)
• bi2PortGigCopperModule(24)
• fi2PortGigModule(25)
• fi4PortGigModule(26)
• fi8PortGigModule(27)
• fi8PortGigCopperModule(28)
• fi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(29)
• pos155Mbs2PModule(30)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued)
Access Description
• fi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(31)
• fi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(32)
• bi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(33)
• bi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(34)
• bi8PortGigM4ManagementModule(35)
• bi4PortGigM4ManagementModule(36)
• bi2PortGigM4ManagementModule(37)
• bi0PortGigM4ManagementModule(38)
• bi0PortWSMManagementModule(39)
• biPos2Port2488MbsModule(40)
• bi0PortWSMModule(41)
• niPos2Port2488MbsModule(42)
• ni4802(43)
• bi4PortGigNPAModule(44)
• biAtm2Port155MbsModule(45)
• biAtm4Port155MbsModule(46)
• bi1Port10GigModule(47)
• fes4802Module(48)
• fes2402Module(49)
• fes9604Module(50)
• fes12GigCopperAndGigFiberModule(51)
• fesx24GigModule(52)
• fesx24Gig2TenGigModule(53)
• fesx24Gig1TenGigModule(54)
• fesx48GigModule(55)
• fesx48Gig2TenGigModule(56)
• fesx48Gig1TenGigModule(57)
• superx12ComboPortManagementModule(64)
• superx2PortTenGigModule(65)
• superx24PortGigCopperModule(66)
• superx24PortGigFiberModule(67)
• superx2PortTenGigLanWanModule(68)
• superx24Port100tx1PortGigFiberModule(69)
• superx12ComboPortManagement2Module(74)
• superxR2PortTenGigManagementModule(80)
• superxRManagementModule(81)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
41
42
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued)
Access Description
• fesx24GigFiberGigCopperModule(112)
• fesx24GigFiber2TenGigModule(113)
• fesx24GigFiber1TenGigModule(114)
• biFiJc48ePort100fxIpcModule(195)
• biFiJc48tPort100fxIpcModule(196)
• biFiJc8PortGigM4ManagementModule(197)
• biFiJc8PortGigIgcModule(198)
• biFiJc16PortGigIgcModule(200)
• biJc24PortCopperIpc4GigIgcModule(201)
• biJc16PortGigCopperIgcModule(202)
• biFiJc24Port100fxIpcModule(206)
• bi2Port10GigModule(207)
• biJc48tPortRJ21OmpModule(208)
• biJc48ePortRJ45OmpModule(209)
• biJc24PortIpcRJ45PoeModule(212)
• biJc2PortGigIgcM4ManagementModule(214)
• fdryBi4Port10GigModule(1048)
• fdryBi40PortGigModule(1049)
• fdryBi1Port100FXManagementModule(1050)
• fdryBi2Port10GigModule(1051)
• fdryBi40PortGigCopperModule(1052)
• fdryBi60PortGigCopperModule(1053)
• fdryBi4Port10GigHVModule(1054)
• fdryBi2Port10GigHVModule(1055)
• fdryBi8Port10GigHVModule(1056)
• fdryBi40PortGigHVModule(1057)
• fdryBi40PortGigCopperHVModule(1058)
• fdryBi60PortGigCopperHVModule(1059)
• fdryBi8Port10GigModule(1060)
• fdryBi10PortGigHVModule(1061)
• fdryBi20PortGigHVModule(1062)
• fdryBi24PortGigModule(1063)
• fdryBi24PortGigCopperModule(1064)
• fdryBi48PortGigCopperModule(1065)
• fdryBi24PortGigFiberModule(1066)
• fdryNi4Port10GigSPModule(1075)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued) snAgentConfigModuleR owStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snAgentConfigModuleD escription brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snAgentConfigModuleO perStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.5
Syntax: DisplayString snAgentConfigModuleS erialNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString snAgentConfigModuleN umberOfPorts brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer32
Read only
Read only
Read only
Access Description
• fdryNi40PortGigSPModule(1076)
• fdryNi40PortGigCopperSPModule(1077)
• fdryNi2Port10GigSPModule(1078)
• fdryNi10PortGigSPModule(1079)
• fdryNi20PortGigSPModule(1080)
• fdryXmr4Port10GigSPModule(1081)
• fdryXmr20PortGigSPModule(1082)
• fdryXmr2Port10GigSPModule(1083)
• fdryXmr20PortGigCopperSPModule(1084)
• fdryXmr20PortGigFXSPModule(1085)
• fdryNiImrMrManagementModule(1086)
• fdryNiXmrMrManagementModule(1087)
• fdryMlx4Port10GigSPModule(1088)
• fdryMlx2Port10GigSPModule(1089)
• fdryMlx20PortGigCopperSPModule(1090)
• fdryMlx20PortGigFXSPModule(1091)
• brMlx4Port10GigXModule(1093)
• brMlx24PortGigCopperXModule(1094)
• brMlx24PortGigSfpXModule(1095)
• fdryMlx48PortGigMrj21SPModule(1103)
• fdryXmr2PortOC192SPModule(1104)
• fdryXmr1PortOC192SPModule(1105)
• fdryXmr8PortOC48SPModule(1106)
• fdryXmr4PortOC48SPModule(1107)
• fdryXmr2PortOC48SPModule(1108)
• niMlx8Port10GigMModule (1110)
• niMlx8Port10GigDModule (1111)
Readwrite
Read only
To create or delete a configured module table entry.
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
• create(4)
A description of the configured module.
Module operational status. A blank indicates that the physical module has not been inserted to the chassis.
Module serial number. A blank indicates that the serial number has not been programmed in the module’s EEPROM or the serial number is not supported in the module.
The number of ports in the module.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
43
44
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentConfigModule
MgmtModuleType brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer snAgentConfigModuleN umberOfCpus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer32
Access Description
Read only
Read only
The management module type:
• other(1)
• nonManagementModule(2)
• unknownManagementModule(3)
• m1ManagementModule(4)
• m2ManagementModule(5)
• m3ManagementModule(6)
• m4ManagementModule(7)
• m5ManagementModule(8)
• jetcoreStackManagementModule(9)
• muchoManagementModule(10)
• rottWeilerManagementModule(11)
• fesXStackManagementModule(12)
• fgsStackManagementModule(13)
The number of CPUs in the module.
Chassis table
The snChasUnitTable manages the temperature for the devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snChasUnitTable brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1
snChasUnitEntry brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1
snChasUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snChasUnitSerNum brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snChasUnitNumSlots brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snChasUnitActualTemp erature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
N/A
N/A
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only snChasUnitWarningTem perature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Description
A table of information for each unit in a stack. Only active units appears in a table row.
A row in the table for the unit.
The index to the table
The serial number of the unit. If the serial number is unknown or unavailable, then the value should be a zero length string There can be up to 128 characters for the serial number.
Number of slots of the chassis for each unit.
Temperature of the chassis. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius. This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”.
Values are from -110 to 250.
Actual temperature higher than this threshold value triggers the switch to send a temperature warning trap. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius.
This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”.
Values are from 0 to 250 degrees Celsius.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Common objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snChasUnitShutdownTe mperature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only snChasUnitPartNum brcdIp. 1.1.1.4.1.1.7
Syntax: DisplayString
Read only
Description
Actual temperature higher than this threshold value will shutdown a partial of the switch hardware to cool down the system. Each unit is
0.5 degrees Celsius. This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”.
Values are from 0 to 250 degrees Celsius.
Indicates the part number of the chassis. Nothing is displayed if the part number is unknown or unavailable.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
45
Chassis products
Chassis products
The objects in this section apply to the following ServerIron ADX devices:
•
ServerIron 400
•
ServerIron 800
•
ServerIron 1000
•
ServerIron 4000
•
ServerIron 8000
•
ServerIron 10000
The objects for these devices are presented in the following sections:
•
•
“Power supply table” on page 48
•
•
General chassis
The following objects apply to all chassis-based devices.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snChasType brcdIp.1.1.1.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString
Description
Read only Shows the type of device being managed. This object can have up to
128 characters.
Possible value – 1
46 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Chassis products
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snChasSerNum brcdIp.1.1.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snchasProductType brcdIp.1.1.1.1.26
Syntax: Integer
Description
Read only Shows the serial number of the device stored in the EEPROM of the device. This is not the serial number on the label of the device.
If the device serial number is available, it is the lowest three octets of the lowest MAC address in the device. For example, if the lowest MAC address is 00e0 52a9 2b20, then the serial number of the chassis is a92b20.
If the serial number is unknown or unavailable, then the value is a null string.
This object can have up to 128 characters.
Read only Shows the product type. The following shows the meaning of each bit:
• invalid(0)
•
BigIron MG8(1)
•
NetIron 40G(2)
•
NetIron IMR 640(3)
•
NetIron RX 800(4)
•
NetIron XMR 16000(5)
•
BigIron RX 400(6)
•
NetIron XMR 8000(7)
•
BigIron RX 200(8)
•
NetIron XMR 4000(9)
•
NetIron MLX-32(13)
•
NetIron XMR 32000(14)
•
BigIron RX-32(15)
• niCES2000Series(16)
• niCER2000Series(17)
• brMlxESlot4(18)
• brMlxESlot8(19)
• brMlxESlot16(20)
• brMlxESlot32(21)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
47
48
Chassis products
Power supply table
The following table applies to the power supplies in all ServerIron ADX devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snChasPwrSupplyTable brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1
snChasPwrSupplyEntry brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1
snChasPwrSupplyIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snChasPwrSupplyDescription brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snChasPwrSupplyOperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
None
None
A table containing power supply information. Only installed power supplies appear in the table.
A row in the power supply table. One row appears for each power supply.
Read only The index to power supply table.
Read only The power supply description. For example, you may see the description, “right side power supply”. This object can have up to 128 characters.
Read only Shows the status of the power supply:
• other(1) – Status is neither normal(2) or failure(3).
• normal(2)
• failure(3)
Fan table
The following table applies to the fans in all ServerIron ADX devices.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snChasFanTable brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1
snChasFanEntry brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1
snChasFanIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snChasFanDescription brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snChasFanOperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
None
None
Description
A table containing fan information. Only installed fans appear in the table.
A row in the fan table. One row appears for each installed fan.
Read only The index to the fan table.
Read only The fan description. For example, you may see the description “left side panel, back fan”. This object can have up to 128 characters.
Read only Shows the status of the fan operation:
• other(1) – This value means “not manageable”.
• normal(2)
• failure(3)
Temperature
. Also refer to
.
Refer to the chapter “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 357 for objects dealing with
traps.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Chassis products
Name, OID, and Syntax snChasActualTemperature brcdIp.1.1.1.1.18
Syntax: Integer snChasWarningTemperatu re brcdIp.1.1.1.1.19
Syntax: Integer snChasShutdownTempera ture brcdIp.1.1.1.1.20
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors.
Shows the temperature of the chassis. Each unit is 0.5 degrees
Celsius.
NOTE: If you are comparing this value to the value you get when you enter a show chassis command on the CLI, divide this value by
2. The result is the actual temperature you see in the CLI. This was done intentionally to represent tenth decimal values in
SNMP, as SNMP can only report INTEGER values.
Valid values: 110 – 250
Read-write Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors.
Shows the threshold for the warning temperature. When the actual temperature exceeds this value, the switch sends a temperature warning trap. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius.
Valid values: 0 – 250
Note: If you are comparing this value to the value you obtain when you enter the show chassis command on the CLI, divide this value by 2. The result is the warning (or shutdown) temperature you see on the CLI.
This was done intentionally to represent tenth decimal values in
SNMP, as SNMP can only report INTEGER values.
Read-write Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors.
Shows the temperature threshold that triggers the device to shut down.
When the actual temperature exceeds this value the switch shuts down a portion of the hardware to cool down the device. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius.
Valid values: 0 – 250
Note: If you are comparing this value to the value you obtain when you enter the show chassis command on the CLI, divide this value by 2. The result is the warning (or shutdown) temperature you see on the CLI.
This was done intentionally to represent tenth decimal values in
SNMP, as SNMP can only report INTEGER values.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
49
Chassis products
50 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Basic Configuration and Management
Chapter
5
In this chapter
•
•
•
•
Software Image
This chapter describes objects to manage the software image and configuration in a device.
Refer to the configuration guide for a product for detailed explanation on the features discussed in this chapter.
•
•
•
“File download and upload” on page 54
•
“Software image details” on page 57
•
“Boot sequence table” on page 60
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
51
Software Image
Reload
The following object allows you to reload the agent.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgReload brcdIp.1.1.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Description
Reboots the agent.
The following value can be written:
• reset(3) – Do a hard reset
NOTE: To use reset(3), make sure that either the no snmp-server pw-check command has been configured in the device or the varbind, and snAgGblPassword, with the appropriate password has been added to the SetRequest PDU. The default value of snAgGblPassword is the “enable” super-user password. If the aaa authentication snmp-server default command is configured, then the method list determines the value expected in the snAgGblPassword MIB object.
The agent will return a response before the action occurs.
The following values can only be read:
• other(1) – Agent is in unknown or other state
• running(2) – Agent is running
This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object.
52 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software Image
NVRAM
The objects in this section apply to all devices that use non-volatile random access memory
(NVRAM), a type of memory that retains its contents when power is turned off. These objects are available in all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgEraseNVRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snAgWriteNVRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer snAgConfigFromNVRA
M brcdIp.1.1.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
None
Description
Erases the NVRAM of the agent. This object can have one of the following values:
• normal(1) – NVRAM is not being erased.
• error(2) – Either the erase operation failed or the flash memory is bad
• erase(3) – NVRAM is set to be erased
• erasing(4) – NVRAM is being erased. Once the process starts, you cannot set this object to erase(3) until the process is finished and the value of this object is either normal(1) or error(2)
Saves all configuration information to NVRAM of the agent. The following values can only be read:
• normal(1)
• error(2) – Operation failed or the flash is bad
• writing(4) – Agent is writing NVRAM flash
The following value can be written:
• write(3) – Write operation
The agent will return a response even before the write operation is complete. The read values will be written until write operation is finished. New write requests will be rejected until an error(2) or normal(1) value is obtained.
NOTE: To use reset(3), make sure that either the no snmp-server pw-check CLI command has been configured in the device or the varbind and snAgGblPassword, with the appropriate password, has been added to the SetRequest PDU. The default value of snAgGblPassword is the “enable” super-user password.
If the CLI aaa authentication snmp-server default command is configured, then the method list determines the value expected in the snAgGblPassword MIB object.
This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object.
Configures the switch from NVRAM of the agent.
The following value can be written:
• config(3) – Do configuration
The following values can only be read:
• normal(1)
• error(2) – Operation failed or bad flash
• configing(4) – Configuring from NVRAM flash is in process.
The agent returns a response after configuration is done.
This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
53
54
Software Image
Configuration notes on snAgEraseNVRAM and snAgWriteNVRAM
Refer to configuration notes for the snAgGblPassword object in the section
File download and upload
The following objects manage file downloads and uploads. They are available in all devices.
NOTES:
When uploading or downloading configuration files to and from the TFTP server using
SNMP, check the following:
•
If the SNMP password check is enabled on the device, the object “snAgGblPassword” on page 83
must be sent with the following information in the same PDU as the TFTP objects:
If the AAA is used for SNMP authentication and the authentication method is enable or line, then the value of snAgGlbPassword must be in cleartext format.
If the AAA is used for SNMP authentication and the authentication method is local,
RADIUS, TELNET, TACACS, or TACACS+, then the value of the snAgGlbPassword must be in the <user> <password> format. The space between <user> and <password> is the delimiter.
If AAA is not used for authentication, then the value of snAgGlbPassword for the enable password must be in cleartext format.
•
Make sure that user has administrative access (privilege=0) on the device; otherwise, the user will not be able to upload files to the TFTP server.
NOTE
An atomic set of snAgImgLoad, snAgImgFname, and snAgTftpServerIp (or snAgTftpServerAddrType and snAgTftpServerAddr), is required for a successful download or upload.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgTftpServerIp brcdIp.1.1.2.1.5
Syntax: IpAddress snAgImgFname brcdIp.1.1.2.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Shows the IP address of the TFTP server that is used to download and upload image and configuration files.
Shows the name of the image file, including path, that is currently associated with the system. When the object is not used, the value is blank. It can have up to 32 characters.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software Image
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgImgLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snAgCfgFname brcdIp.1.1.2.1.8
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-write
Description
Downloads or uploads a new software image to the agent. Use one of the following values in an SNMP set:
• uploadMPPrimary(19) – Uploads the primary image from the management processor flash memory to the TFTP server.
• downloadMPPrimary(20) – Downloads the primary image from the TFTP server to management processor flash.
• uploadMPSecondary(21) – Uploads the secondary image from the management processor flash memory to the TFTP server.
• downloadMPSecondary(22) – Downloads the secondary image from the TFTP server to management processor flash.
• downloadSPPrimary(24) – Downloads the secondary image from the TFTP server to secondary processor flash.
• downloadSPSecondary(25) – Downloads the secondary image from the TFTP server to secondary processor flash.
The following messages may be displayed:
• normal(1)
• flashPrepareReadFailure(2)
• flashReadError(3)
• flashPrepareWriteFailure(4)
• flashWriteError(5)
• tftpTimeoutError(6)
• tftpOutOfBufferSpace(7)
• tftpBusy(8)
• tftpRemoteOtherErrors(9)
• tftpRemoteNoFile(10)
• tftpRemoteBadAccess(11)
• tftpRemoteDiskFull(12)
• tftpRemoteBadOperation(13)
• tftpRemoteBadId(14)
• tftpRemoteFileExists(15)
• tftpRemoteNoUser(16)
• operationError(17)
• loading(18) – operation is in process
• uploadMPPrimary(19)
• downloadMPPrimary(20)
• uploadMPSecondary(21)
• downloadMPSecondary(22)
• tftpWrongFileType(23)
• downloadSPPrimary(24)
• downloadSPSecondary(25)
This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object.
Shows the name of the configuration file, including its path, currently associated with the system. If there are multiple configuration files, the names are separated by semicolons (;). This object can have up to
32 characters.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
55
56
Software Image
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgCfgLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Downloads or uploads a configuration file to the agent. Use one of the following values for SNMP set:
• uploadFromFlashToServer(20) – Uploads the configuration file from the flash to the TFTP server.
• downloadToFlashFromServer(21) – Downloads the configuration file from the TFTP server to flash.
• uploadFromDramToServer(22) – Uploads the configuration file from the DRAM to the TFTP server.
• downloadToDramFromServer(23) – Downloads the configuration file from the TFTP server to DRAM.
• uploadFromFlashToNMS(24) – Uploads the configuration file from flash to the network management system.
• downloadToFlashFromNMS(25) – Downloads the configuration file from the network management system to flash.
• uploadFromDramToNMS(26) – Uploads the configuration file from DRAM to a network management system.
• downloadToDramFromNMS(27) – Downloads the configuration file from the network management system to DRAM.
The following values may be read:
• normal(1)
• flashPrepareReadFailure(2)
• flashReadError(3)
• flashPrepareWriteFailure(4)
• flashWriteError(5)
• tftpTimeoutError(6)
• tftpOutOfBufferSpace(7)
• tftpBusy(8)
• tftpRemoteOtherErrors(9)
• tftpRemoteNoFile(10)
• tftpRemoteBadAccess(11)
• tftpRemoteDiskFull(12)
• tftpRemoteBadOperation(13)
• tftpRemoteBadId(14)
• tftpRemoteFileExists(15)
• tftpRemoteNoUser(16)
• operationError(17)
• loading(18)
• tftpWrongFileType(29)
• operationDoneWithNMS(28)
• tftpWrongFileType(29)
• downloadToDramFromServerOverwrite(30)
NOTE: The objects “snAgCfgFname”
and “snAgTftpServerIp” are required to allow the download or upload process to occur.
No write requests is allowed while a download or upload process is in progress.
The snAgCfgEosTable objects must be sent along in one PDU for network management systems to recognize values from
(24) to (27).
A separate write memory using the CLI or an SNMP “set snAgWriteNVRAM” is required to save the configuration to
NVRAM.
This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software Image
Software image details
The following objects show information about software images in a device. These objects are available in all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgImgVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.11
Syntax: DisplayString snAgFlashImgVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.12
Syntax: DisplayString snAgSoftwareFeature brcdIp.1.1.2.1.41
Syntax: OctetString
Access
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the version of the running software. The software image file name is displayed in the format: major.minor.maintenance[letters].
It can have up to 32 characters.
Shows the version of the software image that has been saved in the local storage, such as the flash memory. The software image file name is displayed in the format: major.minor.maintenance[letters]
It can have up to 32 characters.
If this file is unknown or not available, then this object displays a a null string.
Contains a bit string representing the software feature of the running software image. Each bit can have one of the following values:
•
0 – The feature is available
•
1 – The feature is available
Bit 0 is the least significant bit of an octet, and bit 7 is the most significant bit of an octet.
•
Octet 0, bit 0 – RMON
•
Octet 0, bit 1 – IPX switching
•
Octet 0, bit 2 – Server Load Balancing
•
Octet 0, bit 3 – Layer 3 filter in switch
•
Octet 0, bit 4 – IPX routing
•
Octet 0, bit 5 – AppleTalk routing
•
Octet 0, bit 6 – IP multicast routing
•
Octet 0, bit 7 – Local access control
•
Octet 1, bit 0 – BGP routing
•
Octet 1, bit 1 – Loopback interface
•
Octet 1, bit 2 – BigIron multi-management module
•
Octet 1, bit 3 – BigIron SYSIF II
•
Octet 1, bit 4 – BigIron POS support
•
Octet 1, bit 5 – AppleTalk cable VLAN
•
Octet 1, bit 6 – 64 subnet
•
Octet 1, bit 7 – multi-slot trunk
•
Octet 2, bit 0 – TACACS
•
Octet 2, bit 1 – Gigabit Ethernet port auto-negotiation mode
•
Octet 2, bit 2 – FSRP
•
Octet 2, bit 3 – Exodus requested OSPF enhancement
•
Octet 2, bit 4 – OSPF NSSA
•
Octet 2, bit 5 – POS
•
Octet 2, bit 6 – QoS
•
Octet 2, bit 7 – Single Span
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
57
58
Software Image
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgSoftwareFeature
(continued)
Access Description
•
Octet 3, bit 0 – Fast Span
•
Octet 3, bit 1 – Base L3
•
Octet 3, bit 2 – static log buffer
•
Octet 3, bit 3 – L2 POS
•
Octet 3, bit 4 – BI15K
•
Octet 3, bit 5 - L2 ATM
•
Octet 3, bit 6 - ATM
•
Octet 3, bit 7 - NETFLOW
•
Octet 4, bit 0 - SFLOW
•
Octet 4, bit 1 - GVRP
•
Octet 4, bit 2 - GARP
•
Octet 4, bit 3 - Dynamic trunk
•
Octet 4, bit 4 - IGC 8G
•
Octet 4, bit 5 - Rate limit
•
Octet 4, bit 6 - IPC rate limit
•
Octet 4, bit 7 - MPLS
•
Octet 5, bit 0 - ISIS
•
Octet 5, bit 1 - Link aggregation
•
Octet 5, bit 2 - Port dual mode
•
Octet 5, bit 3 - Private vlan
•
Octet 5, bit 4 - MBGP
•
Octet 5, bit 5 - IPV6 protocol vlan
•
Octet 5, bit 6 - X10G
•
Octet 5, bit 7 - FastIron Edge switch/router
•
Octet 6, bit 0 - FDP
•
Octet 6, bit 1 – port tag
Bit 0 is the least significant bit of an octet; bit 7 is the most significant bit.
Additional bits are added for new features. Check the MIB file for the software version you are running.
Indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate hardware module inserted to chassis traps.
snAgGblEnableModuleInserte dTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.47
Syntax - INTEGER snAgGblEnableModuleRemov edTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.47
Syntax - INTEGER snAgGblTrapMessage brcdIp.1.1.2.1.47
Syntax - DisplayString snAgGblEnableTelnetServer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.47
Syntax - INTEGER snAgGblTelnetPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.1.47
Syntax - DisplayString snAgBuildDate brcdIp.1.1.2.1.47
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-write
Read-write
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Read only
Indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate hardware module removed from chassis traps.
A generic trap message string.
Enable or disable telnet server in device.
Telnet Access Password and this is only allowed to use for setting but not for reading.An SNMP-Get will get an zero string.
Shows the date when the software was built. It can display up to
32 characters.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software Image
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgBuildtime brcdIp.1.1.2.1.48
Syntax: DisplayString snAgBuildVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax: DisplayString snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - Gauge snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - Gauge snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - Gauge snAgGblDynMemUtil rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - Gauge snAgGblDynMemTotal rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - INTEGER snAgGblDynMemFree rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - INTEGER snAgImgLoadSPModuleType rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - INTEGER snAgImgLoadSPModuleNumb er rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - INTEGER snAgTrapHoldTime rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - INTEGER snAgSFlowSourceInterface rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - INTEGER snAgGblTelnetLoginTimeout rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - INTEGER snAgGblBannerExec rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - DisplayString
Access
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Shows the time when the software was built. It can display up to
32 characters.
Shows the version of the software in the format: major.minor.maintenance[letters]
It can display up to 32 characters.
The statistics collection of 1 second CPU utilization.
The statistics collection of 5 second CPU utilization.
The statistics collection of 1 minute CPU utilization.
The system dynamic memory utilization, in unit of percentage.
The total amount of system dynamic memory, in number of bytes.
The free amount of system dynamic memory, in number of bytes.
he switch processor module type of which that receives the downloaded image.
The slot numner of a switch processor module that receives the downloaded image. Setting value 0 applies to all SP modules.
The time in seconds for which traps will be witheld during system initialization.
Use the ifIndex value here to specify the source interface to be used for sFlow packets. The interface should have IP address configured on it. Value of 0 indicates that source interface has not been configured for sFlow. Port 65534 is used to specify a null port.
Telnet session login timeout value in minutes. Default is 1 minute.
Read-write EXEC process creation banner. Insert newlines using '\n' within the string.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
59
60
Software Image
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblBannerIncoming rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - DisplayString snAgGblBannerMotd rcdIp.1.1.2.1.49
Syntax - DisplayString
Access
Read-write
Description
Incoming terminal line banner. Insert newlines using '\n' within the string.
Read-write Message-of-the-day banner. Insert newlines using '\n' within the string.
Boot sequence table
This table shows a list of software image loads. The images are in the sequence that is used at boot up. When the device is booted, the first image in the table is loaded into the device. If that software image fails, tries with the second image. The process continues until a successful load is completed.
This table is available in all devices. The combination of all the objects in this table must be unique.
Duplicate instructions are rejected.
NOTE
Make sure that each entry is unique. It is possible to create entries with the same instructions by creating a new sequence index. Duplicate instructions may cause loops.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgBootSeqTable brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1
snAgBootSeqEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1
snAgBootSeqIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snAgBootSeqInstruction brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read-write
Description
Identifies the boot sequence table
A row in the boot sequence table.
The index to the boot sequence table.
snAgBootSeqIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snAgBootSeqFilename brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snAgBootSeqRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Shows the image from which the device will boot.
• fromPrimaryFlash(1)
• fromSecondaryFlash(2)
• fromTftpServer(3)
• fromBootpServer(4).
If the object “snAgBootSeqInstruction”
is set to “fromTftpServer”, this object shows the IP address of the TFTP server that contains the image that will be used in the boot.
Shows the name of the image filename on the TFTP server that will be used in the boot. This object applies only if the object
is set to “fromTftpServer”. This object can have up to 32 characters.
Creates or deletes an entry in the Boot Sequence Table:
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
• create(4)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software configuration
Software configuration
The following sections control common configurations for devices:
•
“Switch IP configurations” on page 61
•
“Agent system parameters configuration table” on page 61
•
“Switch group configuration” on page 62
•
“Switch configuration summary group” on page 66
•
“DHCP gateway list table” on page 66
•
“NTP general group” on page 67
•
•
“Encoded octet strings table” on page 69
•
“Agent global group” on page 70
Switch IP configurations
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblIfIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.1.13
Syntax: Integer snAgGblIfIpMask brcdIp.1.1.2.1.14
Syntax: Integer snAgDefGwayIp brcdIp.1.1.2.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Shows the IP address of the interface.
Shows the IP address mask of the interface.
Shows the IP address of the default gateway router.
Agent system parameters configuration table
The Agent System Parameters Configuration Table presents the definition of the configuration system parameters. For example, the table may show the maximum number of VLANs a network can have.
The following tables apply to the following ServerIron ADX devices:
•
ServerIron 400
•
ServerIron 800
•
ServerIron 1000
•
ServerIron 4000
•
ServerIron 8000
•
ServerIron 10000
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
61
62
Software configuration
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentSysParaConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1
snAgentSysParaConfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1
snAgentSysParaConfigIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentSysParaConfigDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snAgentSysParaConfigMin brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentSysParaConfigMax brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentSysParaConfigDefault brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentSysParaConfigCurrent brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer32
Access
None
None
Description
A table of Agent of each board.
A row in the Agent System Parameters Configuration table.
Read only The index to the Agent System Parameters Configuration Table.
Read only The parameter description string. This object can have up to 32 characters.
Read only The minimum value of this Agent System Parameter.
Read only The maximum value of this Agent System Parameter.
Read only The default value of this Agent System Parameter.
Read-write The current configured value of this Agent System Parameter.
Switch group configuration
The objects in this group are available in the ServerIron devices. Refer to the chapter
Objects to Enable Traps” on page 357
for switch group trap objects.
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer snSwGroupIpL3SwMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.2
Syntax: Integer snSwGroupIpMcastMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer snSwGroupDefaultCfgMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if switch ports have VLANs defined:
• noVLan(1) – All switch ports with no port VLANs and no tag assigned.
• vlanByPort(2) – All switch ports with basic port-based VLANs.
Read-write Indicates if the Layer 3 IP switch is enabled for the switch group.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if the IP multicast pruning mode is enabled for the switch group.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if the switch group contains a default configuration. If the default configuration is overwritten, the state will change to non-default.
• default(1) – Has a default configuration
• nonDefault(2) – Has a non-default configuration
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software configuration
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwGroupSwitchAgeTime brcdIp.1.1.3.1.5
Syntax: Integer32
Access Description
Read-write Sets the aging period for ports on the device, defining how long a port address remains active in the address table.
Valid values: 0 = no aging, or 67 – 65535 seconds
Default: 300 seconds
Read only Shows the number of VLANs that are currently configured. snVLanGroupVlanCurEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.6
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanGroupSetAllVLan brcdIp.1.1.3.1.7
Syntax: Integer32 snSwPortSetAll brcdIp.1.1.3.1.8
Syntax: Integer32
Read-write Shows the VLanIndex of a particular entry in snVLanByPortTable
(snVLanByPortVLanIndex). All the attributes of the row except for
PortMask will be used to set the same attributes for the entire VLAN group. VLanId and PortMask must be set for the particular entry prior to setting this object. Switch software will be based on this VLAN information to set the entire VLAN.
NOTE: All the intended attributes of the given row of the table (given
VLAN) must be set prior setting this object. When this object is set, Set-All-VLAN action takes place simultaneously. The previous setting is overwritten by the new one.
Read-write The value of this object is the index number of the snSwPortInfoTable
(snSwPortInfoPortIndex). snSwPortInfoMonitorMode, snSwPortInfoTagType, snSwPortInfoChnMode, snSwPortInfoSpeed, snSwPortInfoAdminStatus are all the read-write attributes of that row of table. They will be used to set the same attributes for all the ports in the system.
NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended attributes of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire port-table. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one.
Read only Shows the total number of entries in the Filtering Databse (FDB) that are configured currently. snFdbTableCurEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.9
Syntax: Integer32 snFdbTableStationFlush brcdIp.1.1.3.1.10
Syntax: Integer snPortStpSetAll brcdIp.1.1.3.1.11
Syntax: Integer32
Read-write Shows the state of the flush operation for the FDB table.
The following value can be written:
• flush(3) – Perform the flush operation. Once the flush operation starts, any new flush requests will be rejected until the operation is complete or failed.
The following values can only be read:
• normal(1) – Normal state
• error(2) – Operation failed
• flushing(4) – Operation is in process
Read-write The value of this object is 1, which means that Port STP Set-all command is invoked. The snPortStpPriority and, snPortStpPathCost, which are the read-write STP related attributes of the first row of table, will be used to set the same attributes for all the ports in the system.
NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended attributes of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire port-table. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
63
64
Software configuration
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwProbePortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.1.12
Syntax: Integer32 snSw8021qTagMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.13
Syntax: Integer snSwGlobalStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.14
Syntax: Integer snSwIpMcastQuerierMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.15
Syntax: Integer snSwViolatorPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.3.1.17
Syntax: Integer32
Access Description
Read-write Indicates which chassis port is assigned as the chassis switch probe port. That port operates as a traffic analyzer port. Only one port in the chassis or stackable switch can be assigned as the traffic analyzer port. The value of this object represents the following:
•
Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number
•
Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number
Read-write Indicates whether or not IEEE802.1q has been enabled for the switch group.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0)
Read-write Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree System Global Mode has been enabled for the switch group.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write The IP Multicast pruning mode is configured either Non-Querier or
Querier mode
• querier(1) – Send out host queries. (active)
• nonQuerier(2) – Do not send out host queries.(passive)
Default: querier(1)
Read only Indicates the port number of the switch or router that receives the violator packet. This number is included in the locked address violation trap. The value of this object contains the following:
•
Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number
•
Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (for chassis devices only)
Read only Indicates the source MAC address of the violator packet received by the switch or router. This number is included in the locked address violation trap.
Read-write Shows the maximum number of VLAN entries that can be configured.
snSwViolatorMacAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.1.18
Syntax: MAC address snVLanGroupVlanMaxEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.19
Syntax: Integer32 snSwEosBufferSize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.20
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.21
Syntax: Integer32 snSwPortEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.22
Syntax: Integer32 snFdbStationEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.23
Syntax: Integer32 snPortStpEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.24
Syntax: Integer32
Read only Specifies buffer size for all the different EOS buffers.
Read only Specifies the size of each VLAN table entry.
Read only Specifies the size of each port table entry.
Read only Specifies the size of each FDB station table entry.
Read only Specifies the size of each port STP table entry.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software configuration
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwIpxL3SwMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.28
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates whether or not Layer 3 IPX Switch mode is enabled.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0)
Read only Applies only to ServerIron products.
Shows the maximum number of subnets for each IP VLAN.
snVLanByIpSubnetMaxSub nets brcdIp.1.1.3.1.29
Syntax: Integer snVLanByIpxNetMaxNetwor ks brcdIp.1.1.3.1.30
Syntax: Integer snSwProtocolVLanMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.31
Syntax: Integer snMacStationVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.1.32
Syntax: Integer snSwClearCounters brcdIp.1.1.3.1.33
Syntax: Integer snSw8021qTagType brcdIp.1.1.3.1.34
Syntax: Integer32 snSwBroadcastLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.1.35
Syntax: Integer32
Read only Shows the maximum number of networks for each IPX VLAN.
Read-write Indicates whether or not protocol VLAN is enabled.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Shows the MAC Station’s VLAN ID index in the standard Forwarding
Database for Transparent Bridge Table. (dot1dTpFdbTable). Since the dot1dTpFdbTable index is the MAC Address assigned to one of the ports in the bridge (VLAN) and each MAC address can be re-assigned to different ports belonging to different bridges (VLANs), the snMacStationVLanId can be used to specify which bridge (VLAN) MAC
Station information of the dot1dTpFdbTable to retrieve. If you do not specify the VLAN ID in this MIB, the default VLAN (bridge) ID will be used when dot1dTpFdbTable is retrieved.
Valid values: 1 – 4095
Read-write Clears software counters:
• valid(0) – an SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is valid command to use.
• clear(1) – Clear counter command of the following counters:
Dot3, MIB2, IP and IPX counters for all ports.
Read-write Specifies the IEEE802.1q tag type that is embedded in the length/type field of an Ethernet packet. It specifies that the two octets after the length/type field in an Ethernet packet are the tag value.
Default: 33024
Read-write Specifies the number of broadcast packets per second. This limits the number of broadcast packets to forward out of the switch ports.
Setting this object to 0 disables the limitation check.
Default: 0
Read only Specifies the maximum number of MAC Filters per system in the MAC
Filter table. snSwMaxMacFilterPerSyste m brcdIp.1.1.3.1.36
Syntax: Integer snSwMaxMacFilterPerPort brcdIp.1.1.3.1.37
Syntax: Integer
Read only Specifies the maximum number of MAC Filters per port in the Port
MAC Access Filter table.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
65
66
Software configuration
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwDefaultVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.1.38
Syntax: Integer snSwGlobalAutoNegotiate brcdIp.1.1.3.1.39
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Shows the VLAN ID of the default port VLAN.
Valid values: 1 – 4095
Read-write Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Specifies the negotiation mode of the port:
• disable(0) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports are in non- negotiation mode.
• enable(1) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports will start auto-negotiation indefinitely until they succeed.
• negFullAuto(2) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports will start with auto-negotiation. If the negotiation fails, then they will automatically switch to non-negotiation mode.
• other(3)
Default: negFullAuto(2)
Switch configuration summary group
The following object applies to all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwSummaryMode brcdIp.1.1.3.7.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Description
Indicates whether or not the Switch Configuration Summary is enabled.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0)
DHCP gateway list table
The following objects provide information on DHCP gateways.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDhcpGatewayListTable brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1
snDhcpGatewayListEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1
snDhcpGatewayListId brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
None
None
A table of DHCP gateway addresses.
An entry in the IP Port Address table.
Read only Shows the ID for a DHCP gateway.
Valid values: 1 – 32.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software configuration
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snDhcpGatewayListAddrList brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.2
Syntax: OctetString
Read-writ e snDhcpGatewayListRowSta tus brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read-writ e
Description
Lists the DHCP gateway addresses in each DHCP gateway list. This list contains 1 to 8 IP addresses represented by octet strings. This object can have 4 to 32 octets.
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
NTP general group
You can configure Layer 2 and Layer 3 Switches to consult Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) servers for the current system time and date. Since Layer 2 and Layer 3 switches do not retain time and date information across power cycles, using the SNTP feature alleviates the need to reconfigure time and date after a system reset.
The following objects provide information on the network time processor (NTP) server. These objects apply to all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snNTPGeneral brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1
snNTPPollInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
Description
Begins the NTP configuration objects.
Read-write Specifies how often to poll the NTP server. Each unit is one second.
Valid values: 1 – 65535
Default: 1800 seconds
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
67
68
Software configuration
Name, OID, and Syntax snNTPTimeZone brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.2
Syntax: Integer snNTPSummerTimeEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Time zone:
• alaska(0)
• aleutian(1)
• arizona(2)
• central(3)
• eastIndiana(4)
• eastern(5)
• hawaii(6)
• michigan(7)
• mountain(8)
• pacific(9)
• samoa(10)
• gmtPlus12(11)
• gmtPlus11(12)
• gmtPlus10(13)
• gmtPlus9(14)
• gmtPlus8(15)
• gmtPlus7(16)
• gmtPlus6(17)
• gmtPlus5(18)
• gmtPlus4(19)
• gmtPlus3(20)
• gmtPlus2(21)
• gmtPlus1(22)
• gmt(23) – The default
• gmtMinus1(24)
• gmtMinus2(25)
• gmtMinus3(26)
• gmtMinus4(27)
• gmtMinus5(28)
• gmtMinus6(29)
• gmtMinus7(30)
• gmtMinus8(31)
• gmtMinus9(32)
• gmtMinus10(33)
• gmtMinus11(34)
• gmtMinus12(35)}
Read-write Indicates if daylight saving time is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1) – Enables daylight saving time starting at 02:00:00 on the first Sunday in April and ending at 02:00:00 in last Sunday in October.
Default: disabled(0)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software configuration
Name, OID, and Syntax snNTPSystemClock brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.4
Syntax: OctetString snNTPSync brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Shows the format of the system clock:
• octet 0 – Seconds after the minute [0-60]
• octet 1 – Minutes after the hour [0-59]
• octet 2 – Hours since midnight [0-23]
• octet 3 – Day of the month [1-31]
• octet 4 – Months since January [0-11]
• octet 5 – Years since 1900
• octet 6 – Days since Sunday [0-6]
Octets 0 to 5 must have valid values and Octet 6 must be set to 0. To disable the system clock set all octets to zero.
Read-write Initiates the time synchronization to the NTP servers.
For set operation, only "synchronize(2)" is accepted.
For get operation, always return "other(1)".
Banners
Banners are messages that are displayed when a user logs into the device.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblBannerExec brcdIp.1.1.2.1.61
Syntax: DisplayString snAgGblBannerIncoming brcdIp.1.1.2.1.62
Syntax: DisplayString snAgGblBannerMotd brcdIp.1.1.2.1.63
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
Read-write Enter a message that will be displayed when a user enters the
Privileged EXEC CLI level of a device.
Enter up to 2047 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line.
Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed.
Read-write Enter a message that will be displayed on the console when a user establishes a Telnet session. This message includes the location where the user is connecting from and displays a text message that can be configured.
Enter up to 2047 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line.
Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed.
Read-write Enter the message of the day that will be displayed on a user’s terminal when he or she establishes a Telnet CLI session.
Enter up to 2047 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line.
Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed.
Encoded octet strings table
Each row in the Encoded Octet Strings (EOS) Table represents a fragmented configuration file data packet, including its checksum. An SNMP SET represents a configuration file download process, while an SNMP GET represents a configuration file upload.
This action occurs only if the SNMP-SET of snAgCfgLoad command is sent along with this table consecutively. Consecutive SETs are performed until the network management system has no more packets to send. Likewise, consecutive GETs are done until the agent has no more packets to send.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
69
Error management
The applicable snAgCfgLoad command values are as follows:
• uploadFromFlashToNMS(23)
• downloadToFlashFromNMS(24)
• uploadFromDramToNMS(25)
• downloadToDramFromNMS(26)
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgCfgEosTable brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1
snAgCfgEosEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1
snAgCfgEosIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgCfgEosPacket brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.2
Syntax: OctetString
None
None
Read only
Read-write snAgCfgEosChkSum brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer32
Read-write
Description
The EOS table.
An EOS row in the table of encoded octet strings for table snAgCfgEosTable.
Each VLAN EOS Buffer Identifier has multiple VLAN table entries.
An encoded octet string. On reads it contains an integral number of configuration file data packets. The size of each encoded octet string is less than or equal to 1400 bytes. This object can contain up to 1000 octets.
A checksum of each configuration file data packet.
Agent global group
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblDataRetrieveMode brcdIp.1.1.2.1.19
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Retrieves the VLAN Table and Port-STP Table data as indicated by the selected mode. The mode can be one of the following:
• nextbootCfg(0) – Retrieve the next boot configuration data
• operationalData(1) – Retrieve the current running data
Default: nextbootCfg(0).
Error management
The following objects are for general resource management in a device. They are available in all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblQueueOverflow brcdIp.1.1.2.1.30
Syntax: Integer snAgGblBufferShortage brcdIp.1.1.2.1.31
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only The device queues are overflowing:
•
No(0)
•
Yes(1)
Read only There is a shortage in the device buffers:
•
No(0)
•
Yes(1)
70 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
FDP and CDP
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblDmaFailure brcdIp.1.1.2.1.32
Syntax: Integer snAgGblResourceLowWarning brcdIp.1.1.2.1.33
Syntax: Integer snAgGblExcessiveErrorWarning brcdIp.1.1.2.1.34
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only The device DMAs are in good condition:
•
No(0)
•
Yes(1)
Read only The device has low resources available:
•
No(0)
•
Yes(1)
Read only The device has excessive collision, FCS errors, alignment warnings, and other excessive warnings:
•
No(0)
•
Yes(1)
FDP and CDP
This section presents the MIB objects and tables that can be used to manage FDP/CDP using
SNMP.
•
“FDP/CDP global configuration objects” on page 71
•
“FDP interface table” on page 72
•
•
“FDP cached address entry table” on page 74
FDP/CDP global configuration objects
The following objects are used to configure FDP globally.
Name, OID, and Syntax snFdpGlobalRun brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.1
Syntax: Integer snFdpGlobalMessageInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.2
Syntax: Integer snFdpGlobalHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.3
Syntax: Integer snFdpGlobalCdpRun brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.4
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if the Foundry Discovery Protocol (FDP) is enabled:
• false(0) – FDP is disabled. FDP entries in the snFdpCacheTable are deleted when FDP is disabled.
• true(1) – FDP is enabled. Enabling FDP automatically enables
CDP globally.
Default: false(0)
Read-write Indicates the interval at which FDP messages are to be generated.
Valid values: 5 – 900 seconds
Default: 60 seconds
Read-write Indicates how long the receiving device will hold FDP messages.
Valid values: 10 – 255 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
Read-write Shows if the Cisco Discovery Proctocol (CDP) is enabled:
• false(0) – CDP is disabled. CDP entries in the snFdpCacheTable are deleted when FDP is disabled.
• true(1) – CDP is enabled. Enabling CDP does not automatically enable FDP globally.
Default: false (0)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
71
72
FDP and CDP
FDP interface table
The FDP Interface Table shows whether or not FDP is enabled on a physical interface. You can use this table to disable or enable FDP on individual interfaces.
NOTE
You cannot disable CDP on individual interfaces.
Description
The FDP Interface table
Name, OID, and Syntax snFdpInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1
snFdpInterfaceIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.1
snFdpInterfaceEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read-write snFdpInterfaceCdpEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
An entry in the FDP Cache Table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface.
Determines if FDP is enabled on the interface:
• false(0) – FDP is disabled.
• true(1) – FDP is enabled.
Default: true(1)
Determines if CDP is enabled on the interface:
• false(0) – CDP is disabled.
• true(1) – CDP is enabled.
Default: true(1)
FDP cache table
Each entry in the FDP Cache Table contains information received from FDP/CDP on one interface of one device. This table is available if FDP or CDP is enabled globally. Entries appear when an
FDP/CDP advertisement is received from a neighbor device. Entries are deleted when FDP/CDP is disabled on an interface or globally.
Name, OID, and Syntax snFdpCacheTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1
snFdpCacheEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1
snFdpCacheIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1
snFdpCacheDeviceIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snFdpCacheDeviceId brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.3
Syntax: DisplayString snFdpCacheAddressType brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The FDP Cache Table
An entry in the FDP Cache Table.
None An entry in the FDP Cache Table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface.
Read only A unique value for each device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. For example, you may see 1.
Read only Shows a description for the device as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. For example, you may see DeviceB.
A zero-length string indicates no Device-ID field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message.
Read only Indicates the type of address contained in the
object for this entry:
• ip(1)
• ipx(2)
• appletalk(3)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
FDP and CDP
Name, OID, and Syntax snFdpCacheAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.5
Syntax: OctetString
Access Description
Read only Shows the network-layer address of the device's SNMP-agent, as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. A device may have more than one address. This object shows the first address on the device.
The format of this object depends on the value of the snFdpCacheAddressType object:
• ip(1) – 4 octets
• ipx(2) – 10 octets:
Octets 1 – 4: Network number
Octets 5 – 10: Host number
• appletalk(3) – 3 octets:
Octets 1 – 2: Network number
Octet 3: Host number
Read only Shows the software version running in the device as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. snFdpCacheVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString snFdpCacheDevicePort brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.7
Syntax: DisplayString snFdpCachePlatform brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.8
Syntax: DisplayString snFdpCacheCapabilities brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.9
Syntax: DisplayString snFdpCacheVendorId brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer snFdpCacheIsAggregateVla n brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer snFdpCacheDeviceTagType brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer snFdpCacheDevicePortVlan
Mask brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.13
Syntax: OctetString
Read only Shows the port ID of the device as reported in the most recent FDP or
CDP message. This will typically be the value of the ifName object. For example, you may see Ethe 2/3.
A zero-length string indicates no Port-ID field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message.
Read only Shows the device's hardware platform as reported in the most recent
FDP or CDP message.
A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message.
Read only Shows the device's functional capabilities as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. For example, you may see Router.
Read only Indicates if FDP or CDP received the entry:
• fdp(1)
• cdp(2)
Read only Indicates if this entry is from a neighbor device that is in an aggregated VLAN:
• false(0) – It is not in an aggregated VLAN
• true(1) – It is in an aggregate VLAN
Read only Shows the tag type of the neighbor device that sent this entry. For example, you may see 0x8100.
Read only Shows the port VLAN masks, in 512-byte octet string, of the neighbor that sent this entry.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
73
74
FDP and CDP
Name, OID, and Syntax snFdpCachePortTagMode brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.14
Syntax: Integer snFdpCacheDefaultTraffice
VlanIdForDualMode brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.15
Syntax: Integer32
Access Description
Read only Shows the port tag mode on the neighbor device:
• untagged(1)
• tagged(2)
• dual(3)
Read only Shows the default traffic vlan ID for neighbor devices that have dual-mode ports.
FDP cached address entry table
The FDP Cached Address Entry Table shows all the cached addresses from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. This table is available if FDP or CDP is enabled globally.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdpCachedAddressTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1
snFdpCachedAddressEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1
snFdpCachedAddrIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snFdpCachedAddrDeviceInd ex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snFdpCachedAddrDeviceAd drEntryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snFdpCachedAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
None
None
None
The FDP Cached Address Entry Table
An entry in the FDP Cached Address Table.
Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface.
Read only Shows a unique value for each device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received.
Read only Shows a unique value for each address on the device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. A device may have several addresses. There will be one entry for each address. snFdpCachedAddrValue brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.5
Syntax: OctetString
Read only Indicates the type of address contained in the
object for this entry:
• ip(1)
• ipx(2)
• appletalk(3)
Read only Indicates the network-layer address of the device’s SNMP-agent as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message.
The format of this object depends on the value of the snFdpCachedAddrValue object:
• ip(1) – 4 octets
• ipx(2) – 10 octets:
Octets 1 – 4: Network number
Octets 5 – 10: Host number
• appletalk(3) – 3 octets:
Octets 1 – 2: Network number
Octet 3: Host number
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Software licensing
Software licensing
The fdryLicenseTable contains information about the software licenses configured on the device.
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryLicenseEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1
Access
N/A
Description
An entry in a license table. This is indexed by: fdryLicensePackageName, fdryLicenseLid, and IMPLIED fdryLicenseHash
Name of the package, whose license information this entry displays.
fdryLicensePackageNa me brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString
(SIZE(1..24)) fdryLicenseLid brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString
(SIZE(1..11)) fdryLicenseHash brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.3
Syntax: DisplayString
(SIZE(1..17)) fdryLicenseType brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.4
Syntax: INTEGER fdryLicensePrecedence brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32
(0..65535) fdryLicenseTrialDays brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.6
Syntax: Unsigned32
(0..65535) fdryLicenseTrialTimeEl apsed brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.7
Syntax: Unsigned32
(0..65535) fdryLicenseTrialTimeLe ft brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32
(0..65535) fdryLicenseTrialState brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.9
Syntax: INTEGER
N/A
N/A
N/A
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
License Id (LID) of the device or the line module for which the license information is being displayed.
A unique hash for identifying a license entry in the system. This helps traverse through the entries with the same package name and LID.
The type of the license:
• normal(1)
• trial(2)
Defines the priority of a particular trial license among other trial licenses that have the same package and LID. This is primarily used to determine which license to use when there are many trial and normal licenses with same package name and LID.
The number of trial days for the license, if it's a trial license; otherwise, the value has no meaning for normal licenses and is read as 0 on a
Get operation.
The cumulative number of hours used for this trial license. This counts all the usages of the trial license. For a normal license, this is 0 and is read as 0 on a Get operation.
The number of hours left for the trial license. This is derived from the total number of hours and the cumulative number of hours used. For a normal license, this is 0 and is read as 0 on a Get operation.
The state of the trial license:
• invalid(1) = The license is not valid for the device.
• unused(2) = The license has never been used
• active(3) = The license has been used at least once
• expired(4) = The license has expired and can no longer be used.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
75
Software licensing
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryLicenseVendorInfo brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.10
Syntax: DisplayString fdryLicenseSlot brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer32
Access
Read-only
Read-only
Description
This contains encoded information of license specific information such as package bit mask, number of ports, etc. The information is in an octet display string format.
This indicates the slot number of the module to which the license belongs. There is a one-to-one mapping between the license ID and slot number since each module has a unique licensde ID and the module can be present only in one slot.
76 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Power Over Ethernet MIB
Chapter
6
This chapter presents the Power Over Ethernet (POE) MIBs that support POE.
Power Over Ethernet global objects
The information in these objects are available in the output of the show inline power CLI command.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgentPoeGblPowerCap acityTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1.
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeGblPowerCap acityFree brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeGblPowerAllo cationsRequestsHonored brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
This object shows the total inline power capacity available in the device. Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts.
This object shows the inline power capacity currently available in the device that is unallocated. Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts.
This object shows number of times the inline power allocations requests were honored.
Power Over Ethernet port table
The snAgentPoePortTable presents information about the applicable POE ports.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentPoePortNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.1
Syntax:InterfaceIndex snAgentPoePortControl brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.2
Syntax: INTEGER
Access
Read-only
Description
The port number in ifIndex value.
Read-create Powers on or off the inline power on a port. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns other(1). Valid values are:
• other(1)
• disable(2)
• enable(3)
• enableLegacyDevice(4)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
77
Power over module table
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentPoePortWattage brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentPoePortClass brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentPoePortPriority brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.5
Syntax: INTEGER
Access Description
Read-create Adjusts the inline power wattage. Valid values are between 1000 to
15400(IEEE802_3AF)/30000(IEEE802_3AT). Each unit is in milliwatts. This object can only be set after snSwIfInLinePowerControl has been set to “enable(3)” or
“enableLegacyDevice(4)”. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns an undefined value.
Read-create Adjusts the inline power class. Valid values are between 0 to
3(IEEE802_3AF)/4(IEEE802_3AT). This object can only be set after snSwIfInLinePowerControl has been set to “enable(3)” or
“enableLegacyDevice(4)”. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns an undefined value.
Read-create Shows the inline power allocation priority for the power device
• invalid(0) = Not a POE port
• critical(1)
• high(2)
• low(3)
• medium(4)
• other(5)
Read-only Amount of inline power consumed by the port. Each unit is milliwatts.
snAgentPoePortConsumed brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.6
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentPoePortType brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.7
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-only Inline Power device type: 802.3af, 802.3at or Legacy device.
Power over module table
The snAgentPoeModuleTable shows the configuration of modules. The information in this table is available in the output of the show module CLI command.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentPoeModuleNumb er brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeModuleBudge t brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeModuleMaxP
DTypeSupport brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.3
Syntax: INTEGER
Read-only
Read-only
This objects is the POE module number.
Read-create This objects shows the module power budget in watts.
This object shows the POE module type that is capable to support
Power Device (PD) type:
• ieee802dot3af(0) = Supports only ieee802dot3af modules
• ieee802dot3at(1) = Also called POE plus type. This module can support ieee802.3at and ieee802.3af
78 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Power over unit table
Power over unit table
The snAgentPoeUnitTable provides POE information for each unit on a stack. Only the unit that has
POE capability appears in a table row. The information in these objects are available in the output of the show inline power CLI command for a POE device in a stack.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgentPoeUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeUnitPowerCap acityTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeUnitPowerCap acityFree brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeUnitPowerAllo cationsRequestsHonored brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
The index for the POE unit table.
This object shows the total inline power capacity available on a unit
(device). Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts.
This object shows the unallocated inline power capacity currently available on a unit (device). Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts.
This object shows number of times the inline power allocations requests were honored on the unit (device).
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
79
Power over unit table
80 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
User Access
Chapter
7
In this chapter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
This chapter presents the objects used to control user access to devices.
Agent user access group
The objects in this section apply to user accounts in all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentUserMaxAccnt brcdIp.1.1.2.9.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgWebMgmtServerTcpPort brcdIp.1.1.2.1.63
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Shows the maximum number of user accounts that can be configured on the device.
Read-write This object allows you to specify which TCP port will be used for the
Web management interface. Also, Element Manager of IronView
Network Manager will query the device for this port number before it sends HTTP packets to the device.
Enter a number from 1 – 65535.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
81
Agent user account table
Agent user account table
The objects in this table provide information about user accounts. They apply to all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentUserAccntTable brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2
snAgentUserAccntEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1
snAgentUserAccntName brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString snAgentUserAccntPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snAgentUserAccntEncryptCode brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer32
Access
None
None
Description
A table of user account information.
Represents a row in the Agent User table.
Read only Displays the user name.
This object can have up to 48 characters
Read-write Contains the user password.
Valid values: Up to 48 characters snAgentUserAccntPrivilege brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer32 snAgentUserAccntRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write States the password encryption method code.
•
0 – no encryption
•
1 – simple encryption
•
7– MD5 encryption
Read-write Shows the user’s privilege.
•
0 – administration
•
4 – Port configuration
•
5 – Read only
Read-write Creates, modifies, or deletes a user account table entry:
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
• create(4)
• modify(5)
82 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
General security objects
General security objects
The following objects are used to manage general security functions in all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.1.15
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-write Shows the system security access password, which is used only for an
SNMP-Set. An SNMP-Get will return a zero string.
If the password-change any command (the default) is configured on the device, then this object needs to be part of the SNMP Set operation on some critical SNMP objects.
The value of this object depends on the authentication method for
SNMP operation:
•
If there is no AAA authentication configuration for SNMP, then this object will have the enable superuser password.
•
If AAA authentication for SNMP is configured and has the leading method as “enable” or “line”, this object will have the corresponding “enable” or “line” password.
•
If the switch has AAA authentication for SNMP operation, and the method specified is one of local, TACACS+, or RADIUS, this object will have <username> <password> format with one space character between <username> and <password>.
The maximum size allows concatenation of max 48 octets of username and 48 octets of password, with one blank character
Refer to “Configuration notes” on page 85 for more details.
Valid values: Up 48 octets.
Read-write Shows the security level required to set an “enable” password. This security level can be from 0 to 5.
snAgGblSecurityLevelSet brcdIp.1.1.2.1.28
Syntax: Integer snAgGblPasswordChange
Mode brcdIp.1.1.2.1.24
Syntax: Integer
Read only snAgGblLevelPasswords
Mask brcdIp.1.1.2.1.29
Syntax: Integer32
Read only
Specifies which management entity is allowed to change the “enable” password for the device. For security reasons, this object can only be modified using the device’s CLI.
Valid values:
• anyMgmtEntity(1) – Any SNMP management station, console command line interface or Telnet command line interface can be used to change the password.
• consoleAndTelnet(2) – The password can be changed using the console command line interface or the Telnet command line interface
• consoleOnly(3) – Only the console command line interface can be used
• telnetOnly(4) – Only telnet command line interface can be used.
Default: consoleAndTelnet(2)
Shows the bitmap of level passwords which were successfully assigned to the system.
•
Bit 0 – Level 0 = admin
•
Bit 4 – Level 4 = port configuration
•
Bit 5 – Level 5 = read only
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
83
84
General security objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblReadOnlyComm unity brcdIp.1.1.2.1.25
Syntax: DisplayString snAgGblReadWriteComm unity brcdIp.1.1.2.1.26
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
Read-write Allows you to configure SNMP read-only community strings for the device. This object can be used in an SNMP-Set, but not SNMP-Get. Get will return a blank.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters.
NOTE: To use this object, make sure that "password-change any" has been configured in the device, to allow passwords to be updated from SNMP or any method
Read-write Allows you to configure SNMP read-write community strings for the device. This object can be used in an SNMP-Set, but not SNMP-Get. Get will return a blank.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters.
NOTE: To use this object, make sure that "password-change any" has been configured in the device, to allow passwords to be updated from SNMP or any method.
Read only Represents the current login security level (0 to 5). Each level of security requires a password to permit users for different system configurations. Levels are defined in the
“snAgGblLevelPasswordsMask” object.
snAgGblCurrentSecurityL evel brcdIp.1.1.2.1.27
Syntax: Integer snAgSystemLog brcdIp.1.1.2.1.20
Syntax: OctetString snAgGblTelnetTimeout brcdIp.1.1.2.1.37
Syntax: Integer snAgGblEnableWebMgmt brcdIp.1.1.2.1.38
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Indicates whether any network management system has login privileges. The agent allows only one network management to be logged in.
The value of this object consists of an octet string, with the first byte representing the value described below. The following four bytes contain a secret code.
The value of the first byte can be one of the following:
• login(1) – Login for a network management system.
• heartbeat(2) – a value for the login NMS periodically to check in;
Otherwise, the Agent will automatically set this object to logout(3) after a timeout period.
• logout(3) – a value for a NMS to logout.
• changePassword(4) – a value for the login NMS to change password, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to “anyMgmtEntity”.
• changeReadOnlyCommunity(5) – a value for the login NMS to change the read-only community string, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to
“anyMgmtEntity”.
• changeReadWriteCommunity(6) – a value for the login NMS to change the read-write community string, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to
“anyMgmtEntity”.
This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object.
Read-write Shows how many minutes a Telnet session can remain idle before it times out. The value of this object can be up to 240 minutes. A value of
0 means that the Telnet session never times out.
Read-write Enables or disables access to the device from the Web management interface:
• disable(0)
• enable(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
General security objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblSecurityLevelBin ding brcdIp.1.1.2.1.39
Syntax: Integer32 snAgGblEnableSLB brcdIp.1.1.2.1.40
Syntax: Integer snAgGblEnableTelnetSer ver brcdIp.1.1.2.1.45
Syntax: Integer snAgGblTelnetPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.1.46
Syntax: DisplayString snAgGblTelnetLoginTime out brcdIp.1.1.2.1.60
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only After a network management system logs in to a device with a user ID and password, the privilege level assigned to that system is saved in this object. Privilege level can be one of the following:
•
0 – Administration
•
4 – Port configuration
•
5 – Read only
•
255 – Invalid binding
Read only Enables or disables Server Load Balancing:
• disable(0)
• enable(1)
Read-write Enables or disables the Telnet server in a device:
•
Disable(0)
•
Enable(1)
Default: enable(1)
Read-write Contains the Telnet access password, which is only used with SNMP
Set. An SNMP-Get produces a zero string. This object can have 48 characters.
This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object.
Read-write Indicates how many minutes you have to log in before Telnet is disconnected.
Valid values: 1 – 10 minutes.
Default: 1 minute
Configuration notes
When using the snAgGblPassword object in a Set operation, keep the following in mind:
•
The device will always insist on a password to be part of the object snAgGblPassword. You can override this requirement by entering a no snmp-server pw-check command on the device’s
CLI.
•
By default, the object uses the value of the enable super-user password configured on the device as the default password. To allow a device to use other authentication schemes, use one of the following commands:
• aaa authen snmp default enable | local | none
Using enable tells the device to use the configured enable super-user password. If the enable super-user password is missing, then the device checks for the if implicit TACACS+ enable password. The device will store a previous (unrelated to SNMP) implicit enable operation result, and remember the enable password that was approved by TACACS+. You can enter the following command to use this method:
SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0="<enable-password>", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3)
Using local instructs the device to use a configured local username and password value.
You can enter the following SNMP command to use this method:
SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0="<username> <password>", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
85
IP community list string table
Using none tells the device to ignore the value of snAgGblPassword and authentication check will always pass. You can enter the following SNMP command to use this method:
SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0="<anything here>", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3)
• aaa authentication login default TACACS+
• aaa authentication enable default TACACS+
• aaa authentication enable implicit-user
•
The snAgGblPassword object must be set for the following objects:
• snAgCfgLoad
• snAgImgLoad
• snAgConfigFromNVRAM
• snAgEraseNVRAM
• snAgWriteNVRAM
• snAgGblTelnetPassword
• snAgReload
• snAgSystemLog
IP community list string table
This table contains the list of community strings used.
Name, OID, and Syntax snIpCommunityListStringTable brcdIp.1.2.2.17
snIpCommunityListStringEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1
snIpCommunityListStringName brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.1
Syntax: OctetString snIpCommunityListStringSequen ce brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.
Syntax: Integer32 snIpCommunityListStringAction brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
IP Community ListString Table.
An entry in the IP Community ListString Table.
Read only An index for an entry in the table.
This object can have up to 32 octets.
Read only Indicates the sequence of this entry in the table. snIpCommunityListStringCommN um brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.4
Syntax: Integer snIpCommunityListStringInternet brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Indicates the action to take if the community string on the packet matches this filter:
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
Read-write Shows the community string’s number, represented by four octets. This number can be from 1 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
There can be up to 20 community string numbers.
Read-write Indicates if the community is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
86 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP community list string table
Name, OID, and Syntax snIpCommunityListStringNoAdver tise brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.6
Syntax: Integer t snIpCommunityListStringNoExpor brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.7
Syntax: Integer snIpCommunityListStringRowStat us brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Access snIpCommunityListStringLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.9
snIpCommunityListStringType brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.10
snIpCommunityListStringRegExpr brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.11
Description
Read-write Indicates the community string will not be advertised to any internal or external peers:
• false(0)
• true(1)
Read-write Indicates if this route is not advertised as an EBGP peer:
• false(0)
• true(1)
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read-write Determines if this route will be sent to peers in other sub autonomous systems within the local confederation. Do not advertise this route to an external system.
Read-write Displays the type of the community list, whether standard or extended.
Read-write This will display the regular expression string for extended community list.
This object will return NULL for standard community list.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
87
Authorization and accounting
Authorization and accounting
The following objects are for authorization, and accounting functions.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAuthorizationCommand Methods brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.1
Syntax: OctetString snAuthorizationCommandLevel brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.2
Syntax: IpAddress snAuthorizationExec brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.3
Syntax: OctetString snAccountingCommandMethods brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.1
Syntax: OctetString snAccountingCommandLevel brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.2
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Specifies the sequence of authorization methods.
This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method to authorize the user command. Each octet has the following value:
• radius(2) – Authorize by the requesting RADIUS server
• tacplus(5) – Authorize by requesting TACACS server
• none(6) – Skip authorization
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authorization methods.
Read-write Specifies the commands that need to be authorized. Any command that is equal to or less than the selected level will be authorized:
• level(0) – Privilege level 0
• level(4) – Privilege level 4
• level(5) – Privilege level 5
Read-write Shows the sequence of authorization methods for exec programs.
This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method for Telnet or SSH login authorization.
Each octet can have one of the following values:
• radius(2) – Send EXEC authorization request to RADIUS server
• tacplus(5) – Send EXEC authorization request to
TACACS+ server
• none(6) – No EXEC authorization method
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods.
Read-write Shows a sequence of accounting methods.
This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents an accounting method. Each octet can have one of the following values:
• radius(2) – Send accounting information to RADIUS server
• tacplus(5) – Send accounting information to TACACS+ server
• none(6) – No accounting method
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods.
Read-write Specifies the commands that need to be accounted for. Any command that is equal to or less than the selected level will be accounted for:
• level(0) – Privilege level 0
• level(4) – Privilege level 4
• level(5) – Privilege level 5.
88 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RADIUS general group
Name, OID, and Syntax snAccountingExec brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.3
Syntax: OctetString snAccountingSystem brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.4
Syntax: OctetString
Access Description
Read-write Shows the sequence of accounting methods for exec programs.
This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method for Telnet or SSH login authorization.
Each octet can have one of the following values:
• radius(2) – Send accounting information to the RADIUS server
• tacplus(5) – Send accounting information to the
TACACS+ server
• none(6) – No accounting method
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods.
Read-write A sequence of accounting methods.
This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method to account for the system related events. Each octet has the following enumeration values:
• radius(2) – send accounting information to the RADIUS server
• tacplus(5) – send accounting information to the
TACACS+ server
• none(6) – skip accounting
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous accounting methods.
RADIUS general group
You can use a Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server to secure the following types of access to the switch or router:
•
Telnet access
•
SSH access
•
Web management access
•
Access to the Privileged EXEC level and CONFIG levels of the CLI
The following objects provide information on RADIUS authentication. They apply to all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRadiusSNMPAccess brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.1
Syntax: Integer snRadiusEnableTelnetAuth brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Indicates if the RADIUS group MIB objects can be accessed by an
SNMP manager:
• disabled(0) – All RADIUS group MIB objects return a “general error”
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled
Read-write Indicates if Telnet authentication as specified by the object
“snRadiusLoginMethod” is enabled.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
89
90
RADIUS general group
Name, OID, and Syntax snRadiusRetransmit brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.3
Syntax: Integer snRadiusTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.4
Syntax: Integer snRadiusDeadTime brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.5
Syntax: Integer snRadiusKey brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString snRadiusLoginMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.7
Syntax: OctetString snRadiusEnableMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.8
Syntax: OctetString
Access Description
Read-write Indicates the number of authentication query retransmissions that can be sent to the RADIUS server.
Valid values: 0 – 5
Default: 3
Read-write Specifies the number of seconds to wait for authentication reply from the RADIUS server.
Valid values: 0 – 60
Default: 3
Read-write Specifies the RADIUS server dead time, each unit is one minute.
Valid values: 0 – 5
Default: 3
Read-write Shows the authentication key as encrypted text.
This object can have up to 32 characters.
Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods for the RADIUS server. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user at login. Each octet can have one of the following values:
• enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface
• radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server
• local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table
• line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password
• tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS Plus server
• none(6) – Do not authenticate
• tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS server
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods.
Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods for the RADIUS server. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user after login, as the user enters the privilege mode of the command line interface. Each octet can have one of the following values:
• enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface
• radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server
• local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table
• line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password
• tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS Plus server
• none(6) – Do not authenticate
• tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS server
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RADIUS server table (IPv4)
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRadiusWebServerMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.9
Syntax: OctetString
Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user who is accessing the
Web-server. Each octet can have one of the following values:
• enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface
• radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server
• local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table
• line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password
• tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS Plus server
• none(6) – Do not authenticate
• tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS server
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods.
snRadiusSNMPServerMeth od brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.10
Syntax: OctetString
Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods. Each octet represents a method to authenticate the user who is accessing the
SNMP server. Each octet can have one of the following values:
• enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface
• radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server
• local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table
• line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password
• tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS Plus server
• none(6) – Do not authenticate
• tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS server
Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods.
RADIUS server table (IPv4)
The following objects provide information on the RADIUS server. They apply to all IPv4 devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRadiusServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2
snRadiusServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1
snRadiusServerIp brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snRadiusServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snRadiusServerAcctPort brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer32
Access
None
None
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Description
RADIUS server table.
An entry in the RADIUS server table.
Shows the RADIUS server IP address.
Shows the UDP port number for authentication.
Default: 1812
Shows the UDP port number used for accounting.
Default: 1813
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
91
RADIUS server table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRadiusServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Creates or deletes a RADIUS server table entry:
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
• create(4)
Shows the authentication key, displayed as encrypted text.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snRadiusServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.5
Syntax: DisplayString snRadiusServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Allows this server to be dedicated for a particular AAA activity:
• default(1),
•
authenticationOnly(2),
•
authorizationOnly(3),
•
accountingOnly(4)
RADIUS server table
The following objects provide information on the RADIUS server.
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryRadiusServerTable brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1
fdryRadiusServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1
Syntax: FdryRadiusServerEntry fdryRadiusServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 fdryRadiusServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.2
Syntax: InetAddressType fdryRadiusServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.3
Syntax: InetAddress fdryRadiusServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 fdryRadiusServerAcctPort brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32 fdryRadiusServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString
(size(0..32))
Access
None
None
None
Description
RADIUS server table listing the RADIUS authentication servers.
An entry in the RADIUS server table.
The index to the RADIUS server table. A maximum of eight
RADIUS servers are supported.
Read-create The RADIUS server IP address type. Supported types are:
• ipv4(1)
• ipv6(2)
Default: ipv4
Read-create The RADIUS server IP address.
Read-create The authentication UDP port number.
Default: 1645
Read-create The account UDP port number.
Default: 1646
Read-create The authentication key displayed as encrypted text.
92 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
TACACS general objects
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryRadiusServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.7
Syntax: ServerUsage fdryRadiusServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.8
Syntax: RowStatus
Access Description
Read-create Allows this server to be dedicated for a particular AAA activity.
Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object.
TACACS general objects
The Terminal Access Controller Access Control System (TACACS) or security protocols can be used to authenticate the following types of access to devices:
•
Telnet access
•
SSH access
•
Securing Access to Management Functions
•
Web management access
•
Access to the Privileged EXEC level and CONFIG levels of the CLI
The TACACS and protocols define how authentication, authorization, and accounting information is sent between a device and an authentication database on a TACACS server.
The following objects provide information on TACACS authentication. They apply to all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snTacacsRetransmit brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.1
Syntax: Integer snTacacsTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write snTacacsDeadTime brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.3
Syntax: Integer snTacacsKey brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snTacacsSNMPAccess brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read only
Description
Shows the number of authentication query retransmissions to the
TACACS server.
Valid values: 0 – 5.
Default: 3
Specifies how many seconds to wait for authentication reply from the
TACACS server.
Valid values: 0 – 15
Default: 3 seconds
Specifies the TACACS server dead time in minutes.
Valid values: 0 – 5
Default: 3 minutes
Authentication key displayed as encrypted text.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters.
Indicates whether the TACACS group MIB objects can be accessed by an
SNMP manager.
• disabled(0) – All TACACS group MIB objects return "general error"
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
93
TACACS server table (IPv4)
TACACS server table (IPv4)
The following objects provide information on the TACACS server. They apply to all IPv4 devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snTacacsServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2 snTacacsServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1
snTacacsServerIp brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snTacacsServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snTacacsServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
TACACS server table.
An entry in the TACACS server table.
Shows the TACACS server IP address.
Specifies the UDP port used for authentication.
Default: 49
Creates or deletes a TACACS server table entry:
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
• create(4)
Authentication key displayed as encrypted text.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snTacacsServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snTacacsServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Allows this server to be dedicated to a particular AAA activity:
• default(1),
•
authenticationOnly(2),
•
authorizationOnly(3),
•
accountingOnly(4)
Show statistics DOS-attack
The following objects have been created to provide DOS attack statistics through SNMP as shown in the following table.
NOTE
The DOS-Attack Global MIBs are supported on the ServerIron ADX products
Name, OID, and Syntax snDosAttackICMPDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.1
Syntax: Counter32 snDosAttackICMPBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.2
Syntax: Counter32
Access
Read only
Read only
Description
Provides the contents of the ICMP drop counter.
Provides the contents of the ICMP block counter.
94 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Show statistics DOS-attack
Name, OID, and Syntax snDosAttackSYNDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.3
Syntax: Counter32 snDosAttackSYNBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.4
Syntax: Counter32
Access
Read only
Read only
Description
Provides the contents of the SYN drop counter.
Provides the contents of the SYN block counter.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
95
Show statistics DOS-attack
96 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
MAC Port Security
Chapter
8
In this chapter
•
This chapter presents the objects used to secure MAC addresses on an interface.
MAC port security table
The MAC Port Security table shows the same information as the show port security mac CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityTable brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1
snPortMacSecurityEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1
snPortMacSecurityIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityResource brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
The MAC Port Security table.
An entry in the MAC Port Security table.
Read only Indicates how the MAC addresses on an interface are secured: local(1) – Local resource was used. The interface secures at least one secure MAC address entry. Each interface can store up to 64 local resources. shared(2) – Shared resource was used. When an interface has secured enough MAC addresses to reach its limit for local resources, it can secure additional MAC addresses by using global or shared resources. snPortMacSecurityQueryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read only An index for a MAC address entry that was secured for this interface.
Read only The secured MAC address. snPortMacSecurityMAC brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snPortMacSecurityAgeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityShutdownS tatus brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
N/A
N/A
Read only
Read only
The ifIndex value (ID) of the Ethernet interface on which MAC port security is enabled.
The number of minutes the MAC address will remain secure.
Read only Indicates if the interface has been shut down due to a security violation.
• up(1) – The port is up.
• down(2) – The port has been shut down.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
97
98
MAC port security table
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snPortMacSecurityShutdownT imeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.7
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32
Access Description
Read only
If the value of the snPortMacSecurityShutdownStatus is down(2),
this object shows the number of seconds before it is enabled again.
If the value is up(1), this object shows 0.
Read only Shows the VLAN membership of this interface. This object shows a value from1 – 65535.
MAC port security module statistics table
This table shows the same information as the show port security statistics module CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTabl e brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2
snPortMacSecurityModuleStatEntr y brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1
snPortMacSecurityModuleStatSlot
Num brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal
SecurityPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal
MACs brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityModuleStatViola tionCounts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal
ShutdownPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32
N/A
N/A
The MAC Port Security Module Statistics table that shows the
MAC port security statistics for each module.
An entry in the MAC Port Security Module Statistics table.
Read only The slot number of the MAC port security module.
Read only The total number of Ethernet interfaces on which MAC security is configured in this module.
Read only The total number of secure MAC addresses learned or configured in this module.
Read only The number of security violations that occurred in this module.
Read only The number of Ethernet interfaces in this module that were shut down due to security violations.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
MAC port security table
MAC port security interface content table
This table shows the same information as the show port security ethernet slot/port CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityIntfContentTabl e brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3
snPortMacSecurityIntfContentEntr y brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1
snPortMacSecurityIntfContentIfIn dex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.1
Syntax: InterfaceIndex snPortMacSecurityIntfContentSec urity brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.2
Syntax: Integer snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViol ationType brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer snPortMacSecurityIntfContentShu tdownTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32
N/A
N/A
N/A snPortMacSecurityIntfContentShu tdownTimeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityIntfContentAge
OutTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.6
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityIntfContentMax
LockedMacAllowed brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.7
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityIntfContentTota lMACs brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViol ationCounts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.9
Syntax: Unsigned32
The MAC Port Security Interface Content table that shows the
MAC port security statistics for an Ethernet interface.
An entry in the MAC Port Security Interface Content table.
An entry in the MAC Port Security Interface Content table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface.
Read- write Indicates whether MAC port security is enabled or disabled on
Read-write If the snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 0
(shutdown), this value indicates the number of seconds the interface shuts down when the violation occurs.
If the snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 1
(restrict), this value will always be 0.
Read only If the snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 0
(shutdown), this value indicates the number of seconds before this interface will be re-enabled.
If the snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 1
(restrict), this value will always be 0.
Read-write The amount of time, in minutes, the MAC addresses learned on this interface will remain secure. A value of 0 indicates no aging is in effect.
Read-write
Read only
Read only this interface.
•
0 = disabled
•
1 = enabled
Read-write The port security violation type for this interface:
•
0 = shutdown
•
1 = restricted
The maximum number of secure MAC addresses that can be locked to this interface.
The total number of secure MAC addresses that are locked to this interface.
The total number of security violations that occurred on this interface.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
99
100
MAC port security table
MAC port security interface MAC table
This table shows the same information as the show port security mac ethernet slot/port CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snPortMacSecurityIntfMacTable brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4
snPortMacSecurityIntfMacEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1
snPortMacSecurityIntfMacIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.1
Syntax: Integer snPortMacSecurityIntfMacAddres s brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.2
Syntax: MAC Address snPortMacSecurityIntfMacVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityIntfMacRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
N/A
N/A
Description
The MAC Port Security Interface MAC table that shows the MAC port security status for each Ethernet interface.
An entry in the MAC Port Security Interface MAC table.
Read only An entry in the MAC Port Security Interface MAC table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface.
Read only The secure MAC addresses for this local Ethernet interface on which the secure MAC address is configured and learned. The maximum number of the secure MAC addresses is restricted by the object snPortMacSecurityIntfContentMaxLockedMacAllowed.
Read-write The VLAN membership of this interface. A value of zero indicates it is not applicable.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
MAC port security autosave MAC table
This table shows the same information as the show port security autosave CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac
Table brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5
snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac
Entry brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1
snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac
IfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.1
Syntax: Integer32
N/A
N/A
The MAC Port Security Autosave MAC table that shows the secure
MAC addresses that were saved automatically.
An entry in the MAC Port Security Autosave MAC table.
Read only An entry in the MAC Port Security Autosave MAC table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
MAC port security table
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac
Resource brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac
QueryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac
Address brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.4
Syntax: MAC Address
Read only Indicates the resource used to autosave secure MAC addresses:
•
1 = local
•
2 = shared
Read only The index entry within the given resource of the local interface on which MAC port security is autosaved.
Read only The secure MAC addresses for this local Ethernet interface on which the secure MAC address is autosaved.
MAC port security global MIB group
This table shows the global MIBs for MAC port security.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snPortMacGlobalSecurityFeat ure brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.1
Syntax: Integer snPortMacGlobalSecurityAgeO utTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snPortMacGlobalSecurityAuto save brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.3
Syntax: Unsigned32
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Indicates whether port security for this device is disabled or enabled.
•
0 = disabled
•
1 = enabled
The amount of time, in minutes, the MAC addresses learned on this device will remain secure. A value of 0 indicates no aging is in effect.
The port security autosave value for this device.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
101
MAC port security table
102 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Traffic Security
9
In this chapter
•
Dynamic ARP Inspection VLAN configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
•
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
•
This chapter presents the SNMP MIB objects for various traffic security features such as Dynamic
ARP Inspections, DHCP Snooping, and IP Source Guard.
Dynamic ARP Inspection VLAN configuration table
Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI) is a security mechanism which validates all ARP packets in a subnet and discard those packets with invalid IP to MAC address bindings. To configure the feature using
SNMP MIB objects, do the following:
1. Enable DAI on a VLAN.
DAI on a VLAN is disabled by default. To enable DAI on an existing VLAN, set the object fdryDaiVlanDynArpInspEnable in the fdryDaiVlanConfigTable to true. Set it to false to disable it.
2. Enable trust on a port.
The default trust setting for a port is untrusted. To enable trust on a port, set the object fdryDaiIfTrustValue in the fdryDaiIfConfigTable to true. Set it to false to disable trust on a port.
3. Configure a DAI ARP entry.
To configure a DAI ARP entry, set the fdryDaiArpInspectIpAddr, fdryDaiArpInspectMacAddr and fdryDaiArpInspectRowStatus (value as createAndGo) in the fdryDaiArpInspectTable. This table displays all DAI entries. A row instance contains the configuration to map a device IP address with its MAC address and its type, state, age and port.
DAI VLAN configuration table
f
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access
N/A fdryDaiVlanConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1
fdryDaiVlanConfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1.1
N/A
Description
This table provides the mechanism to control Dynamic ARP
Inspection per VLAN.
When a VLAN is created on a device supporting this table, a corresponding entry of this table is added.
This entry represents a row that contains the configuration to enable or disable Dynamic ARP Inspection on the existing VLAN.
It is indexed by fdryDaiVlanVLanId.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
103
104
Dynamic ARP Inspection VLAN configuration table
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryDaiVlanVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1.1.1
Syntax: VlanIndex fdryDaiVlanDynArpInspEn able brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1.1.2
Syntax: TruthValue
N/A
Read-write
Description
This object indicates the VLAN number on which Dynamic ARP
Inspection feature is configured.
This object indicates whether Dynamic ARP Inspection is enabled in this VLAN. If this object is set to “true”, Dynamic ARP Inspection is enabled. If this object is set to “false”, Dynamic ARP Inspection is disabled.
Dynamic ARP Inspection Interface configuration table
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryDaiIfConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.35.2.1
fdryDaiIfConfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.35.2.1.1
N/A
N/A fdryDaiIfTrustValue brcdIp.1.1.3.35.2.1.1.1
Syntax: TruthValue
Read-write
Description
This table allows you to configure the trust state for Dynamic ARP
Inspection purpose on each physical interface.
A row in the fdryDaiConfigTable. Each row contains the configuration to enable or disable the trust state for Dynamic ARP Inspection at each physical interface capable of this feature.
This object indicates whether the interface is trusted for Dynamic ARP
Inspection. If this object is set to 'true', the interface is trusted. ARP packets coming to this interface will be forwarded without being checked. If this object is set to “false”, the interface is not trusted.
ARP packets received on this interface will be subjected to ARP inspection.
Dynamic ARP Inspection entry table
Use this table to configure and display the Dynamic ARP Inspection entries.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDaiArpInspectTable brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1
fdryDaiArpInspectEntry brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1
N/A
N/A
This table provides controls Dynamic ARP Inspection entries. When an
IP address to MAC address mapping entry is created on a device supporting this table, a corresponding entry of this table will be added.
A row instance contains the configuration to map a device IP address with its MAC address. This table is indexed by fdryDaiArpInspectIpAddr.
The IP address of the device. fdryDaiArpInspectIpAddr brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress fdryDaiArpInspectMacAddr brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.2
Syntax: MacAddress fdryDaiArpInspectRowStat us brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.3
Syntax: RowStatus
N/A
Read-create The MAC address of the device.
Read-create This variable is used to create or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryDaiArpInspectType brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.4
Syntax: ArpType
Read-only fdryDaiArpInspectState brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.5
Syntax: ArpState
Read-only fdryDaiArpInspectAge brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.6
Syntax: Unsigned32 fdryDaiArpInspectPort brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.7
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-only
Read-only
Description
The type of the ARP entry:
• other(1)
• static(2)
• dynamic(3)
• inspect(4)
• dhcp(5)
• dynamicDhcp(6)
• staticDhcp(7)
• host(8)
The state of the ARP entry:
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• pending(3)
The timer of the ARP entry.
The port of the ARP entry.
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) snooping enables the device to filter untrusted DHCP packets in a subnet. DHCP snooping can prevent man-in-the-middle (MiM) attacks, such as a malicious user who is posing as a DHCP server and is sending false DHCP server reply packets with the intention of misdirecting other users. It can also stop unauthorized DHCP servers and prevent errors due to misconfiguration of DHCP servers.
SNMP DHCP snooping MIB objects describes how to configure the DHCP snooping feature using
SNMP. It consists of the following:
• fdryDhcpSnoopGlobalClearOper: A scalar used to clear all entries in the DHCP binding database
• fdryDhcpSnoopVlanConfigTable: A table that provides the mechanism to control DHCP snooping per VLAN. When a VLAN is created on a device that supports this table, a corresponding entry of this table will be added.
• fdryDhcpSnoopIfConfigTable: A table that provides the mechanism to configure the trust state for DHCP snooping at each physical interface.
• fdryDhcpSnoopBindTable: A table that provides the information for DHCP snooping binding database learned by the device. The DHCP binding database is integrated with the enhanced
ARP table. It contains the information of a DHCP entry, such as IP address, MAC address, type, state, port, VLAN ID, and lease time.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
105
106
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DHCP Snooping global scalar object
One scalar object can clear all entries in the DHCP binding database.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryDhcpSnoopGlobalClea rOper brcdIp.1.1.3.36.1.1.
Syntax: ClearAction
Read-write
Description
Determines if all entries in the DHCP database is cleared:
• valid(0) - this values is always returned when the variable is read.
• clear(1) - clears all entries in the DHCP binding database.
DHCP Snooping VLAN configuration table
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryDhcpSnoopVlanConfig
Table brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1
fdryDhcpSnoopVlanConfig
Entry brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1.1 fdryDhcpSnoopVlanVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1.1.1
Syntax: VlanIndex fdryDhcpSnoopVlanDhcpS noopEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1.1.2
Syntax: TruthValue
N/A
N/A
N/A
Read-write
Description
A table controls DHCP Snooping per VLAN. When a VLAN is created in a device supporting this table, a corresponding entry of this table will be added.
A row in the table. It contains the configuration to either enable or disable DHCP Snooping on the existing VLAN. It is indexed by fdryDhcpSnoopVlanVLanId
This object indicates the VLAN number on which DHCP Snooping feature is configured.
This object indicates whether DHCP Snooping is enabled in this VLAN.
If set to "true", DHCP snooping is enabled. If set to "false" it is disabled.
DHCP Snooping Interface configuration table
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryDhcpSnoopIfConfigTab le brcdIp.1.1.3.36.3.1
fdryDhcpSnoopIfConfigEnt ry brcdIp.1.1.3.36.3.1.1 fdryDhcpSnoopIfTrustValu e brcdIp.1.1.3.36.3.1.1.1
Syntax: TruthValue
N/A
N/A
Read-write
Description
This table provides allows you to configure the trust state for DHCP
Snooping at each physical interface.
A row instance contains the configuration to enable or disable the trust state for DHCP Snooping at each physical interface capable of this feature. It is index by the ifIndex.
DHCP packets received on this interface will be subjected to DHCP checks. This object indicates whether the interface is trusted for
DHCP Snooping. If this object is set to “true”, the interface is trusted.
DHCP packets coming to this interface will be forwarded without checking. If this object is set to “false”, the interface is not trusted.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DHCP Snooping binding database table
Use this table to display DHCP Snooping entries.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryDhcpSnoopBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1
fdryDhcpSnoopBindEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1
fdryDhcpSnoopBindIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress fdryDhcpSnoopBindMacA ddr brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.2
Syntax: MacAddress fdryDhcpSnoopBindType brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.3
Syntax: ArpType
N/A
N/A
N/A
Read-only
Read-only
Description
This table provides the information about the DHCP snooping binding database learned by the device.
A row that contains the information for a DHCP snooping entry.
The device IP address.
The device MAC address.
fdryDhcpSnoopBindState brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.4
Syntax: ArpState
Read-only fdryDhcpSnoopBindPort brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.5
Syntax: DisplayString fdryDhcpSnoopBindVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.6
Syntax: VlanIndex fdryDhcpSnoopBindClearO per brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.7
Syntax: ClearAction
Read-only
Read-only
Read-write
The type of the ARP entry:
• other(1)
• static(2)
• dynamic(3)
• inspect(4)
• dhcp(5)
• dynamicDhcp(6)
• staticDhcp(7)
• host(8)
The state of the ARP entry:
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• pending(3)
The port of the ARP entry.
This object indicates the VLAN number on which DHCP snooping feature is configured.
This object allows you to clear the entry from the DHCP binding database:
• valid(0) - always returned when the variable is read.
• clear(1) - clears this entry in the DHCP binding database.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
107
IP Source Guard
IP Source Guard
IP Source Guard is a security feature that restricts IP traffic on untrusted ports. IP Source Guard filters traffic based on the DHCP snooping binding database or the manually configured IP source bindings.
When IP Source Guard is first enabled, only DHCP packets are allowed and all IP traffic is blocked.
When the system learns a valid IP address, IP Source Guard then allows IP traffic. Only the traffic with valid source IP addresses is permitted.
SNMP IP Source Guard MIB objects manage information for the configuration of the IP Source
Guard feature. There are three tables for IP Source Guard:
• fdryIpSrcGuardIfConfigTable - enables or disables IP Source Guard on each physical interface.
• fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanConfigTable - enables or disables IP Source Guard on a port on a VLAN
• fdryIpSrcGuardBindTable - provides the IP addresses used for IP Source Guard purposes at each physical interface, with or without specific VLAN memberships.
IP Source Guard Interface configuration table
Name, Identifier, and Syntax fdryIpSrcGuardIfConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.1.1 fdryIpSrcGuardIfConfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.37.1.1.1 fdryIpSrcGuardIfEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.1.1.1.1
Syntax: TruthValue
Access
N/A
N/A
Read-write
Description
This table enables or disables IP Source Guard on each physical interface.
A row indicates if IP Source Guard is enabled or disabled on each physical interface. It is indexed by ifIndex.
This object indicates whether IP Source Guard is enabled on this interface. If this object is set to "true”, IP Source Guard is enabled.
Traffic coming to this interface will be forwarded the traffic is from the list of IP addresses obtained from DHCP snooping. Otherwise it is denied. If this object is set to “false”, IP Source Guard is disabled.
IP Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN configuration table
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanCo nfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1
fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanCo nfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1 fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanPo rtId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.1
Syntax: InterfaceIndex
N/A
N/A
N/A
Description
This table enables or disables IP Source Guard per port per VLAN.
A row contains the configuration to enable or disable IP Source Guard per port per VLAN
The ifIndex of the port for IP Source Guard per port per VLAN.
108 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP Source Guard
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanVla nId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.2
Syntax: VlanIndex fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanEn able brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.3
Syntax: TruthValue
N/A
Read-write
Description
The number of VLANs for IP Source Guard per port per VLAN.
This object indicates whether IP Source Guard is enabled at this interface and this VLAN number. If this object is set to “true”, IP
Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN is enabled. If this object is set to
“false”, IP Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN is disabled.
IP Source Guard binding table
Use this table to configure IP source entries.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryIpSrcGuardBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1
fdryIpSrcGuardBindEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1 fdryIpSrcGuardBindIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.1}
Syntax: IpAddress fdryIpSrcGuardBindVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.2
Syntax: VlanIndex fdryIpSrcGuardBindRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.3
Syntax: RowStatus fdryIpSrcGuardBindMode brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.4
Syntax: BindMode fdryIpSrcGuardBindType brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.5
Syntax: BindType
N/A
N/A
N/A
Read-only
Read-only
This table provides the IP addresses used for IP Source Guard on each physical interface with or without specific VLAN memberships.
A row in the table. It contains the IP address used for IP Source Guard on each physical interface with or without specific VLAN memberships. It is indexed by ifIndex and fdryIpSrcGuardBindIpAddr
The IP address of the device.
Read-create This object indicates the specific VLAN memberships on this interface. The VLAN number is optional. If you configure a VLAN number, the bindings applies to that VLAN only. If you do not configure a VLAN number, the static applies to all VLANs associated with the port. In this case, the VLAN number will be displayed as 0.
Read-create This variable is used to create or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object.
The mode of the IP Source Guard entry:
•
• other(1) active(2)
• inactive(3)
The type of the IP Source Guard entry:
• other(1)
• ip(2)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
109
IP Source Guard
110 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Interfaces
Chapter
10
In this chapter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
•
•
•
Switch port information
This chapter presents the objects used to define interfaces on a device. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter.
The following table contains information about the switch port groups.
Switch port information group
The snSwIfInfoTable contains information about the switch port groups.
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwIfInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5
snSwIfInfoEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
The Switch Port Information Table.
An entry in the snSwIfInfo table indicates the configuration for a specified port. An SNMP SET PDU for a row of the snSwPortInfoTable requires the entire sequence of the MIB
Objects in each snSwPortInfoEntry stored in one PDU. Otherwise,
GENERR return-value will be returned.
Shows the port or interface index.
snSwIfInfoPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.1
Syntax: InterfaceIndex
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
111
112
Switch port information
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwIfInfoMonitorMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.2
Syntax: Integer snSwIfInfoMirrorPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.3
Syntax: Integer snSwIfInfoTagMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.4
Syntax: Integer snSwIfInfoTagType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.5
Syntax: Integer32 snSwIfInfoChnMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Indicates the method used to monitor traffic on a port:
• disabled(0) – No traffic monitoring.
• input(1) – Traffic monitoring is activated on packets received
• output(2) – Traffic monitoring is activated on packets transmitted
• both(3) – Traffic monitoring is activated on packets received and transmitted.
Default: disabled(0)
Contains a list of port or interface indexes (ifindex) that mirror this interface when monitoring is enabled.
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Indicates if the port has an 802.1q tag:
• tagged(1) – Ports can have multiple VLAN IDs since these ports can be members of more than one VLAN.
• untagged(2) – There is only one VLAN ID per port.
Indicated the interface’s IEEE802.1q tag type. The tag type is embedded in the two octets in the length/type filed of an
Ethernet packet.
Indicates if the port operates in half- or full-duplex mode:
• halfDuplex(1) – Half duplex mode. Available only for 10/100
Mbps ports.
• fullDuplex(2) – Full duplex mode. 100BaseFx,
1000BaseSx, and 1000BaseLx ports operate only at fullDuplex(2).
The read-back channel status from hardware can be:
• none(0) – Link down or port disabled.
• halfDuplex(1) – Half duplex mode.
• fullDuplex(2) – Full duplex mode.
The port media type (expansion or regular) and port link type
(trunk or feeder) determine the value of this object. The port cannot be set to half duplex mode if the port connect mode is m200e(4). However, the value of this parameter may be automatically set whenever the expansion port is connected, for example, in the case of cascade connecting device.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwIfInfoSpeed brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.7
Syntax: Integer snSwIfInfoMediaType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Switch port information
Access
Read-write
Read only
Description
Indicates the speed configuration for a port:
• none(0) – Link down or no traffic.
• sAutoSense(1) – Auto-sensing 10 or 100Mbits.
• s10M(2) – 10Mbits per second.
• s100M(3) – 100Mbits per second.
• s1G(4) – 1Gbits per second.
• s45M(5) – 45Mbits per second (T3) (for expansion board only).
• s155M(6) – 155Mbits per second (ATM) (for expansion board only).
• s10G(7) – 10Gbits per second.
• s622M(8) – OC12 - 622Mbits per second.
• s2488M(9) – OC48 - 2.488Gbits per second.
• s9953M(10) – OC192 - 9.953Gbits per second.
The read-back hardware status are the following:
• none(0) – Link down or no traffic.
• s10M(2) – 10Mbits per second.
• s100M(3) – 100Mbits per second.
• s1G(4) – 1Gbits per second.
• s45M(5) – 45Mbits per second (T3) (for expansion board only).
• s155M(6) – 155Mbits per second (ATM) (for expansion board only).
• s10G(7) – 10Gbits per second.
• s622M(8) – OC12 - 622Mbits per second.
• s2488M(9) – OC48 - 2.488Gbits per second.
• s9953M(10) – OC192 - 9.953Gbits per second.
The port media type (expansion or regular) and port link type
(trunk or feeder) determine whether this object can be written and the valid values for this object. It is not allowed to change speed for trunks ports. For expansion ports, all of the above speeds can be set; however, the value of this parameter may be automatically set whenever the expansion port is connected, for example, in the case of cascade connecting device.
Shows the media type for the port:
• other(1) – other or unknown media.
• m100BaseTX(2) – 100Mbits per second copper.
• m100BaseFX(3) – 100Mbits per second fiber.
• m1000BaseFX(4) – 1Gbits per second fiber.
• mT3(5) – 45Mbits per second (T3).
• m155ATM(6) – 155Mbits per second (ATM).
• m1000BaseTX(7) – 1Gbits per second copper.
• m622ATM(8) – 622Mbits per second (ATM).
• m155POS(9) – 155Mbits per second (POS).
• m622POS(10) – 622Mbits per second (POS).
• m2488POS(11) – 2488Mbits per second (POS).
• m10000BaseFX(12) – 10Gbits per second fiber.
• m9953POS(13) – 9953Mbits per second (POS).
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
113
114
Switch port information
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwIfInfoConnectorType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.9
Syntax: Integer snSwIfInfoAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.10
Syntax: Integer snSwIfInfoLinkStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.11
Syntax: Integer snSwIfInfoPortQos brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.12
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Read-write
Read only
Read-write
Read only
Description
Shows the type of connector that the port offers:
• other(1) – Other or unknown connector
• copper(2) – Copper connector
• fiber(3) – Fiber connector This describes the physical connector type
Shows the desired state of all ports.
• up(1) – Ready to pass packets
• down(2)
• testing(3) – No operational packets can be passed (same as ifAdminStatus in MIB-II)
Shows the current operational state of the interface.
• up(1) – Ready to pass packets
• down(2)
• testing(3) – No operational packets can be passed (same as ifAdminStatus in MIB-II)
Indicates the quality of service level selected for the port.
For stackable devices, the QoS can be one of the following:
• low(0) – low priority
• high(1) – high priority.
• level0(0) – best-effort queue
• level1(1) – normal priority queue
• level2(2) – high priority queue
• level3(3) – premium (highest-priority) queue
For chassis devices, the values can be:
• level0(0)
• level1(1)
• level2(2)
• level3(3)
• level4(4)
• level5(5)
• level6(6)
• level7(7)
Shows the port’s physical address. snSwIfInfoPhysAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.13
Syntax: Physical address snSwIfLockAddressCount brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.14
Syntax: Integer snSwIfStpPortEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.15
Syntax: Integer snSwIfDhcpGateListId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.16
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Indicates the number of source MAC addresses that are allowed on the interface.
Valid values: 0 – 2048. If you enter 0 allow an unlimited number of addresses.
Default: 8
Indicates if STP is enabled for the port:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Refer to the document IEEE 802.1D-1990: Section 4.5.5.2, dot1dStpPortEnable.
Specifies the ID for a DHCP gateway list entry relative to this switch port.
Valid values: 0 – 32. A value of 0 means that the ID is unassigned.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Switch port information
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwIfName brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.17
Syntax: Display string snSwIfDescr dry.1.1.3.3.5.1.18
Syntax: Display string snSwIfInfoAutoNegotiate brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.19
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Indicates the port name or description. This description may have been entered using the CLI.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters for most devices.
The name of the interface. snSwIfInfoFlowControl brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.20
Syntax: Integer snSwIfInfoGigType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.21
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read only snSwIfFastSpanPortEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.22
Syntax: Integer snSwIfFastSpanUplinkEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.23
Syntax: Integer snSwIfVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.24
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read only
Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Indicates if auto-negotiation mode is enabled on the port.
• disable(0) – The port will be placed in non-negotiation mode.
• enable(1) – The port will start auto-negotiation indefinitely until it succeeds.
• negFullAuto(2) – The port will start with auto-negotiation. If the negotiation fails, then it will automatically switch to non-negotiation mode.
• global(3) – The port negotiation mode follows the value of snSwGlobalAutoNegotiate.
• other(4) – Non-Gigabit Ethernet.
Default: global(3)
Indicates if port flow control is enabled:
• disable(0)
• enable(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Shows the media type for the port:
• m1000BaseSX(0) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a short wavelength transceiver
• m1000BaseLX(1) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a long wavelength transceiver (3km)
• m1000BaseLH(2) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a special wavelength transceiver (50km)
• m1000BaseLHB(4) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a special wavelength transceiver (150km).
• m1000BaseTX(5) – 1-Gbps copper (100meter).
• m10000BaseSR(6) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a short range wavelength transceiver (100m).
• m10000BaseLR(7) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a long range wavelength transceiver (10km).
• m10000BaseER(8) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a extended range wavelength transceiver (40km).
• notApplicable(255) – a non-gigabit port.
Indicates if fast span is enabled on the port.
• disable(0)
• enable(1)
Indicates if fast span uplink is enabled on the port.
• disable(0)
• enable(1)
Shows the ID of a VLAN of which this port is a member. Port must be untagged.
Valid values: 0 – 4095; where 0 means an invalid VLAN ID value, which is returned for tagged ports.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
115
116
Switch port information
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwIfRouteOnly brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.25
Syntax: Integer snSwIfPresent brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.26
Syntax: Integer snSwIfGBICStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.27
Syntax: Integer snSwIfLoadInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.28
Syntax: Integer snSwIfStatsInFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.29
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsOutFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.30
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsAlignErrors brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.31
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsFCSErrors brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.32
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read-write
Read only
Read only
Read-write
Read only
Description
Indicates if Layer 2 switching is enabled on a routing switch port.
• disable(0) – Instructs the routing switch to perform routing first. If that fails, it performs switching.
• enable(1) – Instructs the routing switch to perform routing only.
For a Layer 2 switching only product, reading this object always returns "disabled". Writing "enabled" to this object takes no effect.
Default: disabled(0)
Applies only to M4 modules and FES.
Indicates if the mini-GBIC optic is absent or present.
• false(0)
• true(1)
Indicates if the Gigabit port has a GBIC or miniGBIC port:
•
GBIC(1) – GBIC
• miniGBIC(2) – MiniGBIC
• empty(3) – GBIC is missing
• other(4) – Not a removable Gigabit port
Shows the number of seconds for which average port utilization should be calculated.
Valid values: 30 – 300, in 30 second increments.
Default: 300 seconds
Shows the total number of packets received on the interface.
Read only Shows the total number of packets transmitted out of the interface.
Read only
Read only
Shows the number of dot3StatsAlignmentErrors, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check.
The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the
MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtain are counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC.
Shows the number of dot3StatsFCSErrors, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check.
The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameCheckError status is returned by the
MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtain are counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Switch port information
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwIfStatsMultiColliFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.33
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsTxColliFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.34
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read only
Read only snSwIfStatsRxColliFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.35
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsFrameTooLongs brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.36
Syntax: Counter
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the number of dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames, which consists of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision.
A frame that is counted by an instance of this object is also counted by the corresponding instance of either the ifOutUcastPkts, ifOutMulticastPkts, or ifOutBroadcastPkts and is not counted by the corresponding instance of the dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames object.
Shows the number of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This count is a combination of the dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames and dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames objects.
Shows the number of successfully received frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision.
Shows the number of dot3StatsFrameTooLongs, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.
The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong status is returned by the
MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtain are, counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC.
Shows the number frames received on a particular interface that are below the minimum permitted frame size.
snSwIfStatsFrameTooShorts brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.37
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsInBcastFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.38
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsOutBcastFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.39
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsInMcastFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.40
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsOutMcastFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.41
Syntax: Counter snSwIfStatsInDiscard brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.42
Syntax: Counter
Read only
Read-write
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only snSwIfStatsOutDiscard brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.43
Syntax: Counter
Read only
Shows the total number of broadcast packets received on the interface.
Shows the total number of broadcast packets transmitted out of the interface.
Shows the total number of multicast packets received on the interface.
Shows the total number of multicast packets transmitted out of the interface.
Shows the number of inbound packets that will be discarded even though they have no errors. These packets will be discarded to prevent them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For example, packets may be discarded to free up buffer space.
Shows the number of outbound packets that will be discarded even though they contain no errors. For example, packets may be discarded to free up buffer space.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
117
118
Switch port information
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsMacStations brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.44
Syntax: Integer32 snSwIfStatsLinkChange brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.45
Syntax: Counter snSwIfInOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.46
Syntax: Octet string
Read only
Read only
Shows the total number of MAC Stations connected to the interface.
Shows the total number of link state changes on the interface.
snSwIfOutOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.47
Syntax: Octet string
Read only
Read only
Shows the total number of octets received on the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifInOctets object defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order.
This object has eight octets.
Shows the total number of octets transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifOutOctets object, defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order.
This object has eight octets.
Shows the number of bits per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval.
snSwIfStatsInBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.48
Syntax: Gauge snSwIfStatsOutBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.49
Syntax: Gauge snSwIfStatsInPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.50
Syntax: Gauge snSwIfStatsOutPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.51
Syntax: Gauge snSwIfStatsInUtilization brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.52
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Shows the number of bits per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval.
Shows the number of packets per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval.
Shows the number of packets per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval.
Indentifies the input network utilization in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval.
Valid values: 0 – 10000.
snSwIfStatsOutUtilization brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.53
Syntax: Integer
Read only Shows the output network utilization in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval.
Valid values: 0 – 10000.
NOTE: Ethernet devices must allow a minimum idle period between transmission of frames known as interframe gap (IFG) or interpacket gap (IPG). The gap provides a brief recovery time between frames to allow devices to prepare to receive the next frame. The minimum IFG is 96 bit times, which is 9.6 microseconds for 10
Mbps Ethernet, 960 nanoseconds for 100 Mbps Ethernet, and 96 nanoseconds for 1 Gbps Ethernet. In addition, to account for the bit rate on the port, port utilization should also account for the IFG, which normally is filtered by the packet synchronization circuitry.
Refer to the etherHistoryUtilization objects in the RFC 1757: Remote Network Monitoring Management
Information Base for details. snSwIfStatsInKiloBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.54
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-only Shows the bit rate, in kilobits per second, received on a 10
Gigabit or faster interface within a five minute interval.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Interface ID lookup table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snSwIfStatsOutKiloBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.55
Syntax: Unsigned32 snSwlfStatsInJumboFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.56
Syntax: Counter64 snSwlfStatsOutJumboFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.57
Syntax: Counter64 snSwlfSInfoMirrorMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.58
Syntax: INTEGER snSwlfMacLearningDisable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.59
Syntax: Syntax: TruthVal
Read-only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read-write
Description
Shows the bit rate, in kilobits per second, transmitted from a 10
Gigabit or faster interface within a five minute interval.
The total number of jumbo packets received on the interface.
The total number of jumbo packets transmitted out of the interface.
Provides the mirror mode status as described:
• disable (0)
• enable (1)
DIsplays the status of MAC Learning on an ethernet port.
For POS ports, Get operation will return the default value and Set operation will return an error.
Interface ID lookup table
The Interface ID Lookup Table maps interface ID to the InterfaceIndex (ifIndex) Lookup Table. Given an interface ID, this table returns the ifIndex value. The table is useful for mapping a known interface to the corresponding ifIndex value.
NOTE
The contents of the table can only be accessed using Get operations. Unlike other SNMP tables, this table does not support GetNext operations. If you try to walk the table using GetNext, no rows will be returned.
Name, OID, and Syntax snInterfaceLookupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3
snInterfaceLookupEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3.1
Access
None
None
Description
The Interface Lookup Table
An entry in the Interface Lookup Table.
NOTE: This table is used only by IronView Network Manager. You will receive an error if you try to implement a get-next.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
119
Interface index lookup table
Name, OID, and Syntax snInterfaceLookupInterfaceId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3.1.1
Syntax: InterfaceId
Access Description
Read only Shows the interface ID which consists of the following:
Octet 0 – Port type, which can be one of the following:
•
1 – Ethernet
•
2 – POS
•
3 – ATM
•
4 – Virtual
•
5 – Loopback
•
6 – GRE Tunnel
•
7 – ATM Subif (Not supported)
•
8 – MPLS Tunnel (Not supported)
•
9 – ATM PVC (Not supported)
•
10 – Management (Not supported)
•
11 – Trunk (Not supported)
•
12 – IP Tunnel (for IP tunnels, except MPLS) (Not supported)
Octet 1
•
If the value of Octet 0 is 1,2,3,7 or 9, then this octet shows the device’s slot number.
•
If the value of Octet 0 is 6 or 8, then this octet shows the tunnel ID.
•
If the value of Octet 0 is 5, then this octet shows the loopback
ID.
•
If the value of Octet 0 is 4, then this octet shows a virtual ID.
Octet 2 – If the value of Octet 0 is 1,2,3,7 or 9, then this octet shows the port number.
Octet 3 – If the value of Octet 0 is 7 0r 9, then this octet shows the
ATM Subif number).
Octet 4 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM
VPI number.
Octet 5 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM
VCI number.
Read only Shows the interface in the ifIndex format. snInterfaceLookupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3.1.2
Syntax: Integer32
Interface index lookup table
The Interface Index Lookup Table maps ifindex values to Interface ID Lookup Table. Given an ifIndex, this table returns the interface ID value.
Name, OID, and Syntax snIfIndexLookupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4
snIfIndexLookupEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4.1
Access
None
None
Description
The Interface Index Lookup Table
An entry in the IF Index Lookup Table
120 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Trunk port configuration group
Name, OID, and Syntax snIfIndexLookupIfIndex
brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snIfIndexLookupInterfaceId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4.1.2
Syntax: InterfaceId
Access
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the interface in the ifIndex format.
Octet 0 – Port type, which can be one of the following:
•
1 – Ethernet
•
2 – POS
•
3 – ATM
•
4 – Virtual
•
5 – Loopback
•
6 – GRE Tunnel
•
7 – ATM Subif (Not supported)
•
8 – MPLS Tunnel (Not supported)
•
9 – ATM PVC (Not supported)
•
10 – Management (Not supported)
•
11 – Trunk (Not supported)
•
12 – IP Tunnel (for IP tunnels, except MPLS) (Not supported)
Octet 1
•
If the value of Octet 0 is 1,2,3,7 or 9, then this octet shows the device’s slot number.
•
If the value of Octet 0 is 6 or 8, then this octet shows the tunnel ID.
•
If the value of Octet 0 is 5, then this octet shows the loopback ID.
•
If the value of Octet 0 is 4, then this octet shows a virtual ID.
Octet 2 – If the value of Octet 0 is 1,2,3,7 or 9, then this octet shows the port number.
Octet 3 – If the value of Octet 0 is 7 0r 9, then this octet shows the ATM Subif number).
Octet 4 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the
ATM VPI number.
Octet 5 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the
ATM VCI number.
Trunk port configuration group
The Trunk Group feature allows you to manually configure multiple high-speed, load-sharing links between two switches or routers or between a switch and router and a server. Details on trunk group configuration are discussed in the configuration guide for a product.
The following objects contain configuration of trunk port memberships.
Name, OID, and Syntax snTrunkTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1
snTrunkEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1
snTrunkIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
The Trunk Port Table. A specific snTrunkTable consists of a number of Trunk port-mask.
An entry in the trunk Port Table.
Shows the number of the trunk port entries that can be configured.
Valid values: 1 – 64.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
121
Multi-slot trunk port table
Name, OID, and Syntax snTrunkPortMask brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.2
Syntax: PortMask snTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Description
Shows the trunk port membership of the switch.
Read-write Indicates if the trunk port is connected to a switch or a server:
• switch(1)
• server(2).
Multi-slot trunk port table
The following table applies to multi-slot trunk ports. They show the ports that are members of a trunk group. They apply to all devices unless otherwise specified in their descriptions.
Name, OID, and Syntax snMSTrunkTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2
snMSTrunkEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1
snMSTrunkPortIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer32
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
The Multi-slot Trunk Port Configuration Table.
An entry of the Multi-slot Trunk Port Configuration Table.
snMSTrunkPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.2
Syntax: OctetString snMSTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Identifies the port that is the primary port of a trunk group.
For module with Gigabit ports, the primary port is port 1, 3, 5, or 7.
For module with 10/100 ports, the primary port is port 1, 5, 9, 13,
17, or 21.
Contains a list of port indices that are members of a trunk group.
Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first port index must be the index of the primary port.
Specifies if the ports are connected to a switch or a server:
• switch(1)
• server(2)
Multi-slot trunk port table
The snMSTrunkTable has been made obsolete and replaced with the snMSTrunkIfTable as described in the following.
Name, OID, and Syntax snMSTrunkIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3
snMSTrunkIfEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1
snMSTrunkIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
The Multi-slot Trunk Interface Configuration Table.
An entry of the Multi-slot Trunk Interface Configuration Table.
Identifies the port that is the primary port of a trunk group.
For module with Gigabit ports, the primary port is port 1, 3, 5, or 7.
For module with 10/100 ports, the primary port is port 1, 5, 9, 13,
17, or 21.
122 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table
Name, OID, and Syntax snMSTrunkIfList brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.2
Syntax: OctetString snMSTrunkIfType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer snMSTrunkIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Contains a list of port indices that are members of a trunk group.
Each port index is a 32-bit integer in big endian order. The first interface/port index must be the index of the primary port.
Specifies if the ports are connected to a switch or a server:
• switch(1)
• server(2)
Creates, deletes, or modifies an entry in this table:
• invalid(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
• create(4)
• modify(5)
Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable
The fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable replaces the snLinkAggregationGroupTable.
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1
fdryLinkAggregationGroupEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1
fdryLinkAggregationGroupName brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString (Size(1..255)) fdryLinkAggregationGroupType brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer fdryLinkAggregationGroupAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
None
Description
The fdryLinkAggregation table.
An entry of the Link Aggregation table,
Displays the name of a LinkAggregationGroup.
Read-create Displays the LinkAggregationGroup type.
Read-create Displays the desired deployed state of this
LinkAggregationGroup entry.
NOTE: This is not the operational status. Refer to ifTable for the operational status.
• deploy(1)- deploy the LAG and set to LACP active if dynamic LAG.
• deployPassive(2)-deploy the LAG and set to LACP passive if dynamic LAG.
• undeploy(3)-undeploy the LAG if no more than 2 ports are enabled.
• undeployForced(4)-undeploy the LAG regardless number of ports enabled.
NOTE: undeployForced(4)is a write-only value. In particular, a row cannot be deployed until the corresponding instances of fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfList has been set.
123
124
Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfList brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.4
Syntax: OctetString fdryLinkAggregationGroupPrimaryPort brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.5
Syntax: InterfaceIndex
Access Description
Read-create Displays a list of interface indices which are the port membership of a trunk group. Each interface index is a
32-bit integer in big endian order.
NOTE: This object accepts 32-bit integer only.
Read-create DIsplays the primary port for the Link Aggregation Group.
This must be set before deploying the
LinkAggregateGroup unless this is a keepalive
LinkAggregateGroup.
Read-create Displays the trunk connection type which specifies what the scheme of load-sharing among the trunk ports is.
fdryLinkAggregationGroupTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer fdryLinkAggregationGroupTrunkThresh old brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.7
Syntax: Unsigned32 fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpTimeout brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.9
Syntax: InterfaceIndex
Read-create DIsplays the number of UP ports needed to keep the trunk up.
NOTE: This object is not applicable to Keepalive LAGs.
Read-create Displays the LACP timeout value this LACP LAG will use.
Applicable for dynamic and keepalive LAG only.
Read only
Read only
After a LAG is deployed, this object dIsplays information for the LAG entry in the ifTable. Use this variabe to access the entry in the ifTable and ifXTable. Zero is returned for
LAGs that have not been deployed.
Displays the number of member ports belong to this LAG.
fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortCount brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.10
Syntax: Unsigned32 fdryLinkAggregationGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.11
Syntax: RowSts
Read-create Displays the status of this conceptual row.
NOTE: createAndWait(5) is not supported.
To create a row in this table, a manager must set this object to createAndGo(4) together with the setting of fdryLinkAggregationGroupType. After that the row status becomes active(1) regardless the LAG entry is deployed or not.
To deploy the LAG entry, set the corresponding instance of fdryLinkAggregationGroupAdminStatus to deployActive or deployPassive.
Read only The numeric identifier assigned to this LAG.
fdryLinkAggregationGroupId brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.12
Syntax: Unsigned 32
fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortTable
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.33.2.1
Access
N/A
Description
This table contains the Link Aggregation Control
Configuration information about every aggregation port associated with this device. A row appears in this table for each physical port.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Packet port information table
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.33.2.1.1
fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortLacpPrio rity brcdIp.1.1.3.33.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
N/A
Description
An entry in the fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable.
Read-write The LACP priority value assigned to this link aggregation port. Values can be 0 - 65535. The default is 1.
Packet port information table
Packet over SONET (POS) is the serial transmission of data over SONET frames through the use of
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP). The POS modules allow direct connection to interfaces within SONET.
POS is a transport technology that encapsulates packet data such as an IP datagram directly into
SONET.
The POS modules are available on the Internet Backbone routers and Layer 3 Switches with redundant management modules.
The following table presents information about POS ports.
Name, OID, and Syntax snPOSInfoTable brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1
snPOSInfoEntry brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1
snPOSInfoPortNum brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snPOSIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snPOSDescr brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.3
Syntax: DisplayString snPOSName brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snPOSInfoSpeed brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Description
POS Port Information table.
An entry in the POS Port Information table.
The chassis slot and port number.
•
Bit 0 to bit 7 – port number.
•
Bit 8 to bit 11 – slot number (for chassis devices only).
Identifies the instance of the ifIndex object as defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1573.
Description of the chassis slot and port.
Name of the port.
Valid values: Up to 255 characters. snPOSInfoAdminStatus brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
The bandwidth of the interface, which can be one of the following:
• s155000(1) bps
• s622000(2) bps
• other(3)
• s2488000(4) bps
The desired state of the interface, which can be one of the following:
• up(1) – The port is ready to pass packets.
• down(2) – The port is not ready to pass packets.
• testing(3) – The port is in test mode. No packets can be passed.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
125
126
Packet port information table
Name, OID, and Syntax snPOSInfoLinkStatus brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer snPOSInfoClock brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer snPOSInfoLoopBack brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer snPOSInfoScrambleATM brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer snPOSInfoFraming brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer snPOSInfoCRC brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
The current operational state of the link, which can be one of the following:
• up(1) – The port is ready to pass packets.
• down(2) – The port is not ready to pass packets.
• testing(3) – The port is in test mode. No packets can be passed.
The clock source, which can be one of the following:
• internal(1) – The interface is using the clock on the POS module.
• line(2) – The interface is using the clock source supplied on the network.
Default: internal(1)
The loopback state of the interface. The loopback state can be one of the following:
• line(1) – The loopback path consists of both this POS interface and the POS interface at the remote end of the link. Use this mode to check the POS interface along the link.
• internal(2) – The loopback path consists only of the POS circuitry on this interface. Use this mode to check the POS circuitry.
• none(3) – The interface is not operating in loopback mode.
The state of the ATM scramble mode, which can be one of the following:
• disabled(0) – Scrambling is disabled.
• enabled(1) – Scrambling of the Synchronous Payload Envelope
(SPE) is enabled. Data in the SONET packet is scrambled for security.
Default: disabled(0)
The frame type used on the interface. The frame type can be one of the following:
• sonet(1) – Synchronous Optical Network.
• sdh(2) – Synchronous Digital Hierarchy.
Default: sonet(1)
The length of the CRC field in packets transmitted on the interface.
The length can be one of the following:
• crc32bits(1) – The field is 8 bits long.
• crc16bits(2) – The field is 16 bits long.
Default: crc32bits(1)
The time interval when keepalive messages are sent.
Default: 10 seconds snPOSInfoKeepAlive brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.13
Syntax: Integer snPOSInfoFlagC2 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.14
Syntax: Integer snPOSInfoFlagJ0 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.15
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
The value of the c2 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. The c2 flag identifies the payload type of the packets transmitted on this interface.
Default: 0xcf, which means that the payload is SONET or SDH.
The value of the j0 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. This flag sets the trace byte, which is used to trace the origin of an STS-1 frame on a SONET network.
Default: 0xcc
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Packet port information table
Name, OID, and Syntax snPOSInfoFlagH1 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.16
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Description
The value of the h1 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. This flag sets the H1 pointer, which is used to indicate where the SPE (Synchronous Payload Envelope) starts within the packet. The SPE contains the packet’s payload:
•
0x00 – The pointer for SONET frames.
•
0x02 – The pointer for SDH frames.
Default: 0x00
The total number of packets received on the interface.
snPOSStatsInFrames brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.17
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsOutFrames brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.18
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsAlignErrors brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.19
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsFCSErrors brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.20
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsFrameTooLong s brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.21
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsFrameTooShort s brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.22
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsInDiscard brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.23
Syntax: Counter
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only snPOSStatsOutDiscard brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.24
Syntax: Counter snPOSInOctets brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.25
Syntax: OctetString
Read only
Read only snPOSOutOctets brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.26
Syntax: OctetString
Read only snPOSStatsInBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.27
Syntax: Gauge snPOSStatsOutBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.28
Syntax: Gauge
Read only
Read only
The total number of packets transmitted out of the interface.
The number of packets that contained frame alignment errors.
The number of packets that contained Frame Check Sequence errors.
The number of packets that were longer than the configured MTU.
The number of packets that were shorter than the minimum valid length.
The number of inbound packets that were discarded to prevent them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol, even though no errors had been detected. For example, a packet may be discarded to free up buffer space.
The number of outbound packets that were discarded to prevent them from being transmitted, even though they contain no errors.
For example, a packet may be discarded to free up buffer space.
The total number of packets in octets that were received on the interface, including framing characters.
This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifInOctets object, defined in
RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order.
The total number of packets in octets that were transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters.
This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifOutOctets object, defined in
RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order.
The number of bits per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval.
The number of bits per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
127
128
Packet port information table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snPOSStatsInPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.29
Syntax: Gauge snPOSStatsOutPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.30
Syntax: Gauge snPOSStatsInUtilization brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.31
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Read only snPOSStatsOutUtilization brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.32
Syntax: Integer snPOSTagType brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.33
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Description
The number of packets per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval.
The number of packets per second transmitted out of the interface over a five minute interval.
The network utilization by incoming traffic in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval.
NOTE: This object is not supported.
The network utilization by outgoing traffic in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval.
NOTE: This object is not supported.
Shows whether or not the port has a VLAN tag:
• tagged(1) – The port has a VLAN tag. This port can have multiple VLANs.
• untagged(2) – The port is not tagged.
POS alarms and error conditions
The following MIB objects belong to the snPOSInfoTable. They allow you to collect errors for POS
SONET links. SONET equipment detects alarms and error conditions from the three layers of the
SONET protocol: section, line, and path. Other devices on the network are notified of these events.
Use the MIB objects below to determine if alarms or error conditions have been reported for POS.
The information is also available when you enter the show controllers pos CLI command.
Access
Read only
Description
Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the section layer of the SONET link.
Name, OID, and Syntax snPOSStatsB1 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.34
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsB2 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.35
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsB3 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.36
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsAIS brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.37
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsRDI brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.38
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsLOP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.39
Syntax: Counter
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the line layer of the SONET link.
Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the path layer of the SONET link.
Shows the number of Alarm Indicator Signals (AIS) that were received by the interface.
Shows the number of Remote Defect Indicator (RDI) signals that were received by the interface.
Indicates a loss of pointer (LOP) that results from an invalid path pointer or if an excessive number of new data flag have been enabled.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Port STP configuration groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snPOSStatsLOF brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.40
Syntax: Counter snPOSStatsLOS brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.41
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows how many times the interface experienced out of frame alignment problems, which is also called a loss of frame (LOF) condition.
Indicates the number of times the interface experienced a loss of signal (LOS). With LOS, incoming signals are all zeros during a 100 microsecond period.
Port STP configuration groups
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) eliminates Layer 2 loops in networks, by selectively blocking some ports and allowing other ports to forward traffic, based on global (bridge) and local (port) parameters you can configure.
The tables in this section contain information about the ports on which STP is enabled.
Port STP configuration groups (snPortStpTable)
.
Name, OID, and Syntax snPortStpTable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1
snPortStpEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
A specific snPortStpTable consists of a number of switch ports. This table only exists if
“snVLanByPortTable” on page 181 exists and
“snVLanByPortStpMode” on page 182
is enabled for each VLAN.
An entry in this table shows information about the configuration of a specified port.
An SNMP SET PDU for a row in this table requires the entire sequence of the MIB objects in each snPortStpEntry to be stored in one PDU. Otherwise, GENERR return-value will be returned.
Shows the VLAN ID of the VLAN switch community.
Valid values: 1 – 65535.
snPortStpVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snPortStpPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snPortStpPortPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read-write
Shows the port number of the Switch:
•
Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number.
•
Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (slot for chassis only).
Shows the value of the priority field, which is contained in the first
(in network byte order) octet of the Port ID. The second octet of the
Port ID is given by the value of dot1dStpPort. The two octets combine to form the identity of the root bridge in a spanning tree
(instance of STP). The bridge with the lowest value has the highest priority and is the root.
Valid values: 8 – 255
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
129
130
Port STP configuration groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snPortStpPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snPortStpOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snPortStpPortEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snPortStpPortForwardTransi tions brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer32
None
None
Access
Read-write
Read only
Description
Shows the value of the dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost to reach the root bridge. When selecting among multiple links to the root bridge, STP chooses the link with the lowest path cost and blocks the other paths.
IEEE 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached
LAN.
Writing a value of zero to this object sets the path cost to a default value which automatically changes according to port speed.
Reading a value of zero indicates an unknown path cost because the port speed cannot be determined due to the speed auto sense that is currently in progress.
Each port type has its own default STP path cost.
•
10 Mbps – 100
•
100 Mbps – 19
•
Gigabit – 4
Valid values: 0 – 65535
NOTE: Over the value of 65535, this MIB stays at the upper value and the user should access which has a bigger upper range value.
Indicates if the port STP entry is activated and is in running mode.
• notActivated(0)
• activated(1)
Default: notActivated(0)
Indicates whether or not the port is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Shows the number of times this port has transitional from the
Learning state to the Forwarding state.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Port STP configuration groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snPortStpPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only snPortStpPortDesignatedCo st brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer32
Read only snPortStpPortDesignatedRo ot brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.10
Syntax: BridgeId
Read only
Description
Shows the port’s current state as defined by application of the
Spanning Tree Protocol. This state controls what action a port takes when it receives a frame.
• disabled(1) – The port is not participating in STP. This can occur when the port is disconnected or STP is disabled on the port.
• blocking(2) – STP has blocked Layer 2 traffic on this port to prevent a loop. The device or VLAN can reach the root bridge using another port, whose state is forwarding(5). When a port is in this state, the port does not transmit or receive user frames, but the port does continue to receive STP BPDUs.
• listening(3) – STP is responding to a topology change and this port is listening for a BPDU from neighboring bridge(s) in order to determine the new topology. No user frames are transmitted or received during this state.
• learning(4) – The port has passed the listening state and will change to the blocking or forwarding state, depending on the results of STP’s reconvergence. The port does not transmit or receive user frames during this state. However, the device can learn the MAC addresses of frames that the port receives during this state and make corresponding entries in the MAC table.
• forwarding(5) – STP is allowing the port to send and receive frames.
• broken(6) – Ports that are malfunctioning are placed into this state by the bridge.
The cost to the root bridge as advertised by the designated bridge that is connected to this port. If the designated bridge is the root bridge itself, then the cost is 0. The identity of the designated bridge is shown in the Design Bridge field.
This value is compared to the Root Path Cost field in the receivedbridge PDUs.
The root bridge as recognized on this port. The value is the same as the root bridge ID listed in the Root ID field.
Shows the unique ID of the root bridge. The root bridge is recorded as the root in the configuration BPDUs, which are transmitted by the designated bridge for the segment to which the port is attached.
Shows the ID of the designated bridge. The designated bridge is the device that connects the network segment to the root bridge.
snPortStpPortDesignatedBri dge brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.11
Syntax: BridgeId snPortStpPortDesignatedPo rt brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.12
Syntax: OctetString snPortStpPortAdminRstp brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.12
SYNTAX INTEGER
Read only
Read only
Read-write
Shows the ID of the port on the designated bridge that connects to the root bridge on the network.
This object has two octets.
Enable or disable RSTP of a port which is a member of a VLAN. If the VLAN is not operating in RSTP, this object will return FALSE(2) and this object is not writable.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
131
132
Port STP configuration groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snPortStpPortProtocolMigra tion brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.12
SYNTAX INTEGER snPortStpPortAdminEdgePo rt brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.12
SYNTAX INTEGER snPortStpPortAdminPointTo
Point brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.12
SYNTAX INTEGER
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
When operating in RSTP (version 2) mode, writing TRUE(1) to this object forces this port to transmit RSTP BPDUs. Any other operation on this object has no effect and it always returns FALSE(2) when read.
The administrative value of the Edge Port parameter. A value of
TRUE(1) indicates that this port should be assumed as an edge-port and a value of FALSE(2) indicates that this port should be assumed as a non-edge-port.
The administrative point-to-point status of the LAN segment attached to this port. A value of TRUE(1) indicates that this port should always be treated as if it is connected to a point-to-point link. A value of FALSE(2) indicates that this port should be treated as having a shared media connection.
Port STP configuration group (snIfStpTable)
The snIfStpTable contains information about ports where STP is enabled. Other devices use the
snPortStpTable (refer to “Port STP configuration groups (snPortStpTable)” on page 129 ).
Name, OID, and Syntax snIfStpTable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2
snIfStpEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
A specific snIfStpTable consists of a number of switch ports. This table
only exists if “snVLanByPortTable” on page 181
exists and
“snVLanByPortStpMode” on page 182
is enabled for each VLAN.
An entry in this table shows information about the configuration of a specified port.
An SNMP SET PDU for a row in this table requires the entire sequence of the MIB objects in each snIfStpEntry to be stored in one PDU.
Otherwise, GENERR return-value will be returned.
Shows the VLAN ID of the VLAN switch community.
Valid values: 1 – 65535.
snIfStpVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer snIfStpPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer snIfStpPortPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.3
Syntax: INTEGER
Read only
Read-write
Shows the port number of the Switch:
•
Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number.
•
Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (slot for chassis only).
Shows the value of the priority field, which is contained in the first (in network byte order) octet of the Port ID. The second octet of the Port ID is given by the value of dot1dStpPort. The two octets combine to form the identity of the root bridge in a spanning tree (instance of STP or
RSTP). The bridge with the lowest value has the highest priority and is the root.
Valid values: 8 – 255
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Port STP configuration groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snIfStpPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer snIfStpCfgPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer snIfStpOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Read only
Description
Shows the value of the dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost to reach the root bridge. When selecting among multiple links to the root bridge, STP or RSTP chooses the link with the lowest path cost and blocks the other paths.
IEEE 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached LAN.
Writing a value of zero to this object sets the path cost to a default value which automatically changes according to port speed.
Reading a value of zero indicates an unknown path cost because the port speed cannot be determined due to the speed auto sense that is currently in progress.
Each port type has its own default STP path cost.
•
10 Mbps – 100
•
100 Mbps – 19
•
Gigabit – 4
Valid values: 0 – 65535
This MIB object replaces the MIB object snIfStpPathCost.
Shows the value of the dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost to reach the root bridge. When selecting among multiple links to the root bridge, STP or RSTP chooses the link with the lowest path cost and blocks the other paths.
IEEE 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached LAN.
Writing a value of zero to this object sets the path cost to a default value which automatically changes according to port speed.
Reading a value of zero indicates an unknown path cost because the port speed cannot be determined due to the speed auto sense that is currently in progress.
Each port type has its own default STP or RSTP path cost.
•
10 Mbps – 100
•
100 Mbps – 19
•
Gigabit – 4
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Indicates if the port STP entry is activated and is in running mode.
• notActivated(0)
• activated(1)
Default: notActivated(0)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
133
134
Port STP configuration groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snIfStpPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only snIfStpPortDesignatedC ost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read only snIfStpPortDesignatedR oot brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.10
Syntax: BridgeId
Read only snIfStpPortDesignatedB ridge brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.11
Syntax: BridgeId snIfStpPortDesignatedP ort brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.12
Syntax: Octet string snIfStpPortAdminRstp brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.13
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Read-write snIfStpPortProtocolMigr ation brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.14
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Shows the port’s current state as defined by application of the
Spanning Tree Protocol. This state controls what action a port takes when it receives a frame.
• disabled(1) – The port is not participating in STP. This can occur when the port is disconnected or STP is disabled on the port.
• blocking(2) – STP has blocked Layer 2 traffic on this port to prevent a loop. The device or VLAN can reach the root bridge using another port, whose state is forwarding(5). When a port is in this state, the port does not transmit or receive user frames, but the port does continue to receive STP BPDUs.
• listening(3) – STP is responding to a topology change and this port is listening for a BPDU from neighboring bridge(s) in order to determine the new topology. No user frames are transmitted or received during this state.
• learning(4) – The port has passed the listening state and will change to the blocking or forwarding state, depending on the results of STP’s reconvergence. The port does not transmit or receive user frames during this state. However, the device can learn the MAC addresses of frames that the port receives during this state and make corresponding entries in the MAC table.
• forwarding(5) – STP is allowing the port to send and receive frames.
• broken(6) – Ports that are malfunctioning are placed into this state by the bridge.
• preforwarding(7) – The port is in an RSTP pre-forwarding mode.
The cost to the root bridge as advertised by the designated bridge that is connected to this port. If the designated bridge is the root bridge itself, then the cost is 0. The identity of the designated bridge is shown in the Design Bridge field.
This value is compared to the Root Path Cost field in the receivedbridge
PDUs.
The root bridge as recognized on this port. The value is the same as the root bridge ID listed in the Root ID field.
Shows the unique ID of the root bridge. The root bridge is recorded as the root in the configuration BPDUs, which are transmitted by the designated bridge for the segment to which the port is attached.
Shows the ID of the designated bridge. The designated bridge is the device that connects the network segment to the root bridge.
Shows the ID of the port on the designated bridge that connects to the root bridge on the network.
This object has two octets.
Enables or disables RSTP on a port that is a member of a VLAN:
•
• true(1) – RSTP is enabled false(2) – RSTP is not enabled; therefore, this object is not writable.
This value can be one of the following:
• true(1) – The port is operating in RSTP version 2 mode. It will transmit RSTP BPDUs.
• false(2) – The port is not operating in RSTP version 2 mode.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Port STP configuration groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snIfStpPortAdminEdgeP ort brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.15
Syntax: Integer snIfStpPortAdminPointT oPoint brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.16
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write snIfStpPortRole brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.18
Syntax: Integer
Read-only
Description
Indicates if the port is an edge or non-edge port:
• true(1) – Assumed this port is an edge-port
• false(2) – Assume this port is a non-edge-port
Indicates the administrative point-to-point status of the LAN segment attached to this port.
• true(1) – This port should always be treated as if it is connected to a point-to-point link.
• false(2) – This port should be treated as having a shared media connection.
Shows the STP/RSTP port role.
•
For STP, the port role will be root if the port is a root port; otherwise, it will be a designated port.
•
For RSTP, port role is equivalent to the port role display from "show
802-1w vlan <vlan-id>" command.
Shows the STP/RSTP bridge protocol unit transmitted counter. snIfStpBPDUTransmitte d brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.19
Syntax: Counter snIfStpBPDUReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.20
Syntax: Counter snIfRstpConfigBPDURec eived brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.21
Syntax: Counter snIfRstpTCNBPDURecei ved brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.22
Syntax: Counter snIfRstpConfigBPDUTra nsmitted brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.23
Syntax: Counter snIfRstpTCNBPDUTrans mitted brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.24
Syntax: Counter
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Shows the STP/RSTP bridge protocol unit received counter.
Shows the STP/RSTP bridge protocol unit received counter.
Shows the RSTP configuration bridge protocol unit received counter.
Shows the RSTP configuration bridge protocol unit transmitted counter.
Shows the RSTP topology change notification bridge protocol unit transmitted counter.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
135
Port monitor table
Port monitor table
The Port Monitor Table shows the status of port monitoring on an interface.
Name, OID, and Syntax snPortMonitorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.
snPortMonitorEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.1.
snPortMonitorIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.1.1
snPortMonitorMirrorList brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString
Access
N/A
N/A
N/A
Read-write
Description
The Port Monitor Table
An entry in the Port Monitor Table
ID of the port in the table
Lists the monitoring status of each port.
The values in this object are space delimited. They consist of a sequence of a port’s ifIndex followed by the port’s monitoring mode.
Port monitoring mode can be one of the following:
•
0 – Monitoring is off
•
1 – The port will monitor input traffic
•
2 – The port will monitor output traffic
•
3 – The port will monitor both input and output traffic
For example, you may see the following values:
65 2 66 1
“65” may represent port 2/1 and “66” port 2/2.
The entry means that port 2/1 is monitoring output traffic. Port 2/2 will monitor input traffic.
MRP
The following table contains information about Metro Ring Protocol (MRP) MIB objects.
Name, OID, and Syntax snMetroRingTable brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1
Syntax: SEQUENCE of
SnMetroRingEntry snMetroRingEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1
Syntax: SnMetroRingEntry snMetroRingVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snMetroRingId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snMetroRingConfigState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
None
None
Description
The Metro Ring Table.
An entry in the Metro Ring Table.
Identifies a VLAN that controls the Metro Ring.
The Metro Ring identifier.
Read write The state of the Metro Ring.
136 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
MRP
Name, OID, and Syntax snMetroRingRole brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snMetroRingHelloTime brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer32 snMetroRingPreforwardingTime brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer32 snMetroRingPort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.7
Syntax: InterfaceIndex snMetroRingPort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.8
Syntax: InterfaceIndex snMetroRingName brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.9
Syntax: DisplayString snMetroRingRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read write Shows the Metro Ring role: other(1) - non of the cases below master(2) - device which originates RHP packets member(3) - device which forwards RHP packets
Read write The time interval to periodically transmit ring health protocol
(RHP) in milliseconds.
Read write The time interval that a metro ring stays in preforwarding state before changing to forwarding state (in milliseconds).
Read write The ifIndex value of port 1 to configure into the metro ring.
Read write The ifIndex value of port 2 to configure into the metro ring.
Read write The description of the metro ring.
Read write Creates and deletes rows in the table, and controls whether they are used. Values are:
• delete(3) - deletes a row
• create(4) - creates a new row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a badValue error. Deleted rows disappear immediately. The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuchName - no such row:
• other(1) - some other cases
• valid(2) - the row exists and is valid.
Read only Shows the metro ring operational state.
snMetroRingOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer [other(1), enabled(2), disabled(3)] snMetroRingTopoGroupId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer32 snMetroRingRHPTransmitted brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.13
Syntax: Counter32 snMetroRingRHPReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.14
Syntax: Counter32 snMetroRingStateChanged brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.15
Syntax: Counter32 snMetroRingTCRBPDUReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.16
Syntax: Counter32
Read only The ID of the topology group that controls the metro ring.
Read only The Ring Health Protocol (RHP) transmitted counter.
Read only The counter receive Ring Health Protocol (RHP)
Read only The counter for the number of times the ring state has changed.
Read only The topology change protocol received counter.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
137
138
MRP
Name, OID, and Syntax snMetroRingPriPort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.17
Syntax: InterfaceIndex snMetroRingSecPort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.18
Syntax: InterfaceIndex snMetroRingPriPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.19
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only The ifIndex value of the primary port.
Read only The ifIndex value of the secondary port.
snMetroRingSecPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.20
Syntax: Integer snMetroRingPriPortType brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.21
Syntax: Integer snMetroRingSecPortType brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.22
Syntax: Integer snMetroRingPriPortActivePort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.23
Syntax: InterfaceIndex snMetroRingSecPortActivePort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.24
Syntax: InterfaceIndex
Read only The state of the metro ring primary port: other(1) - none of the cases below preforwarding(2) - port transmits RHP packets, port does not transmit data packets.
forwarding(3) - port transmits RHP and data packets blocking(4) - port receives RHP packets, does not receive data packets disabled(5) - port is disabled from the metro ring
Read only The state of the metro ring secondary port: other(1) - none of the cases below preforwarding(2) - port transmits RHP packets, port does not transmit data packets.
forwarding(3) - port transmits RHP and data packets blocking(4) - port receives RHP packets, does not receive data packets disabled(5) - port is disabled from the metro ring
Read only The metro ring primary port type: other(1) - none of the cases below regular(2) - port is configured to operate on a single ring tunnel(3) - port is configured to operate on multiple rings
Read only The metro ring secondary port type: other(1) - none of the cases below regular(2) - port is configured to operate on a single ring tunnel(3) - port is configured to operate on multiple rings
Read only The ifIndex value of the active primary port.
Read only The ifIndex value of the active secondary port.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Filtering Traffic
Chapter
11
In this chapter
•
•
•
MAC filters
The objects in this chapter present filters that can be used to control incoming or outgoing traffic.
Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter.
MAC layer filtering enables you to build access lists based on MAC layer headers in the
Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 frame. You can filter on the source and destination MAC addresses as well as other information such as the EtherType, LLC1 DSAP or SSAP numbers, and a SNAP EtherType. The filters apply to incoming traffic only.
For more information on MAC Layer filtering, refer to the configuration guide for a product.
Objects available for MAC filtering are presented in the following sections:
•
“MAC filter table” on page 139
•
“MAC filter port access tables” on page 140
•
“Forwarding database static table information” on page 141
MAC filter table
The objects in this table provide information on MAC filters.
Name, OID, and Syntax snMacFilterTable brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1
snMacFilterEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1
snMacFilterIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snMacFilterAction brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
The MAC filter table.
An entry in the MAC filter table.
The table index for a filter entry.
Read-write Indicates what action is to be taken if the MAC packet matches this filter:
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
139
140
MAC filters
Name, OID, and Syntax snMacFilterSourceMac brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.3
Syntax: MAC address snMacFilterSourceMask brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.4
Syntax: MAC address snMacFilterDestMac brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.5
Syntax: MAC address snMacFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.6
Syntax: MAC address snMacFilterOperator brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Shows the source MAC address.
Read-write Shows the source MAC subnet mask.
Read-write Shows the destination MAC address.
Read-write Shows the destination MAC subnet mask.
snMacFilterFrameType brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer snMacFilterFrameTypeNum brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer snMacFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Indicates the type of comparison to perform:
• equal(0)
• notEqual(1)
• less(2)
• greater(3)
Read-write Indicates the frame type:
• notUsed(0)
• ethernet(1)
•
LLC(2)
• snap(3)
Read-write Shows the frame type number.
Valid values: 0 – 65535, where 0 means that this object is not applicable.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
MAC filter port access tables
The tables show information about the MAC Filter Port Access.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacFilterPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2
snMacFilterPortAccessEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1
None
None
MAC Filter Port Access table.
An entry in the MAC Filter Port Access Table.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
MAC filters
Name, OID, and Syntax snMacFilterPortAccessPortIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer snMacFilterPortAccessFilters brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.2
Syntax: OctetString snMacFilterPortAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only The port index.
For virtual router interfaces:
•
15 – Slot number
•
1 to 60 – Virtual router port, which is the port number.
Read-write Shows the filter numbers of the ports. The first octet correspond to the first filter number, the second octet, to the second filter number, and so on.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Forwarding database static table information
This table contains Forwarding Database information for each station known to the system. There is one entry per station.
Name, OID, and Syntax snFdbTable brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1
snFdbEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1
snFdbStationIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snFdbStationAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snFdbStationPort brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snFdbVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The Forwarding Database Static Table.
Each entry represents the information of a static MAC station.
Read only Shows the FDB Station index to the Fdb Station Table.
Read-write Shows the snFdbs physical address. The physical address represents a
MAC Station.
Read-write Indicates the station slot or port number:
•
Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number
•
Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (slot for chassis only).
Read-write Indicates the Station VLAN ID.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
141
Layer 2 ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax snFdbStationQos brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snFdbStationType brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snFdbRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Shows the quality of service values for the station:
For stackable stations, the values can be:
• low(0) – low priority
• high(1) – high priority
For chassis stations, the values can be
• level0(0)
• level1(1)
• level2(2)
• level3(3)
• level4(4)
• level5(5)
• level6(6)
• level7(7)
Read-write Show the station type:
• notSupported(0) – a read value only: this product does not support multilayer Switching.
• host(1) – any MAC station.
• router(2) – a router-typed station.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read-write Station interface index number.
snFdbStationIfindex brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.8
Syntax: InterfaceIndex
Layer 2 ACLs
The Layer 2 Access Control Lists (ACLs) MIB objects presents the following Layer 2 ACLs filter traffic based on any of the following fields:
•
Source MAC address and source MAC mask
•
Destination MAC address and destination MAC mask
•
VLAN ID
•
Ethernet type
•
802.1P priority and its mapping
The following tables are used to define Layer 2 ACLs in SNMP:
•
“Layer 2 ACL next clause table” on page 143
•
“Layer 2 ACL configuration table” on page 144
142 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Layer 2 ACLs
•
“Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table” on page 146
You must obtain a clause index from the Layer 2 ACL Next Clause Table before creating a Layer 2
ACL. Use the Layer 2 ACL Configuration Table to create Layer 2 ACLs. Bind the Layer 2 ACLs to physical port using the Layer 2 ACL Binding Configuration Table.
Layer 2 ACL next clause table
The fdryL2AclNextClauseTable is a read-only table
The Layer 2 ACL Next Clause Table (fdryL2AclNextClauseTable) contains the list of next lowest available clause index that can be used for creating a Layer 2 ACL in the fdryL2AclTable. (Refer to
“Layer 2 ACL configuration table” on page 144 .)
Every Layer 2 ACL in the fdryL2AclTable has a clause index which consists of a list of ACL clause entries. A Layer 2 ACL cannot be created without any clause entries. There must be at least one clause entry in a Layer 2 ACL. Likewise, when all the clause entries are deleted from a Layer 2 ACL, the ACL itself will also be deleted.
By default, there can be up to 64 clause entries for each Layer 2 ACL. This number can be changed by issuing the system-max l2-acl-table-entries command on the device CLI. You can specify up to
256 per Layer 2 ACL.
The initial value of the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex in each table row is 1. When a clause entry is created for a Layer 2 ACL, this value is incremented by one. When the number of clause entries created for an ACL reaches the maximum limit, a Get operation on fdryL2AclClauseIndex will return a “noSuchInstance” error. The error indicates that no more clauses can be added to the fdryL2AclTable for this ACL.
When a clause entry for an ACL is removed (either in the beginning or middle or end) the clause index (where it was removed from) is available for adding a new clause entry for this ACL. The fdryL2AclClauseIndex always returns the lowest available clause index where a new clause should be added.
The CLI displays the ACL clause in chronological order. However, SNMP is bounded by clause index, and therefore, it may not displays the rows in chronological order. The clause index does not map to the sequence in which the ACL clause is checked at run time. It is an internal value used to identify unique ACL clauses within a given ACL ID.
For example, if only 3 clause entries can be created for a Layer 2 ACL, the following describes how
ACL clause is assigned.
1. Before adding any clause to a Layer 2 ACL, a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns 1.
2. When you add the first clause entry, a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns
2.
3. When you add the second clause entry, a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns 3.
4. When you add the third clause entry, a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns a “noSuchInstance”
5. If you remove the second clause entry (#2), a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex, returns 2 since it is the lowest available index.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
143
144
Layer 2 ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryL2AclNextClauseTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.6
fdryL2AclNextClauseEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.6.1 fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.6.1.1
Syntax: FdryClauseIndexTC
Access Description
N/A
N/A
This read-only table contains the list of the next lowest available clause index that can be used for creating a new entry in the fdryL2AclTable.
The clause index values will not change as a result of switchovers or hitless upgrades, but may change as a result of a device reload.
However, the relative order of persistent entries would remain the same.
An entry specifying the next lowest available clause index for this ACL number. All ACL numbers will have an entry in this table.
Read-only The next lowest available clause index for a given Layer 2 ACL number.
The maximum value of this object is the configured maximum number of clauses for a Layer 2 ACL.
Even though the syntax of “fdryL2AclClauseIndex” is Unsigned32, its value will be between 1 to the configured maximum clause entries for each Layer 2 ACL.
Layer 2 ACL configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryL2AclTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7
Access
N/A
N/A
Description
Table of Layer 2 ACLs. A Layer 2 ACL number can have 64
(default) to 256 clauses. The clause index values will not change as a result of switchovers or hitless upgrades, but may change as a result of a device reload. However, the relative order of persistent entries remains the same.
An entry in the L2 Access Control List table.
fdryL2AclEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1
fdryL2AclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.1
Syntax: AclNumber fdryL2AclClauseIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.2
Syntax: FdryClauseIndexTC
N/A The access list number for this entry. For Layer 2 ACLs, valid values are 400 - 499.
N/A The index of the clause within a given ACL number. During row creation, the clause index value should match the next available clause index for a given ACL number. It is advisable to first do a
Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseTable for a given ACL number, and use the value of fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returned by the agent.
Read-create Action to take if the Layer 2 packet on the port matches this ACL.
fdryL2AclAction brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.3
Syntax: Action fdryL2AclSourceMac brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.4
Syntax: MacAddress fdryL2AclSourceMacMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.5
Syntax: MacAddress
Read-create Optional Source MAC address. By default, it matches with any source MAC within a packet.
Default: ‘000000000000'H
Read-create Optional Source MAC address mask. For a Set operation, this object can only be used in conjunction with fdryL2AclSourceMac.
By default, this matches any source MAC within a packet. If you want to match the first two bytes of the address aabb.ccdd.eeff, use the mask ffff.0000.0000. In this case, the clause matches all source MAC addresses that contain 'aabb' as the first two bytes and any values in the remaining bytes of the MAC address.
Default: '000000000000'H
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Layer 2 ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryL2AclDestinationMac brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.6
Syntax: MacAddress fdryL2AclDestinationMacMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.7
Syntax: MacAddress fdryL2AclVlanId brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.8
Syntax: fdryVlanIdOrNoneTC fdryL2AclEthernetType brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.9
Syntax: FdryEnetTypeOrZeroTC fdryL2AclDot1pPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.10
Syntax: PortQosTC fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.11
Syntax: PortQosTC fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.12
Syntax: PortQosTC fdryL2AclMirrorPackets brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.13
Syntax: TruthValue
Access Description
Read-create Optional destination MAC address. By default, it matches any destination MAC within a packet.
Default: '000000000000'H
Read-create Optional destination MAC address mask. For a Set operation, this object can only be used in conjunction with fdryL2AclDestinationMac.
By default, it matches any destination MAC within a packet. If you want to match the first two bytes of the address aabb.ccdd.eeff, use the mask ffff.0000.0000. In this case, the clause matches all destination MAC addresses that contain
'aabb' as the first two bytes and any values in the remaining bytes of the MAC address.
Default: '000000000000'H
Read-create Optional VLAN ID to match against that of the incoming packet.
By default, the VLAN ID field is ignored during the match and value 0 is returned.
Default: 0
Read-create Optional Ethernet Type to match against the etype field of the incoming packet. By default, etype field is ignored during the match.
Default: invalid
Read-create The object is optional. It assigns traffic that matches the ACL to a hardware forwarding queue. In addition to changing the internal forwarding priority, if the outgoing interface is an 802.1q interface, this option maps the specified priority to its equivalent
802.1p (QoS) priority and marks the packet with the new 802.1p priority. This option is applicable for inbound Layer 2 ACLs only.
NOTE: fdryL2AclDot1pPriority following fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce cannot be used together in a Layer 2 ACL entry.
Default: level0(0)
Read-create The object is optional. It assigns packets of outgoing traffic that match the Layer 2 ACL to a specific hardware forwarding queue, even though the incoming packet may be assigned to another queue. This option is applicable for inbound ACLs only.
NOTE: fdryL2AclDot1pPriority following fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce cannot be used together in a Layer 2 ACL entry.
Default: level0(0)
Read-create The object is optional. It matches the packet's 802.1p value.
This option does not change the packet's forwarding priority through the device or mark the packet. This keyword is applicable for both inbound and outbound Layer 2 ACLs.
Default: level0(0)
Read-create This object is optional. It is applicable only for the ACLs with permit clause.
When you bind a Layer 2 ACL to a port, you can configure the port to mirror the packets to another port using the acl-mirror-port CLI command. Then the packets permitted on this port (as a result of the bound ACL) will be mirrored on the other port.
Default: “false”
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
145
146
Layer 2 ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryL2AclLogEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.14
Syntax: TruthValue fdryL2AclRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.15
Syntax: RowStatus
Access Description
Read-create Optional parameter to enable logging only when deny clause is specified. Note that traffic denied by implicit deny mechanism is not subject to logging. The implicit deny occurs when traffic does not match any of the clauses and there is no permit any any clause specified at the end of the Layer 2 ACL.
Default: false
Read-create The row status variable, used according to installation and removal conventions for conceptual rows. Setting this object to active(1) or createAndGo(4) results in the addition of a Layer 2
ACL filter in the router. Duplicate entry will be rejected during row creation.
As part of row creation, entries are appended to this table. Row insertion may not be supported.
Setting this object to destroy(6) removes the associated filter from the router. Other values in the enumeration are not used.
Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table
The Layer 2 ACL Binding Configuration Table lists the Layer 2 ACLs that have been bound to a port.
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryL2AclIfBindTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8
fdryL2AclIfBindEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1
fdryL2AclIfBindDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1.1
Syntax: Direction fdryL2AclIfBindAclNumber
Access Description
N/A Table of L2 ACL binding to port.
Layer 2 ACLs and Layer 3 ACLs cannot be bound to the same port.
However, you can configure a port to use Layer 2 ACLs, and another port on the same device to use Layer 3 ACLs.
In general:
•
Layer 2 ACLs cannot be bound to virtual interfaces, unlike
Layer 3 ACLs.
•
You cannot modify an existing Layer 2 ACL clause. You must first unbind the Layer 2 ACL, delete it, then create a new clause.
N/A
N/A
An entry in the Layer 2 ACL binding table. This uses the following indexes:
• ifIndex: Identifies the port to be bound
• fdryL2AclIfBindDirection: Identifies the direction of the traffic on the port.
Indicates if Layer 2 ACLs are bound to incoming or outgoing ports:
• inbound(0)
• outbound(1))
Read-create The Layer 2 ACL number that is to be bound to a physical interface.
Valid values: 400 - 499
Syntax: Unsigned32 fdryL2AclIfBindRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1.2
Syntax: RowStatus
Read-create The row status variable, used according to the installation and removal conventions for conceptual rows.
Setting this object to active(1) or createAndGo(4) binds the Layer 2
ACL to the specified physical port.
Setting this object to destroy(6) unbinds the Layer 2 ACL from the port.
Other values in the enumeration are not used.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ACLs
ACLs
Access Control Lists (ACL) can be used to permit or deny packets from entering or leaving a device.
For additional information on ACLs, refer to the configuration guide for a product.
This chapter contains the following sections:
•
•
•
“ACl bind to port table (snAgAclBindToPortTable)” on page 153
Global ACL
The following objects are global to ACLs.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgAclGblCurRowIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.1
Syntax: Integer32
Access
Read only
Description
Shows the number of entries in the ACL table.
IPv4 ACL table
The IPv4 ACL Table contains the ACLs defined for the device. The snAgAclGblCurRowIndex object determines the number of ACLs that can be added to this table.
Use this table to create ACLs. Apply the ACLs to interfaces using the snAgAclBindToPortTable.
Access
None
Description
Access Control List Table
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgAclTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2
snAgAclEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1
snAgAclIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgAclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.2
Syntax: AclNumber snAgAclName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.3
Syntax: DisplayString
None An entry in the Access Control List Table
Read only Shows the index for an ACL entry that is associated with this ACL.
This number must be unique among all the entries, even though the value of other objects for an entry maybe the same those of another entry.
Read-write The access control list number for an entry:
•
1 to 99 – Standard access list
•
100 to 199 – Extended access list
Read-write Shows the ACL name.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
147
148
ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgAclAction brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer snAgAclProtocol brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.5
Syntax: IPProtocol snAgAclSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.6
Syntax: IpAddress snAgAclSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.7
Syntax: IpAddress snAgAclSourceOperator brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.8
Syntax: Operator snAgAclSourceOperand1 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if IP packets that matched this access control list are permitted or denied:
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
The default action when no ACLs are configured on a device is to permit all traffic. However, once you configure an ACL and apply it to a port, the default action for that port is to deny all traffic that is not explicitly permitted on the port. Therefore:
•
If you want to tightly control access, configure ACLs consisting of permit entries for the access you want to permit. The ACLs implicitly deny all other access.
•
If you want to secure access in environments with many users, you might want to configure ACLs that consist of explicit deny entries, then add an entry to permit all access to the end of each ACL. The software permits packets that are not denied by the deny entries.
Read-write Indicates the protocol denied or permitted by the extended ACL.
The IP protocol can be one of the following well-known names or any IP protocol number from 0 to 255:
•
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
•
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)
•
Internet Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP)
•
Internet Protocol (IP)
•
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
•
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
•
User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
Entering “0” indicates any protocol.
Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs.
Identifies the source IP address of the packet that will either be permitted or denied.
Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs.
Identifies the source IP subnet mask of the packet that will either be permitted or denied.
Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs.
Indicates how the policy will be compared to the ports specified in the
“snAgAclSourceOperand2” objects:
• eq(0) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port number matches the port number specified in the objects.
• neq(1) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are not included in the specified range.
• lt(2) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are less than those in the specified range.
• gt(3) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are greater than those in the specified range.
• range(4) – The policy applies to packets whose source port numbers fall within the specified range.
• undefined(7)
Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs.
Shows the source port number to be matched. If used with the
“snAgAclSourceOperand2” object, it defines the start of the range of
source port numbers to be matched.
Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclSourceOperand2 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs.
Used with the
“snAgAclSourceOperand1” object, it defines the end of the
range of source port numbers to be matched.
Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable.
snAgAclDestinationIp brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.11
Syntax: IpAddress snAgAclDestinationMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.12
Syntax: IpAddress snAgAclDestinationOpera tor brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.13
Syntax: Operator snAgAclDestinationOpera nd1 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.14
Syntax: Integer
Use this object to identify the ICMP message type number. Make sure you indicate a code number in the
object.
Valid values for ICMP type number are:
•
0 = not applicable
•
1 = Echo reply
•
4 = Destination unreachable
•
5 = Source quench
•
6 = Redirect
•
9 = Echo request
•
10 = Router advertisement
•
11 = Router solicitation
•
12 = Time exceeded
•
13 = Parameter problem
•
14 = Timestamp request
•
15 = Timestamp reply
•
16 = Information request
•
17 = Information reply
•
18 = Address mask request
•
19 = Address mask reply
Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs.
Identifies the destination IP address of the packet that will either be permitted or denied.
Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs.
Identifies the destination subnet mask of the packet that will either be permitted or denied.
Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs.
Indicates how the policy will be compared to the ports specified in the
and “snAgAclDestinationOperand2”
objects:
• eq(0) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port number matches the port number specified in the objects.
• neq(1) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are not included in the specified range.
• lt(2) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are less than those in the specified range.
• gt(3) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are greater than those in the specified range.
• range(4) – The policy applies to packets whose destination port numbers fall within the specified range.
• undefined(7)
Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs.
Shows the destination port number to be matched. If used with the
object, it defines the start of the range of destination port numbers to be matched.
Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
149
150
ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgAclDestinationOpera nd2 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.15
Syntax: Integer snAgAclPrecedence brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.16
Syntax: PrecedenceValue snAgAclTos brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.17
Syntax: TosValue snAgAclEstablished brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.18
Syntax: Integer snAgAclLogOption brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.19
Syntax: TruthVal snAgAclStandardFlag brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.20
Syntax: TruthVal snAgAclRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.21
Syntax: SnRowStatus
Access Description
Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs.
Used with the “snAgAclDestinationOperand1” object, it defines the end
of the range of destination port numbers to be matched.
Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable.
Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs.
Indicates the IP precedence value that a packet must have to be permitted or denied.
• routine(0)
• priority(1)
• immediate(2)
• flash(3)
• flash-override(4)
• critical(5)
• internet(6)
• network(7)
The following priorities specify a hardware forwarding queue: routine(0), priority(1), immediate(2), flash(3)
Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs.
Indicates the type of service a packet must have to be denied or permitted:
• normal(0) – The ACL matches packets that have the normal
TOS. If TOS is not defined, packets are matched to this value.
• minMonetaryCost(1) – The ACL matches packets that have the minimum monetary cost TOS.
• maxReliability(2) – The ACL matches packets that have the maximum reliability TOS.
• maxThroughput(4) – The ACL matches packets that have the maximum throughput TOS.
• minDelay(8) – The ACL matches packets that have the minimum delay TOS
.
Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs.
Enables or disables the filtering of established TCP packets that have the
ACK or RESET flag turned on. This additional filter only applies to TCP transport protocol.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Determines if ACL matches are logged:
• false(0) – Do not log ACL matches
• true(1) – Log ACL matches
Read-write Indicates if this is a standard ACL:
• false(0) – The ACL is an extended ACL
• true(1) – The ACL is a standard ACL
Read-write Creates or deletes an ACL entry.
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
• create(4)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgAclFlowCounter brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.22
Syntax: Counter64 snAgAclPacketCounter brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.23
Syntax: Counter64 snAgAclComments brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.24
Syntax: DisplayString snAgAclIpPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.25
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Shows an approximate count of flows that match the individual ACL entry.
Read only Shows the number of packets that matched the ACL entry.
Read-write Indicates the description of an individual ACL entry. snAgAclPriorityForce brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.26
Syntax: Integer snAgAclPriorityMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.27
Syntax: Integer snAgAclDscpMarking brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.28
Syntax: Integer snAgAclDscpMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.29
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Indicates the QoS priority option for this ACL. This priority assigns traffic that matches the ACL to a hardware forwarding queue. In addition to changing the internal forwarding priority, if the outgoing interface is an
802.1Q interface, this option maps the specified priority to its equivalent
802.1p (CoS) priority and marks the packet with the new 802.1p priority.
Read-write Indicates priority that is being forced on the outgoing packet. This parameter allows you assign packets of outgoing traffic that match the
ACL to a specific hardware forwarding queue, even though the incoming packet may be assigned to another queue.
Valid values:
• qosp0(0)
• qosp1(1)
• qosp2(2)
• qosp3(3)
•
Not defined(4)
Default: Not defined(4).
Read-write Indicates the priority of the incoming packet to be matched. This option maps the packet’s 802.1p value. It does not change the packet’s forwarding priority through the device nor does it mark the packet.
Valid values: 0 – 8
Default: Not defined(8)
Read-write Indicates the DSCP marking of a packet that will be matched.
Valid values: 0 – 64
Default: Not defined(64)
Read-write Indicates the DCSP value of the incoming packet value to be matched.
Valid values: 0 – 64
Default: Not defined(64)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
151
152
ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgAclIcmpCode brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.30
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read write If you entered a value for ICMP message type number in the
“snAgAclSourceOperand2” object, enter the code number in this object.
Valid value for type code 1, Echo reply
•
1 = Echo reply
Valid values for type code4, Destination unreachable
•
1 = Network unreachable
•
2 = Host unreachable
•
3 = Protocol unreachable
•
4 = Port unreachable
•
5 = Fragmentation needed by don't fragment bit set
•
6 = Source route failed
•
7 = Destination network unknown
•
8 = Destination host unknown
•
9 = Source host isolated
•
10 = Destination network administratively prohibited
•
11 = Destination host administratively prohibited
•
12 = Network unreachable for TOS
•
13 = Host unreachable for TOS
•
14 = Communication administratively prohibited by filter
•
15 = Host precedence violation
•
16 = Precedence cutoff in effect
Valid values for type code 5, Source quench
•
1 = Source quench
Valid values for type code 6, Redirect
•
1 = Redirect for network
•
2 = Redirect for host
•
3 = Redirect for TOS and network
•
4 = Redirect for TOS and host
Valid value for type code 9, Echo request
•
1 = Echo request
Valid value for type code 10, Router advertisement
•
1 = Router advertisement
Valid value for type code 11, Router solicitation
•
1 = Router solicitation
Valid values for type code 12, Time exceeded
•
1 = Time to live equals 0 during transmit
•
2 = Time to live equals 0 during reassembly
Valid values for type code 13, Parameter problem
•
1 = IP header bad (catchall error)
•
2 = Required option missing
Valid value for type code 14, Timestamp request
•
1 = Timestamp request
Valid value for type code 15,Timestamp reply
•
1 = Timestamp reply
Valid value for type code 16, Information request
•
1 = Information request
Valid value for type code 17 Information reply
•
1 = Information reply
Valid value for type code 18 Address mask request
•
1 = Address mask request
Valid value for type code 19 Address mask reply
•
1 = Address mask reply
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ACLs
ACl bind to port table (snAgAclBindToPortTable)
The ACL Bind to Port Table contains ACL port bindings for a Layer 3 Switch. Port numbers and bind direction are used to index entries.
This table has been deprecated.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclBindToPortTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3
snAgAclBindToPortEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1
snAgAclPortNum brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgAclPortBindDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.2
Syntax: Direction snAgAclNum brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snAgAclNameString brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snAgBindPortListInVirtualIn terface brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.5
Syntax: OctetString snAgAclPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.6
Syntax: SnRowStatus
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read-write
The ACL Bind to Port Table
An entry in the ACL Bind to Port table
Shows the format of port number..
•
LS octet – port number (max 255)
•
Next octet – slot number (max 255)
•
MS Octet:
0 (phy) – 0000 to 0FFFF
1 (ve) – 10000 to 1FFFF
Shows the traffic direction to which the ACL will be applied:
• inbound(0)
• outbound(1)
Shows the defined ACL number that will be bound to the port.
Read-write Shows the defined ACL name that will be bound to the port.
Read-write Contains a list of ports for binding virtual interface
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
153
154
ACLs
ACL port table (snAgAclIfBindTable)
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgAclIfBindTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4
snAgAclIfBindEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1
snAgAclIfBindIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.1
Syntax: InterfaceIndex snAgAclIfBindDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.2
Syntax: Direction snAgAclIfBindNum brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.3
Syntax: INTEGER snAgAclIfBindNameString brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snAgAclIfBindVifPortList brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.5
Syntax: Octet string
Access
None
None
Read only
Read only
Description
The ACL Bind to Port Table
An entry in the ACL Bind to Port table
The number of the virtual or physical interface to which this ACL is bound.
Shows the traffic direction to which the ACL will be applied:
• inbound(0)
• outbound(1)
Read-write Shows the defined ACL number that will be bound to the port.
Read-write Shows the defined ACL name that will be bound to the port.
snAgAclIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.6
Syntax: SnRowStatus
Read-write Contains a list of ports for binding virtual interface. Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes then, they will be encoded. Encoding and decoding scheme is range based.
Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) where 0000 is not a valid ifIndex. The next 2 octets indicates lower range ifIndex, followed by 2 octets of higher range ifIndex. individual (non- range) ones will be displayed as is.
For example:
Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047
Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ACLs
ACL port table (AgAclAccntTable)
The following AgAclAccnt Table contains the ACLs defined on the devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax agAclAccntTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.
agAclAccntEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1
agAclAccntKind brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.1
Syntax: Integer agAclAccntIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.2
Syntax: InterfaceIndex agAclAccntDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.3
Syntax: Direction agAclAccntAclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.4
Syntax: AclNumber agAclAccntFilterId brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned agAclAccntAclName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.6
Syntax: AclNameString agAclAccntOneSecond brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.7
Syntax: Counter64 agAclAccntOneMinute brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.8
Syntax: Counter64 agAclAccntFiveMinute brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.9
Syntax: Counter64 agAclAccntCumulative brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.10
Syntax: Counter64 agAclAccntRaclDropCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.11
Syntax: Counter64 agAclAccntRaclFwdCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.12
Syntax: Counter64
Access
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
Table of ACL Accounting Statistics for router
An entry in the ACL Accounting table.
Kind of ACL Accounting statistics needed.
Physical or virtual interface on which ACL accounting is desired. For
Receive ACL, we use the lowest port of the management module as value for this object.
ACL port direction, inbound or outbound. For receive-acl kind, direction cannot be outbound.
The access-list number for this entry.
Filter ID within a given ACL. This is a zero based value.
ACL name for an entry, if applicable. Otherwise, null string is returned.
Last one second accounting data.
Last one minute accounting data.
Last five minute accounting data.
Cumulative accounting data since the ACL was installed.
Receive-ACL drop counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL.
This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and L2 ACL enabled interfaces.
Receive-ACL forward counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other
ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the
ACL.
This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and L2 ACL enabled interfaces.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
155
ACLs
Name, OID, and Syntax agAclAccntRaclRemarkC nt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.13
Syntax: Counter64
Access
Read-only agAclAccntRaclTotalCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.14
Syntax: Counter64
Read-only agAclAccntRaclTotalSWHi tCountCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.15
Syntax: Counter64
Read-only
Description
Receive-ACL remark counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other
ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the
ACL.
This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and L2 ACL enabled interfaces.
Receive-ACL total counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL.
This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and L2 ACL enabled interfaces.
Receive-ACL cumulative software hit counter. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL.
156 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Traffic Control and Prioritization
Chapter
12
In this chapter
•
•
•
Rate limit counter table (agRateLimitCounterTable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
This chapter presents the objects that can be used to prioritize traffic.
Quality of service
Quality of Service (QoS) provides guaranteed bandwidth for certain traffic flows, by assigning priorities to queues that will be used by the traffic. For more information on QoS, refer to the configuration guide for a product.
The following tables are available to configure QoS:
•
“QoS profile table” on page 157
•
QoS profile table
The following table contains the configuration of QoS profile groups.
Name, OID, and Syntax snQosProfileTable brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1
snQosProfileEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1
snQosProfileIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snQosProfileName brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString
Access
None
Description
The QoS Profile Table.
None An entry of the QoS Profile Table. Each entry represents a queue profile.
Read only The table index of QoS Profile. There can be up to four profiles in this table.
Read-write Shows the name of the QoS profile.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
157
CAR
CAR
Name, OID, and Syntax snQosProfileRequestedBandwi dth brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snQosProfileCalculatedBandwi dth brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Shows the requested bandwidth for the QoS profile.
Read only Shows the calculated bandwidth of the QoS profile.
QoS bind table
The following table binds 802.1p tags to the entries in the “QoS profile table” on page 157 .
Name, OID, and Syntax snQosBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2
snQosBindEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1
snQosBindIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer snQosBindPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snQosBindProfileIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer (1..8)
Access
None
None
Read only
Read only
Description
The QoS Bind Table.
An entry of the snQosBindTable.
The table index of QoS Bind.
Shows the QoS bind priority.
Read-write Is an index that serves as a pointer to the index of the
This section presents the objects for Committed Access Rate (CAR), a Rate Limiting feature. Rate
Limiting is a method of traffic control. You can configure a set of fixed or adaptive rate limits to regulate network traffic flow on an interface. The objects in this section are for the Fixed Rate
Limiting feature.
The following tables are available to configure CAR:
•
•
“VLAN CAR objects” on page 160
158 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
CAR
CAR port table
The CAR Port Table shows the definitions of CAR objects. This table is indexed by the
“snPortCARifIndex” , “snPortCARDirection”
, and
objects.
Name, OID, and Syntax snPortCARTable brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1
snPortCAREntry brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1
snPortCARifIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snPortCARDirection brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snPortCARRowIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snPortCARType brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.4
Syntax: RateLimitType snPortCARAccIdx brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer32 snPortCARRate brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer32 snPortCARLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer32
Access
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only snPortCARExtLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer32 snPortCARConformAction brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Description
The CAR Port Table.
An entry in the CAR Port Table.
Shows the ifIndex value for this rate limit entry.
Specifies the transmission direction of the Rate-Limit object.
• input(0) – for inbound traffic
• output(1) – for outbound traffic
Shows the table index for rate limit objects. Rows are numbered in sequential order. When a row is added, it is assigned the next sequential number. When a row is deleted, the row is skipped.
Shows the type of traffic to which the rate limit is applied.
• all(3) – all traffic.
• standardAcc(1) – traffic matches standard access list.
• quickAcc(2) – traffic matches rate-limit’s access list.
Indicates the index to the access list if rate limit type is one of the following:
• standardAcc(1) – traffic matches standard access list.
• quickAcc(2) – traffic matches rate-limit’s access list.
Shows the committed access rate for the long term average transmission rate in bits per second. Traffic that falls under this rate always conforms to this rate.
Shows the normal burst size in bytes. Normal burst size is the number of bytes that are guaranteed to be transported by the network at the average rate under normal conditions during the committed time interval.
Shows the extended burst limit in bytes. The extended burst limit determines how large traffic bursts can be before all the traffic exceeds the rate limit.
Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic is within the Rate
Limit.
• continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits.
• drop(2) – Drop the packet.
• precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet.
• precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet.
• xmit(5) – Transmit the packet.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
159
160
CAR
Name, OID, and Syntax snPortCARExceedAction brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Description
Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic exceeds the Rate
Limit.
• continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits.
• drop(2) – Drop the packet.
• precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet.
• precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet.
• xmit(5) – Transmit the packet.
Indicates the number of packets permitted by this rate limit.
snPortCARStatSwitchedP kts brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.11
Syntax: Counter64 snPortCARStatSwitchedB ytes brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.12
Syntax: Counter64 snPortCARStatFilteredPk ts brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.13
Syntax: Counter64 snPortCARStatFilteredByt es brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.14
Syntax: Counter64 snPortCARStatCurBurst brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.15
Syntax: Gauge32
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Indicates the number of bytes permitted by this interface.
Indicates the number of packets which exceeded this rate limit.
Indicates the number of bytes which exceeded this rate limit.
Shows the current burst size of received.
VLAN CAR objects
The objects in the following table contain the rate limit configuration for VLANs. This table is
indexed by the “snVLanCARVLanId” , “snVLanCARDirection”
, and
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanCARTable brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1
snVLanCAREntry brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1
snVLanCARVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVLanCARDirection brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read only
Description
The VLAN rate limit table.
An entry in the VLAN CAR Table.
Shows the VLAN ID. VLAN ID is one of the indices of this table. Each
VLAN ID can have a membership of multiple ports.
Valid values: 1 – 4095
Specifies the transmission direction of the Rate-Limit object.
• input(0) – for inbound traffic
• output(1) – for outbound traffic
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
CAR
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanCARRowIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snVLanCARType brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Read only snVLanCARAccIdx brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer32
Read only snVLanCARRate brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanCARLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer32
Read only
Read only snVLanCARExtLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanCARConformActi on brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only snVLanCARExceedActio n brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Description
Shows the table index for rate limit objects for the VLAN. Rows are numbered in sequential order. When a row is added, it is assigned the next sequential number. When a row is deleted, the row is skipped.
Shows the type of traffic to which the rate limit is applied.
• all(3) – all traffic.
• standardAcc(1) – traffic matches standard access list.
• quickAcc(2) – traffic matches rate-limit’s access list.
Indicates the index to the access list if rate limit type is one of the following:
• standardAcc(1) – traffic matches standard access list.
• quickAcc(2) – traffic matches rate-limit’s access list.
Shows the committed access rate for long term average transmission for this VLAN. This rate is in bits per second. Traffic that falls under this rate always conforms to this rate.
Shows the normal burst size in bytes. Normal burst size is the number of bytes that are guaranteed to be transported by the network at the average rate under normal conditions during the committed time interval.
Shows the extended burst limit in bytes. The extended burst limit determines how large traffic bursts can be before all the traffic exceeds the rate limit.
Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic is within the Rate
Limit.
• continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits.
• drop(2) – Drop the packet.
• precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet.
• precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet.
• xmit(5) – Transmit the packet.
Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic exceeds the Rate
Limit.
• continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits.
• drop(2) – Drop the packet.
• precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet.
• precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet.
• xmit(5) – Transmit the packet.
Indicates the number of packets permitted by this rate limit.
snVLanCARStatSwitche dPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.11
Syntax: Counter64 snVLanCARStatSwitche dBytes brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.12
Syntax: Counter64
Read only
Read only Indicates the number of bytes permitted by this interface.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
161
Rate limit counter table (agRateLimitCounterTable)
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVLanCARStatFiltered
Pkts brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.13
Syntax: Counter64 snVLanCARStatFiltered
Bytes brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.14
Syntax: Counter64 t snVLanCARStatCurBurs brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.15
Syntax: Gauge32
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Indicates the number of packets which exceeded this rate limit.
Indicates the number of bytes which exceeded this rate limit.
Shows the current burst size of received packets.
Rate limit counter table (agRateLimitCounterTable)
The following table shows rate limit counter entries.
Name, OID, and Syntax agRateLimitCounterTable brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2
agRateLimitCounterEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1
Access
N/A
N/A
Read only
Description
The rate limit counter table.
A collection of rate limit counter objects on a interface, direction and configuration row index within that interface.
The forwarded octet count for this rate limit entry.
agRateLimitCounterFwdedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.1
Syntax: Counter64 agRateLimitCounterDroppedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.2
Syntax: Counter64 agRateLimitCounterReMarkedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.3
Syntax: Counter64 agRateLimitCounterTotalOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.4
Syntax: Counter64
Read only
Read only
Read only
The dropped octet count for this rate limit entry.
The remarked octet count for this rate limit entry.
The total octet count for this rate limit entry.
162 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Multicast
Chapter
13
In this chapter
•
•
•
IGMP
The multicast feature allows packets to be simultaneously transmitted to a selected set of destinations, such one or more multicast groups. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter.
The Internet Group Membership Protocol (IGMP) allows Layer 3 Switches to limit the multicast of
IGMP packets to only those ports on the Layer 3 Switch that are identified as IP Multicast members. Devices support IGMP versions 1 and 2. The Layer 3 Switch actively sends out host queries to identify IP Multicast groups on the network, inserts the group information in an IGMP packet, and forwards the packet to IP Multicast neighbors.
Objects for IGMP are presented in the following sections:
•
“General IGMP objects” on page 164
•
“IGMP interface table” on page 164
•
“IGMP static group MIB table” on page 165
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
163
164
IGMP
General IGMP objects
The following general IGMP objects are available in all devices.
Object Name and Number snIgmpQueryInterval brcdIp.1.2.6.1.1
Syntax: Integer snIgmpGroupMembershipTime brcdIp.1.2.6.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write
Specifies how often the
Layer 3 Switch sends out IGMP host query packets to query an interface for group membership.
Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds.
Default: 60 seconds
For a Layer 3 Switch, the object
must have been set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written.
For a Layer 2 Switch, the object
must have been set to “enabled(1)” and the object
must have been set to “querier(1)” before this object can be written.
Read-write Specifies how many seconds an IP Multicast group can remain on a Layer 3 Switch interface in the absence of a group report.
Valid values: 1 – 7200 seconds.
Default: 60 seconds
For a Layer 3 Switch, the object
must have been set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written.
For a Layer 2 Switch, the object
must have been set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written.
IGMP interface table
The IGMP Interface Table contains the group membership information of a port.
Object Name and Number Access snIgmpIfTable brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3
snIgmpIfEntry brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1
snIgmpIfEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snIgmpIfPortNumber brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snIgmpIfGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snIgmpIfGroupAge brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.4
Syntax: Integer32
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
The IGMP Interface Table.
An entry in the IGMP Interface Table.
The table entry index.
Shows the port number (interface) on which the group was learned.
Shows the group’s IP address learned from the interface.
Specifies how many seconds the Layer 3 Switch will wait for an IGMP response from an interface before concluding that the group member on that interface is down. The switch will then begin to remove the interface from the group.
Valid values: 1 – 10 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IGMP
IGMP static group MIB table
The table contains a list of IGMP static group entries. This table is available when IP Multicast
Traffic Reduction is enabled on a Layer 2 Switch. The snSwGroupIpMcastMode MIB object enables or disables IP Multicast using SNMP.
By default, Layer 2 Switches forward all IP multicast traffic out of all ports except the port on which the traffic was received. To reduce multicast traffic through the Layer 2 Switch, you can enable IP
Multicast Traffic Reduction. This feature configures the Layer 2 Switch to forward multicast traffic only on the ports attached to multicast group members. The Layer 2 Switch determines the ports that are attached to multicast group members based on entries in the IGMP table. Each entry in the table consists of an IP multicast group address and the Layer 2 Switch ports from which the
Layer 2 Switch has received Group Membership reports for that group.
After you enable IP Multicast Traffic Reduction, when the Layer 2 Switch receives traffic for an IP multicast group, the Layer 2 Switch looks in the IGMP table for an entry for that group. If the Layer
2 Switch finds an entry, the Layer 2 Switch forwards the group traffic out the ports listed in the group entry. If the table does not contain an entry for the group, the Layer 2 Switch broadcasts the traffic.
The IGMP table is populated by receipt of Group Membership messages from IP multicast group members. Each Group Membership message contains the member’s IP address and the group address.
Access
None
Description
The IGMP Static Group Table
Name, OID, and Syntax snIgmpStaticGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4
snIgmpStaticGroupEntry brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1 snIgmpStaticGroupIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.1
Syntax: Integer snIgmpStaticGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snIgmpStaticGroupPortList brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.3
Syntax: OctetString snIgmpStaticGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.4
Syntax: Integer
None
Read only
Read only
An entry in the IGMP static group. Each entry contains membership information.
Shows the interface for which the group was configured.
Shows the IP address for the group.
Read-write Contains a list of ports that are members of the static group. Each port contains a 16-bit integer ifIndex.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• other(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
165
PIM
PIM
The sections below describe the SNMP support for Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM).
The products listed below support RFC 2934, except for pimIpMRouteTable, pimIpMRouteNextHopTable, and pimComponentTable.
The products listed above also support the proprietary scalar MIBs discussed in the section
“Common PIM objects” on page 166
.
SNMP support for PIM on other products are discussed in the following sections:
•
“PIM virtual interface table” on page 167
•
“PIM neighbor table” on page 168
•
“PIM virtual interface statistics table” on page 169
•
Common PIM objects
The following table presents objects that are common to all PIM interfaces.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimEnable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.1
Syntax: Integer snPimNeighborRouterTimeout brcdIp.1.2.9.1.2
Syntax: Integer snPimHelloTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.3
Syntax: Integer snPimPruneTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Determines if PIM is enabled on this Layer 3 Switch:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0)
The remaining object applies only if this object is set to enabled(1).
Read-write Specifies the number of seconds the PIM Layer 3 Switch waits before it considers a neighbor to be absent. Absence of PIM hello messages from a neighboring Layer 3 Switch indicates that a neighbor is not present.
Valid values: 60 – 8000 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that periodic hellos are sent out on PIM interfaces. Layer 3 Switches use hello messages to inform neighboring Layer 3 Switches of their presence.
Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds
Default: 60 seconds
Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that a PIM Layer 3 Switch will maintain a prune state for a forwarding entry.
The first multicast that the Layer 3 Switch receives from an interface is forwarded to all other PIM interfaces on the Layer 3
Switch. If there is no presence of groups on that interface, the leaf node sends a prune message upstream and stores a prune state.
This prune state travels up the tree and installs a prune state.
A prune state is maintained until the prune timer expires or a graft message is received for the forwarding entry.
Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
166 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
PIM
Name, OID, and Syntax snPimGraftRetransmitTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.5
Syntax: Integer snPimInactivityTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Defines the number of seconds between the transmission of graft messages.
A graft message is sent by a Layer 3 Switch to cancel a prune state.
When a Layer 3 Switch receives a graft message, the Layer 3
Switch responds with a Graft ACK (acknowledge) message. If this
Graft ACK message is lost, the Layer 3 Switch that sent the graft message will resend it.
Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
Read-write Defines how long a forwarding entry can remain unused before the
Layer 3 Switch deletes it. The Layer 3 Switch deletes a forwarding entry if the entry is not used to send multicast packets.
This object is used only to keep the forwarding entries for the active sessions.
Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
PIM virtual interface table
The PIM Virtual Interface Table lists the PIM virtual interfaces on a Layer 3 Switch.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimVInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7
snPimVInterfaceEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1
snPimVInterfaceVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.1
Syntax: Integer snPimVInterfaceType brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.2
Syntax: Integer snPimVInterfaceLocalAddr ess brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snPimVInterfaceLocalSub netMask brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snPimVInterfaceRemoteAd dress brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.5
Syntax: IpAddress snPimVInterfaceDR brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.6
Syntax: IpAddress
None
None
The PIM Virtual Interface Table.
An entry in the PIM Virtual Interface Table.
Read only The ifIndex value of this PIM virtual interface. There can be up to 48 entries.
Read-write Indicates the type of PIM virtual interface the row represents:
• tunnel(1)
• subnet(2) or a physical interface
Read-write Indicates the IP address of the local end of the interface being configured.
IP tunneling must also be enabled and defined on the destination Layer
3 Switch interface as well.
Read only Shows the network mask for the IP address of the PIM virtual interface.
For a tunnel, this should be 0.0.0.0.
Read-write Shows the IP address of the remote end of this PIM virtual interface.
Read only Defines the designated Layer 3 Switch on this PIM virtual interface. For point-to-point interfaces, this object has the value 0.0.0.0.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
167
168
PIM
Name, OID, and Syntax snPimVInterfaceTtlThresh old brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.7
Syntax: Integer snPimVInterfaceStatus brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.8
Syntax: Integer snPimVInterfaceMode brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Determines the minimum time-to-live value to forward the packets out of this interface.
Valid values: 1 – 31
Default: 1
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a “bad value” error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read-write Shows the configured mode of this PIM interface:
• dense(1) – Traffic is initially flooded to all PIM interface neighbors.
Branches that do not want the data are pruned.
• sparse(2) – PIM interface neighbors must join the multicast group if they want to receive the traffic.
PIM neighbor table
The PIM Neighbor Table is a conceptual table that lists the Layer 3 Switch’s PIM neighbors.
Name, OID, and Syntax snPimNeighborTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8
snPimNeighborEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1
snPimNeighborEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snPimNeighborVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snPimNeighborAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snPimNeighborUpTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.4
Syntax: Time ticks snPimNeighborExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.5
Syntax: Time ticks
Access
None
None
Description
The PIM Neighbor Table
An entry in the PIM Neighbor Table
Read only The table entry index.
Read only Shows the value of VifIndex for the virtual interface used to reach this
PIM neighbor.
Read only Shows the IP address of the this PIM neighbor.
Read only Indicates the last time when this PIM neighbor became a neighbor of the local Layer 3 Switch.
Read only Displays the time remaining before this PIM neighbor will be aged out.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
PIM
PIM virtual interface statistics table
The PIM Virtual Interface Statistics table lists the Layer 3 Switch’s PIM virtual interface statistical counters.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimVIfStatTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9
snPimVIfStatEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1
snPimVIfStatVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.1
Syntax: Integer snPimVIfStatInJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.2
Syntax: Counter32
None
None
Read only
The PIM Virtual Interface Statistics Table.
An entry in the PIM Virtual Interface Statistics Table.
The ifIndex value of this PIM virtual interface. There can be up – 32 entries. snPimVIfStatOutJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.3
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatDiscardJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.4
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatInPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatOutPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.6
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatDiscardPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.7
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatInAssertPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.8
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatOutAssertPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.9
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatDiscardAssertPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.10
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatInHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.11
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatOutHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.12
Syntax: Counter32
Read only Shows the number of Join/Prune messages sent or received on the interface.
NOTE: Unlike PIM dense, PIM Sparse uses the same messages for
Joins and Prunes.
Read only Indicates the number of join packets that have been sent on the
PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of join packets that have been discarded by the
PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have been sent on the
PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of assert packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of assert packets that have been sent on the
PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of assert packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of hello packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of hello packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
169
170
PIM
Name, OID, and Syntax snPimVIfStatDiscardHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.13
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatInGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.14
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatOutGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.15
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatDiscardGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.16
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatInGraftAckPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.17
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatOutGraftAckPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.18
Syntax: Counter32 snPimVIfStatDiscardGraftAckP kts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.19
Syntax: Counterv32
Access Description
Read only Shows the number of hello packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface.
PIM-SM
The following tables are available for the PIM Sparse feature.
•
“PIM sparse: candidate BSR table” on page 170
•
“PIM RP set table” on page 171
•
“PIM RP candidate table” on page 172
Name, OID, and Syntax snPimJoinPruneInterval brcdIp.1.2.9.2.1
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Determines the number of seconds when periodic PIM Spare
Join/Prune messages are to be sent. These messages inform other PIM
Sparse Layer 3 Switches about clients who want to become receivers
(Join) or stop being receivers (Prune) for PIM Sparse groups.
Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds
Default: 60 seconds
PIM sparse: candidate BSR table
The Candidate Bootstrap Router (BSR) Table contains information about BSRs that can are candidates to be the active BSR for the domain. The Bootstrap Router (BSR) distributes
Rendezvous Point (RP) information to the other PIM Sparse routers within the domain. Each PIM
Sparse domain has one active BSR. For redundancy, you can configure ports on multiple routers as candidate BSRs. The PIM Sparse protocol uses an election process to select one of the candidate
BSRs as the active BSR for the domain. The BSR with the highest BSR priority is elected. If the priorities result in a tie, then the candidate BSR interface with the highest IP address is elected.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
PIM
Name, OID, and Syntax snPimCandidateBSRTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2
snPimCandidateBSREntry brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1
snPimCandidateBSRPortID brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snPimCandidateBSRIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snPimCandidateBSRHashMaskLen brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer snPimCandidateBSRPreference brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The Candidate Bootstrap Router Table.
An entry in the Candidate Bootstrap Router Table.
Read-write Identifies the IP address of the PIM interface:
•
Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number.
•
Bit 8 to bit 11– Slot number.
Read only Shows the unicast address of the candidate BSR.
Valid values: 1 – 32.
Read-write Indicates the hash mask value for this Layer 3 Switch as a candidate bootstrap router.
Read-write Indicates the preference value for this Layer 3 Switch as a candidate bootstrap router.
Valid values: 0 – 255
Default: 100
PIM RP set table
The PIM RP Set Table contains information about candidate Rendezvous Points (RPs) for IP multicast groups. When the local Layer 3 Switch is the BSR, this information is obtained from the advertisements received from the Candidate-RP. When the local Layer 3 Switch is not the BSR, this information is obtained from the received RP-Set messages.
Name, OID, and Syntax snPimRPSetTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3
snPimRPSetEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1
snPimRPSetGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snPimRPSetMask brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snPimRPSetIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snPimRPSetHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The PIM RP Set Table
An entry in the PIM RP Set Table
Read only Shows the IP multicast group address. This object plus the snPimRPSetGroupMask, form the group prefix for the Candidate-RP.
Read only Shows the IP multicast group address. This object plus the
object form the group prefix for the
Candidate-RP.
Read only Shows the IP address of the Candidate-RP.
Read only Shows the holdtime, in seconds, of a Candidate-RP. If the local router is not the BSR, this value is 0.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
171
DVMRP
PIM RP candidate table
The PIM Rendezvous Point Table listing the IP multicast groups for which the local router is to advertise itself as a Candidate-RP. If this table is empty, then the local router will advertise itself as a Candidate-RP for all groups snPimEnable must be "enabled" before this table is read or written.
Name, OID, and Syntax snPimCandidateRPTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4
snPimCandidateRPEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1
snPimCandidateRPGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snPimCandidateRPMask brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snPimCandidateRPIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snPimCandidateRPRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The PIM RP Candidate Table
An entry the PIM RP Candidate Table
Read only Shows the IP multicast group address. This object combined with the snPimCandidateRPGroupMask object forms the group prefix for which the local router will advertise itself as a Candidate-RP.
Read only Shows the multicast group address mask. This object combined with snPimCandidateRPGroupMask forms the group prefix for which the local router will advertise itself as a Candidate-RP.
Read-write Indicates the unicast IP address of the interface that will be advertised as a Candidate-RP.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
DVMRP
172
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP) is one of the multicast routing protocol supported in Layer 3 Switches.
The objects in this section apply to the DVMRP feature, if that feature is enabled in the Layer 3
Switch. For additional information on DVMRP, refer to the configuration guide for a product.
The following sections present the objects and tables for configuring DVMRP:
•
“Global DVMRP objects” on page 173
•
“DVMRP virtual interface table” on page 174
•
“DVMRP neighbor table” on page 175
•
“DVMRP route table” on page 176
•
“DVMRP routing next hop table” on page 177
•
“DVMRP virtual interface statistics table” on page 178
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
DVMRP
Global DVMRP objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snDvmrpVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString snDvmrpEnable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.2
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpGenerationId brcdIp.1.2.5.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snDvmrpProbeInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.4
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpReportInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.5
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpTriggerInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.6
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpNeighborRouterTi meout brcdIp.1.2.5.1.7
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpRouteExpireTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.8
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpRouteDiscardTim e brcdIp.1.2.5.1.9
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpPruneAge brcdIp.1.2.5.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Description
Shows the DVMRP version in the Layer 3 Switch. There can be up to
255 characters in this object.
Read-write Indicates if DVMRP is enabled on this Layer 3 Switch:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0)
Read only Shows the generation identifier for the routing process. This is used by neighboring Layer 3 Switches to determine if pruning information should be resent.
Read-write Defines how often neighbor probe messages are sent to the
ALL-DVMRP-ROUTERS IP multicast group address. A Layer 3 Switch’s probe message lists those neighbor DVMRP routers from which it has received probes.
Valid values: 5 – 30 seconds
Default: 10 seconds
Read-write Defines how often Layer 3 Switches propagate their complete routing tables to other DVMRP neighbor routers.
Valid values: 10 –2000 seconds
Default: 60 seconds
Read-write Defines how often trigger updates, which reflect changes in the network topology, are sent. For example, changes in a network topology, including router up or down, or changes in the metric, would cause trigger updates to be sent.
Valid values: 5 –30 seconds
Default: 5 seconds
Read-write Specifies the how long a router waits before it determines that an attached DVMRP neighbor router as down.
Valid values: 40 – 8000 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
Read-write Defines how long a route is considered valid in the absence of the next route update.
Valid values: 20 – 4000 seconds
Default: 200 seconds
Read-write Defines how long a router waits before it deletes a route.
Valid values: 40 – 8000 seconds
Default: 340 seconds
Read-write Defines how long a prune state will remain in effect for a source-routed multicast tree. After the prune age period expires, flooding will resume.
Valid values: 20 – 3600 seconds
Default: 180 seconds
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
173
174
DVMRP
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpGraftRetransmitTi me brcdIp.1.2.5.1.11
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpDefaultRoute brcdIp.1.2.5.1.12
Syntax: IpAddress
Read-write Defines how long a router that is sending a graft message will wait for a the first graft acknowledgement from an upstream router before re-transmitting that message. Subsequent retransmissions are sent at an interval twice that of the preceding interval.
Valid values: 5 – 3600 seconds
Default: 10 seconds
Read-write This is the IP address of a router that is connected to one of the directly attached subnet. If a multicast route is not present on the local router, this default route will be used for multicast forwarding.
must be set to “enabled” before this object can be written.
DVMRP virtual interface table
The DVMRP Virtual Interface Table contains the router’s DVMRP virtual interfaces.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpVInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13
snDvmrpVInterfaceEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1
None The DVMRP Virtual Interface Table
None An entry in the The DVMRP Virtual Interface Table.
This row augments ipMRouteInterfaceEntry in the IP Multicast
MIB, where the threshold object resides.
Read only The ifIndex value of this DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.1
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpVInterfaceType brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.2
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpVInterfaceOperState brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.3
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpVInterfaceLocalAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snDvmrpVInterfaceRemoteAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.5
Syntax: IpAddress snDvmrpVInterfaceRemoteSubnet
Mask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.6
Syntax: IpAddress
Read-write Indicates the type of this DVMRP virtual interface:
• tunnel(1) – Tunnel interface, for which the interface is a querier.
• subnet(3) – Physical interface, for which the interface is not a querier.
Read only
Read-write
Shows the current state of this DVMRP virtual interface:
•
• up(1) down(2)
Shows the IP address of the local end of this DVMRP virtual interface.
Read-write Shows the IP address of the remote end of this DVMRP virtual interface.
For a tunnel, enter the IP address of the neighboring router.
For a subnet, enter the subnet address.
Read only Shows the subnet mask for a directly connected subnet. For a tunnel, this should be 0.0.0.0.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
DVMRP
Name, OID, and Syntax snDvmrpVInterfaceMetric brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.7
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpVInterfaceTtlThreshold brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.8
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpVInterfaceAdvertiseLocal brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.9
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpVInterfaceEncapsulation brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.10
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpVInterfaceStatus brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.11
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Defines the distance metric for this DVMRP virtual interface.
The router uses the metric when establishing reverse paths to some networks on directly attached interfaces.
Valid values: 1 – 31 hops
Default: 1
Read-write Defines the minimum value required in a packet in order for the packet to be forwarded out of the interface. For example, if the TTL for an interface is set at 10, then only those packets with a TTL value of 10 or more are forwarded. Likewise, if an interface is configured with a TTL Threshold value of 1, all packets received on that interface are forwarded.
Valid values: 1 – 64
Default: 1
Read-write Determines if advertising of this local route is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if the encapsulation of the DVMRP control packets when using IPINIP encapsulation is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0)
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
DVMRP neighbor table
The DVMRP Neighbor Table lists the router’s DVMRP neighbors, as discovered by the receiving
Neighbor Probe messages.
Name, OID, and Syntax snDvmrpNeighborTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14
snDvmrpNeighborEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1
snDvmrpNeighborEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.1
Syntax: Integer32
Access
None
None
Description
The DVMRP Neighbor Table.
An entry in the DVMRP Neighbor Table.
Read only The table entry index.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
175
176
DVMRP
Name, OID, and Syntax snDvmrpNeighborVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snDvmrpNeighborAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snDvmrpNeighborUpTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.4
Syntax: Time ticks snDvmrpNeighborExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.5
Syntax: Time ticks snDvmrpNeighborGenerationId brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.6
Syntax: Integer32 snDvmrpNeighborMajorVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.7
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpNeighborMinorVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.8
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpNeighborCapabilities brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.9
Syntax: Integer32
Access Description
Read only The value of VifIndex for the virtual interface used to reach this
DVMRP neighbor.
Read only Shows the IP address of the DVMRP neighbor for which this entry contains information.
Read only Shows the last time since this DVMRP neighbor became a neighbor of the local router.
Read only Shows the number of seconds remaining before this DVMRP neighbor will be aged out.
Read only Shows the neighboring router’s generation identifier.
Read only Shows the neighboring router’s major DVMRP version number.
Valid values: 0 – 255
Read only Shows the neighboring router’s minor DVMRP version number.
Valid values: 0 – 255
Read only Describes the neighboring router’s capabilities. The following shows the position of each bit:
Bit position and Meaning
3: trace bit. If on, neighbor can handle mtrace requests
2: generationID bit. If on, the neighbor sends its generationID in Probe messages
1: prune bit. If on, the neighbor supports pruning
0: leaf bit. If on, the neighbor has only one interface with other neighbors
DVMRP route table
DVMRP uses a routing table instead of the unicast routing table. The DVMRP Route Table contains information on the DVMRP source and destination routes.
Name, OID, and Syntax snDvmrpRouteTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15
snDvmrpRouteEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1
snDvmrpRouteEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snDvmrpRouteSource brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress
Access
None
None
Description
The DVMRP Route Table
An entry in the DVMRP Route Table
Read only The table entry index.
Read only Shows the network address of the source. This object plus the
value of the “snDvmrpRouteSourceMask” object identifies the
sources of this entry.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
DVMRP
Name, OID, and Syntax snDvmrpRouteSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snDvmrpRouteUpstreamNeighbor brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snDvmrpRouteVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.5
Syntax: Integer32 snDvmrpRouteMetric brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.6
Syntax: Integer32 snDvmrpRouteExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.7
Syntax: Time ticks
Access Description
Read only Shows the network mask of the source. This object plus the value
object identifies the sources of this entry.
Read only Shows the address of the upstream neighbor (for example, RPF neighbor) from which IP datagrams were received.
Read only The value of snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex for the virtual interface on which IP datagrams sent by these sources are received.
Read only Shows the number of hops to the source subnet.
Read only Shows the amount of time remaining before this entry will be aged out.
DVMRP routing next hop table
The DVMRP Routing Next Hop Table contains information on the next hop for routing IP multicast datagrams.
Name, OID, and Syntax snDvmrpRouteNextHopTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16
snDvmrpRouteNextHopEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1
snDvmrpRouteNextHopSource brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snDvmrpRouteNextHopSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snDvmrpRouteNextHopVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snDvmrpRouteNextHopType brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
The DVMRP Routing Next Hop Table
An entry the DVMRP Routing Next Hop Table.
Shows the network mask of the source. This object plus the
“snDvmrpRouteNextHopSourceMask” object identify the
source of the next hop.
Shows the network mask of the source. This object plus the
object identify the sources of the next hop.
The snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex value of the virtual interface for the outgoing interface for this next hop.
Identifies the type of router for the next hop:
• leaf(1) – There are no neighbors at the next hop
• branch(2) – Neighbors are attached to the next hop
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
177
178
DVMRP
DVMRP virtual interface statistics table
The DVMRP Virtual Interface Statistics Table provides information about the DVMRP routes.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpVIfStatTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17
snDvmrpVIfStatEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1
snDvmrpVIfStatVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.1
Syntax: Integer snDvmrpVIfStatInPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.2
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatOutPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.3
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatInOctets brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.4
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatOutOctets brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatInProbePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.6
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatOutProbePkt s brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.7
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardProbe
Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.8
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatInRtUpdateP kts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.9
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatOutRtUpdate
Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.10
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardRtUp datePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.11
Syntax: Counter32
None
None
The DVMRP Virtual Interface Statistics Table
An entry in the DVMRP Virtual Interface Statistics Table
Read only The ifIndex value of this DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of octets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of octets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of probe packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of probe packets that have been sent on the
DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of probe packets that have been discarded by the
DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of route update packets that have arrived on the
DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of route update packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of route update packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
DVMRP
Name, OID, and Syntax snDvmrpVIfStatInGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.12
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatOutGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.13
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardGraft
Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.14
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatInGraftAckPk ts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.15
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatOutGraftAck
Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.16
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardGraft
AckPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.17
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatInPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.18
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatOutPrunePkt s brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.19
Syntax: Counter32 snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardPrun ePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.20
Syntax: Counter32
Access Description
Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have been sent on the
DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have been discarded by the
DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have been sent on the
DVMRP virtual interface.
Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have been discarded by the
DVMRP virtual interface.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
179
DVMRP
180 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VLANs
Chapter
14
In this chapter
•
•
VLAN by port membership table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
•
•
VLAN by protocol configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
•
VLAN by IP subnet configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
•
v VLAN by IPX network configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
•
VLAN by port membership table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
•
VLAN by port membership table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
•
VLAN by port information table
The following table applies to a Layer 2 devices if the object
“snSwGroupOperMode” on page 62
is configured with a value of vlanByPort(2), allowing switch ports to be configured with a VLAN ID.
Each VLAN switch port could have a number of VLAN IDs.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1
snVLanByPortEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1
snVLanByPortVLanIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
The VLAN by Port Information Table for Layer 2 switches.
An entry in the VLAN By Port Information table.
snVLanByPortVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.2
snVLanByPortPortMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.3
Syntax: PortMask
Read-write
Read-write
Shows the index to this table.
The VLAN ID number must not be greater than the value of the
object “snVLanGroupVlanMaxEntry” on page 64 . Each VLAN
Identifier can be a member of multiple ports.
The VLAN ID index to the this table. Each VLAN Identifier can be a member of multiple ports.
Valid values: 1 – 4095.
Applies only to ServerIron Stackable devices.
Shows the standalone switch VLAN port membership. This object was obsoleted for Chassis devices.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
181
182
VLAN by port information table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortQos brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortStpPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write snVLanByPortStpGroupMax
Age brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVLanByPortStpGroupHell o Time brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Shows the QoS settings for the devices.
For Stackable device, the values can be one of the following:
• low(0) – low priority
• high(1) – high priority
For Chassis devices, the value can be one of the following:
• level0(0)
• level1(1)
• level2(2)
• level3(3)
• level4(4)
• level5(5)
• level6(6)
• level7(7)
Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Shows the value of the dot1dStpPriority, which is the first two octets of the STP bridge ID. The STP bridge ID is eight octets long. This object contains the writable portion of the bridge ID.
The last six octets are contained in the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress of the object “snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAddress”.
Valid values: 1 – 65535.
Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is the last six octets or the STP bridge ID. All bridges use this object for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root.
NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime in the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupHelloTime”.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
(Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.)
Valid values: 6 – 40.
Shows the value of the dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime, which is the value used by all bridges when this bridge is acting as the root.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB).
Valid values: 1 – 10
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VLAN by port information table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVLanByPortStpGroupForw ardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVLanByPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read only
Description
Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value used by all bridges for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root.
NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is in
the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupMaxAge”
.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB).
Valid values: 2 –30.
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Activates the VLAN entry and sets it to running mode.
• notActivated(0) – The VLAN entry is not activated and not in running mode
• activated(1) – The VLAN entry is activated and in running mode
Default: notActivated(0)
Indicates the number of ports controlled by this bridging entity.
snVLanByPortBaseNumPort s brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortBaseType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.13
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only snVLanByPortStpProtocolSp ecification brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.14
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. If a bridge is actually performing a certain type of bridging this will be indicated by entries in the port table for the given type.
• unknown(1)
• transparent-only(2)
• sourceroute-only(3)
• srt(4)
Shows what version of STP is being run:
• unknown(1)
• decLb100(2) – Indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 Spanning
Tree protocol
• ieee8021d(3) – Returns "ieee8021d(3)". If future versions of the IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol are released that are incompatible with the current version, a new value will be defined.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
183
184
VLAN by port information table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortStpMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.15
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only snVLanByPortStpHelloTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.16
Syntax: Timeout
Read only snVLanByPortStpHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.17
Syntax: Integer32
Read only snVLanByPortStpForwardDe lay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.18
Syntax: Timeout
Read only
Description
Shows the value of dot1dStpMaxAge, which is the maximum age that the STP information can exist before it is discarded. The STP information is the information learned from the network. The value of this object is in hundredths of a second, and is the actual value that this bridge is currently using.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the value of dot1dStpHelloTime, which is the interval between the transmission of Configuration bridge PDUs by this node. This value applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using.
This value is in hundredths of a second.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the value of dot1dStpHoldTime, which is the interval when no more than two configuration bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. The interval is in units of hundredths of a second.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the value of dot1dStpForwardDelay, which is the time that controls how long a port stays in the listening and learning states as its spanning state moves towards the forwarding state.
This value is also used when a topology change has been detected and is underway. The value is used to age all dynamic entries in the
Forwarding Database.
This value is the one that this bridge is currently using, in contrast to dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay in the object
“snVLanByPortStpGroupForwardDelay”, which is the value that this bridge and all others would start using when this bridge becomes the root.
This time value is in hundredths of a second,
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the time since the last time the bridge detected a topology change. This time is in hundredths of a second.
snVLanByPortStpTimeSince
TopologyChange brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.19
Syntax: Time ticks snVLanByPortStpTopChang es brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.20
Syntax: Counter32 snVLanByPortStpRootCost brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.21
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortStpRootPort brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.22
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortStpDesignate dRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.23
Syntax: BridgeId
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Shows the total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
Shows the value of dot1dStpRootCost, which is the cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the value of dot1dStpRootPort, which is the number of the port that offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the value of dot1dStpDesignatedRoot, which is the bridge ID of the root of the spanning tree as determined by STP as executed by this node. This value is used as the Root Identifier parameter in all Configuration Bridge PDUs originated by this node.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VLAN by port membership table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.25
Syntax: DisplayString snVLanByPortRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.26
Syntax: Integer32
Access snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAd dress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.24
Syntax: BridgeId
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Indicates the value of the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress, which is the
MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to in a unique fashion.
It is recommended that this is the smallest MAC address of all ports that belong to this bridge; however it must be unique. When concatenated with dot1dStpPriority a unique BridgeIdentifier is formed which is used in the STP.
Indicates the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters.
Is optional and applies only to routers.
It shows the ID of the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN.
If an SNMP-Get value is zero, then this object was not configured.
Valid values: 1 – 60.
VLAN by port membership table
The following table is the Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) port membership table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortMemberTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6
snVLanByPortMemberEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1
snVLanByPortMemberVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortMemberPortId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.2
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortMemberRowStat us brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
This table is used to create or delete a port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) entry.
An entry in the Port VLAN Port Membership table.
Read only The VLAN identifier (VLAN ID).
Valid values: 1 – 4095 VLAN IDs.
Read only The ifIndex which is a member of the port VLAN.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• other(1) – Some other case
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
185
Port VLAN configuration table
Port VLAN configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7
snVLanByPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1
snVLanByPortCfgVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgQos brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.2
Syntax: PortQosTC snVLanByPortCfgStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.3
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.4
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpGroup
MaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.5
Syntax: Integer32
Access
None
None
Description
The Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) configuration table.
An entry of the port VLAN configuration table.
Read-write The VLAN ID index to this table. Each VLAN Identifier can be a member of multiple ports.
Valid values: 1 – 4095.
Read-write Shows the quality of service settings for the devices.
For Stackable devices, the values can be one of the following:
• low(0) – low priority
• high(1) – high priority
For Chassis devices, the value can be one of the following:
• level0(0)
• level1(1)
• level2(2)
• level3(3)
• level4(4)
• level5(5)
• level6(6)
• level7(7)
Read-write Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPriority, which is the first two octets of the STP or RSTP bridge ID. The STP and RSTP bridge IDs are eight octets long. This object contains the writable portion of the bridge ID.
The last six octets are contained in the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress of the object “snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAddress.”
Valid values: 1 – 65535.
Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is the last six octets or the STP or RSTP bridge ID. All bridges use this object for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root.
NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime in the object
“snVLanByPortStpGroupHelloTime”.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
(Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.)
Valid values: 6 – 40.
186 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Port VLAN configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgStpGroup
Hello Time brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.6
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpGroupF orwardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.7
Syntax: Integer32
Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime, which is the value used by all bridges when this bridge is acting as the root.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Valid values: 1 – 10
Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value used by all bridges for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root.
NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is in the
object “snVLanByPortStpGroupMaxAge”
.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
snVLanByPortCfgBaseNum
Ports brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.8
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortCfgBaseType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.9
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpProtoc olSpecification brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.10
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpMaxAg e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.11
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpHelloTi me brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.12
Syntax: Timeout
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB).
Read only The number of ports controlled by this bridging entity.
Read only Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. If a bridge is actually performing a certain type of bridging this will be indicated by entries in the port table for the given type.
• unknown(1),
•
transparentOnly(2),
•
sourcerouteOnly(3),
•
srt(4))
Read only Shows what version of STP is being run:
• unknown(1)
• decLb100(2) – Indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 Spanning Tree protocol
• ieee8021d(3) – Return "ieee8021d(3)". If future versions of the
IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol are released that are incompatible with the current version, a new value will be defined.
Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpMaxAge, which is the maximum age that the STP information can exist before it is discarded. The STP information is learned from the network. The value of this object is in hundredths of a second, and is the actual value that this bridge is currently using.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpHelloTime, which is the interval between the transmission of Configuration bridge PDUs by this node. This value applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using.
This value is in hundredths of a second.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
187
188
Port VLAN configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortCfgStpHoldTi me brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.13
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortCfgStpForwar dDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.14
Syntax: Timeout
Access Description
Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpHoldTime, which is the interval when no more than two Configuration bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. The interval is in units of hundredths of a second.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpForwardDelay, which controls how fast a port changes its spanning state when moving towards the forwarding state. The value determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state. This value is also used, when a topology change has been detected and is underway, to age all dynamic entries in the forwarding database.
NOTE: This value is the one that this bridge is currently using in contrast to dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value that this bridge and all others would start using should this bridge become the root.
This value is measured in hundredths of a second.
snVLanByPortCfgStpTimeSi nceTopologyChange brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.15
Syntax: Time ticks snVLanByPortCfgStpTopCha nges brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.16
Syntax: Counter32 snVLanByPortCfgStpRootCo st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.17
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortCfgStpRootPo rt brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.18
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortCfgStpDesign atedRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.19
Syntax: BridgeId
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Read only Shows the time since the last topology change was detected by the bridge entity. This time is in hundredths of a second.
Read only Shows the total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootCost, which is the cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootPort, which is the port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgBaseBridg eAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.20
Syntax: MAC address snVLanByPortCfgVLanNam e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.21
Syntax: DisplayString
Read only Shows the dot1dStpDesignatedRoot, which is the bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as determined by the Spanning Tree
Protocol as executed by this node. This value is used as the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs originated by this node.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Read only Shows the MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to in a unique fashion. It is recommended that this be the numerically smallest MAC address of all ports that belong to this bridge, however, it is only required to be unique. When concatenated with dot1dStpPriority a unique bridge identifier is formed which is used in the Spanning Tree Protocol.
Read-write Shows the name of the VLAN community string.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VLAN by protocol configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.22
Syntax: Integer32 snVLanByPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.23
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.24
Syntax: Integer
Supported on FES, FWSX, and FastIron SuperX software releases 02.2.00 and later
Read-write This object is optional. It identifies the virtual interface for the router to the VLAN, and applies only to the router. If an SNMP-Get value is zero, that means this object was not configured.
Read-write Determines whether or not the VLAN will be deleted:
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
Read-write Shows the version of Spanning Tree Protocol the bridge is currently running.
• stpCompatible(0) – STP (IEEE 802.1D)
• rstp(2) – RSTP (IEEE 802.1w)
VLAN by protocol configuration table
The following table applies to protocol VLANs.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByProtocolTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2
snVLanByProtocolEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1
snVLanByProtocolVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.1
snVLanByProtocolIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer snVLanByProtocolDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer snVLanByProtocolStaticMas k brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.4
Syntax: PortMask
Access
None
None
Description
The VLAN by Protocol Configuration Table.
An entry in the VLAN By Protocol Configuration Table.
Read only Shows the VLAN ID index to both the VLAN By Port Info Table and this table.
Read only Shows the protocol used by this VLAN.
The following IP/IPX protocols are used by VLANs in Layer 3 VLAN:
•
IP(1)
•
IPX(2)
The following protocols are used in Layer 2 bridging:
• appleTalk(3)
• decNet(4)
• netBios(5)
• others(6) – other protocols which are defined here.
Read-write Applies to only to switches.
Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Applies to ServerIron stackable devices. It indicates the standalone switch Protocol VLAN port membership (portmask) applied in static mode.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
189
VLAN by IP subnet configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByProtocolExcludeMa sk brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.5
Syntax: PortMask snVLanByProtocolRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.6
Syntax: Integer snVLanByProtocolVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.12
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-write Applies to ServerIron stackable devices. It indicates the standalone switch Protocol VLAN port membership (portmask) applied in exclusive mode.
Read-write Applies to routers only and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN.
This object is not configured if an SNMP-Get is equal to zero
Read-write Shows the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters.
VLAN by IP subnet configuration table
The following table applies to protocol VLANs that use the IP routing protocol.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByIpSubnetTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3
snVLanByIpSubnetEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1
snVLanByIpSubnetVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.1Syntax:
Integer snVLanByIpSubnetIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snVLanByIpSubnetSubnetMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snVLanByIpSubnetDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.4
Syntax: Integer snVLanByIpSubnetRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.7
Syntax: Integer snVLanByIpSubnetRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
The VLAN by IP Subnet Configuration Table.
An entry in the VLAN By IP Subnet Configuration table
Shows the VLAN ID index to both of the VLAN By Port Info Table and this table. Valid values: 1 - 4095
Shows the IP address for the subnet of the protocol-based IP
VLAN.
Subnet mask associated with the subnet IP address.
Read-write Applies only to switches. Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled:odisabled(0)oenabled(1)
Read-write Applies only to routers and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN.Valid values: 0 - 60. It is not configured if an SNMP-Get is equal to zero.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) - Delete the row
• create(4) - Create a new row
• modify(5) - Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a
SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error.
Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) - No such row
• invalid(1) - Row is inoperative
• valid(2) - Row exists and is valid
190 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VLAN by IPX network configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByIpSubnetChassisStatic
Mask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.10
Syntax: Octet string snVLanByIpSubnetChassisExclu deMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.11
Syntax: Octet string snVLanByIpSubnetChassisDyna micMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.12
Syntax: Octet string snVLanByIpSubnetVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.13
Syntax: Display string snVLanByIpSubnetStaticPortLis tfdry.1.1.3.2.3.1.14
Syntax: Octet string
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
This object has 32 octets. It is replaced by the object
"snVLanByIpSubnetStaticPortList" in later releases.It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in static mode.
This object has 32 octets.It is replaced by the object
"snVLanByIpSubnetExcludePortList" in later releases. It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in exclusive mode.
This object has 32 octets.It is replaced by the object
"snVLanByIpSubnetDynamicPortList" in later releases. It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in exclusive mode.
Shows the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snVLanByIpSubnetExcludePortLi st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.15
Syntax: Octet string snVLanByIpSubnetDynamicPortL ist brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.16
Syntax: Octet string
Read-write This object is an index of ports that are the configured to be members of the VLAN by IP Subnet. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number.
Read-write This object is an index of ports that are excluded from port membership of the VLAN by IP Subnet. Each port index is a
16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number.
Read only This object is an index of ports that can dynamically join the port membership of the VLAN By IP Subnet. Each port index is a
16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number.
VLAN by IPX network configuration table
The following table applies to protocol VLANs that use the IPX routing protocol. Unless otherwise stated in the object description, all objects in this table apply to all devices.
The remaining objects for IP are presented in the chapter “IPX” on page 297 .
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByIpxNetTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4
snVLanByIpxNetEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1 snVLanByIpxNetVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVLanByIpxNetNetworkNum brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.2
Syntax: OctetString
Access
None
None
Description
An entry of the VLAN By IPX Network Number Table.
An entry in the VLAN by IPX Network Configuration table.
Read only The VLAN ID index to both of the VLAN By Port Info Table and this table.
Valid values: 1 – 4095.
Read only Shows the IPX Network Number. This object has four octets.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
191
192
VLAN by IPX network configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByIpxNetFrameType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.3
Syntax: Integer snVLanByIpxNetDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Shows the frame type for the Layer 3 VLAN:
• notApplicable(0) – If none of the options below is selected
• ipxEthernet8022(1)
• ipxEthernet8023(2)
• ipxEthernetII(3)
• ipxEthernetSnap(4)
Each IPX Network Number must be assigned with one unique
Frame type; otherwise an SNMP-SET error will be returned.
Read-write Applies only to switches. Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Applies only to stackable ServerIron products. It shows the VLAN by
IPX network port membership applied in static mode. snVLanByIpxNetStaticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.5
Syntax: PortMask snVLanByIpxNetExcludeMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.6
Syntax: PortMask snVLanByIpxNetRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Applies only to stackable ServerIron products. It shows the VLAN by
IPX network port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpxNetRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.8
Syntax: Integer snVLanByIpxNetDynamicMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.9
Syntax: PortMask
Read-write Applies only to routers and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN.
Valid values: 0 – 60; however, if this object is not configured if an
SNMP-Get is equal to zero.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Applies only to stackable ServerIron products. It shows the VLAN By
IPX network active port membership.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VLAN by port membership table
VLAN by port membership table
The following table is the Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) port membership table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVlanByPortMemberTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6
snVLanByPortMemberEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1
snVLanByPortMemberVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortMemberPortId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.2
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortMemberRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
This table is used to create or delete a port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) entry.
An entry in the Port VLAN Port Membership table.
Read only The VLAN identifier (VLAN ID).
Valid values: 1 – 4095 VLAN IDs.
Read only The ifIndex which is a member of the port VLAN.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• other(1) – Some other case
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Port VLAN configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7
snVLanByPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1
snVLanByPortCfgVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read-write
Description
The Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) configuration table.
An entry of the port VLAN configuration table.
The VLAN ID index to this table. Each VLAN Identifier can be a member of multiple ports.
Valid values: 1 – 4095.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
193
194
Port VLAN configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVLanByPortCfgQos brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write snVLanByPortCfgStpMod e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.3
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpPrior ity brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write snVLanByPortCfgStpGrou pMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVLanByPortCfgStpGrou pHello Time brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Shows the quality of service settings for the devices.
For Stackable devices, the values can be one of the following:
• low(0) – low priority
• high(1) – high priority
For Chassis devices, the value can be one of the following:
• level0(0)
• level1(1)
• level2(2)
• level3(3)
• level4(4)
• level5(5)
• level6(6)
• level7(7)
Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Shows the value of the dot1dStpPriority, which is the first two octets of the STP or RSTP bridge ID. The STP and RSTP bridge IDs are eight octets long. This object contains the writable portion of the bridge ID.
The last six octets are contained in the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress of the object “snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAddress.”
Valid values: 1 – 65535.
Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is the last six octets or the STP or RSTP bridge ID. All bridges use this object for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root.
NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime in the object
“snVLanByPortStpGroupHelloTime”.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
(Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.)
Valid values: 6 – 40.
Shows the value of the dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime, which is the value used by all bridges when this bridge is acting as the root.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Valid values: 1 – 10
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Port VLAN configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVLanByPortCfgStpGrou pForwardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value used by all bridges for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root.
NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is in the
object “snVLanByPortStpGroupMaxAge”
.
The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB).
Valid values: 2 – 30.
The number of ports controlled by this bridging entity.
snVLanByPortCfgBaseNu mPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.8
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgBaseTyp e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read-only
Read-only snVLanByPortCfgStpProt ocolSpecification brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Read-only snVLanByPortCfgStpMax
Age brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.11
Syntax: Integer
Read-only snVLanByPortCfgStpHell oTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.12
Syntax: Timeout
Read-only snVLanByPortCfgStpHold
Time brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.13
Syntax: Integer
Read-only
Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. If a bridge is actually performing a certain type of bridging this will be indicated by entries in the port table for the given type.
• unknown(1)
• transparent-only(2)
• sourceroute-only(3)
• srt(4)
Shows what version of STP is being run:
• unknown(1)
• decLb100(2) – Indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 Spanning Tree protocol
• ieee8021d(3) – Return "ieee8021d(3)". If future versions of the
IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol are released that are incompatible with the current version, a new value will be defined.
Shows the value of dot1dStpMaxAge, which is the maximum age that the STP information can exist before it is discarded. The STP information is learned from the network. The value of this object is in hundredths of a second, and is the actual value that this bridge is currently using.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the value of dot1dStpHelloTime, which is the interval between the transmission of Configuration bridge PDUs by this node. This value applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using.
This value is in hundredths of a second.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the value of dot1dStpHoldTime, which is the interval when no more than two Configuration bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. The interval is in units of hundredths of a second.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
195
196
Port VLAN configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVLanByPortCfgStpForw ardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.14
Syntax: Timeout
Read-only
Description
Shows the value of dot1dStpForwardDelay, which controls how fast a port changes its spanning state when moving towards the forwarding state. The value determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state. This value is also used, when a topology change has been detected and is underway, to age all dynamic entries in the forwarding database.
NOTE: This value is the one that this bridge is currently using in contrast to dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value that this bridge and all others would start using should this bridge become the root.
This value is measured in hundredths of a second.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the time since the last topology change was detected by the bridge entity. This time is in hundredths of a second. snVLanByPortCfgStpTime
SinceTopologyChange brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.15
Syntax: Time ticks snVLanByPortCfgStpTopC hanges brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.16
Syntax: Counter snVLanByPortCfgStpRoot
Cost brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.17
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpRoot
Port brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.18
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgStpDesi gnatedRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.19
Syntax: BridgeId snVLanByPortCfgBaseBri dgeAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.20
Syntax: MAC address
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only snVLanByPortCfgVLanNa me brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.21
Syntax: DisplayString snVLanByPortCfgRouterI ntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.22
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Shows the total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
Shows the value of dot1dStpRootCost, which is the cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the value of dot1dStpRootPort, which is the port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the dot1dStpDesignatedRoot, which is the bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as determined by the Spanning Tree
Protocol as executed by this node. This value is used as the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs originated by this node.
(Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.)
Shows the MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to in a unique fashion. It is recommended that this be the numerically smallest MAC address of all ports that belong to this bridge, however, it is only required to be unique. When concatenated with dot1dStpPriority a unique bridge identifier is formed which is used in the Spanning Tree Protocol.
Shows the name of the VLAN community string.
Valid values: Up to 32 characters.
This object is optional. It identifies the virtual interface for the router to the VLAN, and applies only to the router. If an SNMP-Get value is zero, that means this object was not configured.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Port VLAN configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVLanByPortCfgRowStat us brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.23
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVLanByPortCfgStpVersi on brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.24
Syntax: Integer snVLanByPortCfgInOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.25
Syntax: Counter64
Read-write
Read-only
Description
Determines whether or not the VLAN will be deleted:
• other(1)
• valid(2)
• delete(3)
Shows the version of Spanning Tree Protocol the bridge is currently running.
• stpCompatible(0) – STP (IEEE 802.1D)
• rstp(2) – RSTP (IEEE 802.1w)
The number of bytes received on this VLAN. This can be used as the per VE router, if there is one-to-one map for VLAN-VE.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
197
Port VLAN configuration table
198 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Router Redundancy Protocols
Chapter
15
In this chapter
•
About router redundancy protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
•
•
•
•
•
VRRP virtual router parameters tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
•
•
•
About router redundancy protocols
The objects in this chapter are for the following protocols:
•
Foundry Standby Routing Protocol (FSRP) allows alternate paths to be provided to a host using a virtual router. FSRP is a proprietary router redundancy protocol that was available on devices before the other router redundancy protocols. The protocol has been retired in B2R flash images.
•
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) is a standard router redundancy protocol described in RFC 2338. VRRP is a protocol that provides redundancy to routers within a LAN. VRRP allows you to provide alternate router paths for a host without changing the IP address or MAC address by which the host knows its gateway. The VRRP feature is available in Layer 3
Switches. (Refer to the sections
“VRRP global variables” on page 202
, “VRRP interface tables” on page 203
, and “VRRP virtual router parameters tables” on page 204
.)
•
VRRP Extended (VRRPE) is an enhanced version of VRRP that overcomes limitations in the standard protocol. The VRRPE feature is also available in Layer 3 Switches. (Refer to the
sections “VRRP global variables” on page 202 ,
“VRRP interface tables” on page 203 , and
“VRRP virtual router parameters tables” on page 204 .)
•
Virtual Switch Redundancy Protocol (VSRP), which is a proprietary protocol that provides redundancy and sub-second failover in Layer 2 and Layer 3 mesh topologies. Based on the
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRPE), VSRP provides one or more backups for a Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch. If the active Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch becomes unavailable, one of the backups takes over as the active device and continues forwarding traffic for the network. (Refer to
.)
NOTE
VRRP, VRRPE, and VSRP are separate protocols. You cannot use them together.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
199
FSRP objects
This chapter presents the objects for the protocols. Traps for FSRP and VRRP are discussed in the section
“Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 357 .
Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter.
FSRP objects
The Foundry Standby Routing Protocol (FSRP) allows alternate paths to be provided to a host. To provide path redundancy between given hosts, a virtual router is created. To create a virtual router, unique IP addresses are assigned to ports on existing routers in the network routers that could provide a path between the given hosts.
For more information on FSRP, refer to the configuration guide for a product. This chapter presents the objects for FSRP. You must determine if you device supports FSRP before using the MIB objects for FSRP traps.
This section presents the following objects:
•
“FSRP global variables” on page 200
•
“FSRP interface table” on page 200
FSRP global variables
The following object applies to all FSRP interfaces.
Name, OID, and Syntax snFsrpGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.2.7.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Description
Indicates if FSRP is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
NOTE: Do not enable both FSRP and VRRP. It is recommended that you use only one of these router redundancy protocols on a
Layer 3 Switch.
Default: disabled(0)
FSRP interface table
The FSRP Interface Table describes the configuration of FSRP interfaces.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFsrpIfTable brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1
snFsrpIfEntry brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1
snFsrpIfPort brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
None
None
Read only
The FSRP Interface Table.
An entry in the FSRP Interface Table.
Identifies the physical router port number of this FSRP interface.
200 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
FSRP objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snFsrpIfIpAddress brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snFsrpIfVirRtrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snFsrpIfOtherRtrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snFsrpIfPreferLevel brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snFsrpIfTrackPortMask brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.6
Syntax: PortMask
Access
Read only
Description
Identifies the IP address of the physical router port of this interface.
Read-write Identifies the IP address of the virtual router for the interface. The
Virtual Router IP address needs to be configured on the interface before the Redundant Router Function can operate on the interface. This address has to be same on all the routers that are going to participate in the Redundant Router Function on a given subnet.
Read-write Identifies the IP address of the other router on this IP subnet. The other router is the router that operates FSRP and to which the keep alive message needs to be sent by this router. This object must be configured in order for FSRP to work correctly
Read-write Decides which router should become the active router for the interface.
The active router is the one with the higher priority. A higher number indicates a higher priority.
Valid values: 1 – 255
Default: 100
Read-write This object specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each bit is a port of the system. Default value is 0. If this object is configured then the Preference Level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the Track Port.
The interface's Preference Level is reduced by value of Preference Level parameter when the Track Port states first changes from UP to DOWN.
When the Track Port next comes up the interface's Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level.
snFsrpIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer snFsrpIfState brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer snFsrpIfKeepAliveTime brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer
NOTE: The Standalone router FSRP Track port membership is not used for chassis product.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Specifies the state of the FSRP Router interface:
• init(0) – initialization state
• negotiating(1) – negotiating state
• standby(2) – standby state
• active(3) – active state
Read-write Defines the heartbeat of the interface.
Valid values: 1 – 120 seconds.
Default: 3 seconds
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
201
VRRP global variables
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFsrpIfRouterDeadTim e brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer snFsrpIfChassisTrackPor tMask brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.11
Syntax: OctetString snFsrpIfTrackPortList brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.12
Syntax: OctetString
Read-write Defines the hold time of the FSRP router.
Valid values: 3 – 255 seconds
Default: nine seconds
Read-write Applies only to chassis products.
For chassis products running Release 07.1.00, this object shows the chassis router FSRP Track port membership.
It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each bit is a port of the system.
Valid values: Up to 32 octets
Default: 0
If this object is configured, then the preference level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port. The
preference level is configured in the “snFsrpIfPreferLevel”
object. The interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter when the track port states first changes from UP to
DOWN. When the track port comes up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level.
Read-write Shows the router FSRP physical track port membership.
It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. 8-bit is the slot number, the other 8-bit is the port number.
Default: 0 length octet string
If this object is configured, then the preference level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port. The
preference level is configured in the “snFsrpIfPreferLevel”
object. The interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter when the track port states first changes from UP to
DOWN. When the track port comes up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level.
VRRP global variables
The following table contains the global objects that applies to VRRP, VRRPE, and VSRP protocol.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVrrpGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.2.12.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVrrpGroupOperModeVrrpextended brcdIp.1.2.12.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Indicates if VRRP is enabled for this system:
•
disabled(0) – Disable VRRP
•
enabled(1) – Activate VRRP
Default: disabled(0)
Available in IronWare software release 07.6.01.
Indicates if VRRPE is enabled on this device:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0)
202 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VRRP interface tables
VRRP interface tables
This section presents:
•
“VRRP interface table” on page 203
•
“VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2” on page 204
VRRP interface table
The objects in this section apply to VRRP, VRRPE, and VSRP, depending on which protocol is
enabled in the device. This table has been replaced by the “snVrrpIf2Table”
table, which is
presented in the “VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2” on page 204
This table has been deprecated.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snmaxTable brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1
snVrrpIfEntry brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1
snVrrpIfPort brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.1
snVrrpIfPort32 snVrrpIfAuthType brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.2
snVrrpIfPort
None
None
Read only
The VRRP Interface Table.
An entry in the VRRP Interface Table.
Shows the IP port of this VRRP interface.
snVrrpIfAuthPassword brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.3
Syntax: OctetString snVrrpIfRxHeaderErrCnt s brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.4
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpIfRxAuthTypeErrC nts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpIfRxAuthPwdMism atchErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.6
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpIfRxVridErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.7
Syntax: Counter32
Read-write
Read-write
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Indicates the authentication type of this interface.
• noAuth(0)
• simpleTextPasswd(1)
• ipAuthHeader(2)
Shows the simple text password for this interface. You can use a simple
text password if the object “snVrrpIfAuthType”
object is set to simpleTextPasswd(1).
Shows the number of VRRP or VRRPE packets received by the interface that had a header error.
Shows the number of VRRP or VRRPE packets received by the interface that had an authentication error.
Shows the number of VRRP or VRRPE packets received by the interface that had a password value that does not match the password used by the interface for authentication.
Shows the number of VRRP or VRRPE packets received by the interface that contained a VRID that is not configured on this interface.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
203
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2
The following table replaces the “snmaxTable”
(presented in the section
“VRRP interface table” on page 203
), which uses the slot/port number to index an entry. This new table uses the ifindex to present the configuration and statistics of VRRP and VRRPE interfaces. Each entry in the table describes one VRRP or VRRPE interface.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVrrpIf2Table brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1
snVrrpIf2Entry brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1
snVrrpIf2AuthType brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The VRRP and VRRPE table 2 for interfaces, using the ifindex
An entry in the table
Read-write The authentication type of the interface:
• noAuth(0)
• simpleTextPasswd(1)
• ipAuthHeader(2)
Read-write Password for the interface if the snVrrpIf2AuthType type is set to simpleTextPasswd(1). snVrrpIf2AuthPassword brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.2
Syntax: OctetString snVrrpIf2RxHeaderErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.3
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpIf2RxAuthTypeErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.4
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpIf2RxAuthPwdMismatc hErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpIf2RxVridErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.6
Syntax: Counter32
Read only The number of packets received by the interface that had a header error.
Read only The number of packets received by the interface that had an authentication error.
Read only The number of packets received by the interface that had a password value that does not match the password used by the interface for authentication.
Read only The number of packets received by the interface that contained a
VRID that is not configured on this interface.
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
There are two types of VRRP Virtual Router Parameters Table:
•
“VRRP virtual router table” on page 204
•
“VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2” on page 209
VRRP virtual router table
The new table is presented in the section
“VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2” on page 209 .
204 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
Name, OID, and Syntax snVrrpVirRtrTable brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1
snVrrpVirRtrEntry brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1
snVrrpVirRtrPort brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snVrrpVirRtrId brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtrOwnership brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtrTrackPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtrHelloInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
Description
The VRRP Virtual Router Table
None An entry in the VRRP Virtual Router Table.
Read only Shows the port number of this VRRP interface.
Read only Shows the VRID that has been configured on this interface. If multiple
VRIDs are configured, there is an entry for each VRID.
Read-write Indicates the owner of the router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID:
• incomplete(0) – no IP address has been assigned to this VRRP router interface.
• owner(1) – The owner or the master router is the owner of the
VRRP router interface.
• backup(2) – The backup router is the owner of the interface.
Read-write
Applies only if the object “snVrrpVirRtrOwnership” is set to backup(2).
It indicates the backup router’s preferability to becoming the active router for the interface. The higher the number, the higher the priority.
If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID.
Valid values: 3 – 254
Default: 100
Read-write Applies to interfaces that are configured with track ports.
It indicates the priority of the track ports. A higher the number indicates a higher priority. Track port priority is always lower than the
“snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority” priority.
This object is adjusted dynamically with the
object when the Track Port state first changes from up to down.
Valid values: 1 – 254
Read only The current VRRP priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons:
•
The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not yet become a Master or Backup. In this case, the current priority is 0.
•
The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down.
A higher the number indicates a higher priority.
This object is adjusted dynamically with the
“snVrrpVirRtrTrackPriority” object.
Valid values: 1 – 254
Read-write Shows the number of seconds between hello messages that are sent between the master and the backup.
Valid values: 1 – 84 seconds
Default: 1 second
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
205
206
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
Name, OID, and Syntax snVrrpVirRtrDeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtrPreemptMode brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtrState brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Applies only to VRRP backups.
It shows the configured value for the dead interval. The dead interval is the number of seconds that a backup router waits for a Hello message from the VRID master before determining that the Master is no longer active.
If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new
Master for the VRID.
Valid values: 0 – 84 seconds. A value of 0 means that this object has not been configured.
Default: 0 seconds
Read-write Indicates if the backup preempt mode is enabled. The Backup preempt mode prevents a backup router with a higher VRRP priority from taking control of the VRID from another backup router that has a lower priority, but has already assumed control of the VRID:
• disabled(0) – Prohibit preemption
• enabled(1) – Allow preemption
Default: enabled(1)
Read only Specifies the state of the VRRP Router’s interface:
• init(0) – Initialization state.
• master(1) – Master state.
• backup(2) – Backup state.
Read-write Indicates if the VRRP Router feature is enabled.
• disabled(0) – The VRRP Router is deactivated
• enabled(1) – The VRRP Router has been activated
Read-write The number of IP addresses of this virtual router of this interface. snVrrpVirRtrActivate brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtrIpAddrMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.12
Syntax: OctetString snVrrpVirRtrTrackPortMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.13
Syntax: OctetString
Read-write This object was obsoleted after release 07.1.00 and replaced by
It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each bit represents a port on a device.
Valid values: There can be up to 64 octets in this object:
•
Chassis devices can have up to 32 octets.
•
Stackable devices can have up to 4 octets.
Default: 0 octets
If this object is configured on an interface, then the Preference Level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the Track Port:
•
When the Track Port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s Preference Level is reduced by the value of the
Preference Level parameter.
•
The next time the Track Port state changes from down to up, the interface’s Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.14
Syntax: OctetString snVrrpVirRtrRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.15
Syntax: Integer
Read-write It specifies the identity of the virtual interface whose state is to be monitored. Each bit represents a port on a device.
Valid values:
•
Chassis devices can have up to 32 octets.
•
Stackable devices can have up to 4 octets.
Default: 0 octets
If this object is configured on an interface, then the Preference Level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the Track Port:
•
When the Track Port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s Preference Level is reduced by the value of the
Preference Level parameter.
•
The next time the Track Port state changes from down to up, the interface’s Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Shows the number of ARP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped.
snVrrpVirRtrRxArpPktDropC nts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.16
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrRxIpPktDropCn ts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.17
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrRxPortMismatc hCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.18
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrRxNumOfIpMis matchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.19
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrRxIpMismatchC nts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.20
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrRxHelloIntMis matchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.21
Syntax: Counter32
Read only Shows the number of IP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped.
Read only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configuration for the receiving interface.
Read only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured IP addresses.
Read only Shows the number of receive VRRP IP addresses that did not match the configured VRRP addresses.
Read only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured Hello interval.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
207
208
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrRxPriorityZeroF romMasterCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.22
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrRxHigherPriorit yCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.23
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrTransToMaster
StateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.24
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrTransToBackup
StateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.25
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtrCurrDeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.26
Syntax: Integer32
Read only Shows the counts of the virtual router interface with priority zero from the master.
Read only Shows the number of VRRP packets received by the interface that had a higher backup priority for the VRID than what this interface’s backup priority is.
Read only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the backup state to the master state for the VRID.
Read only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID.
snVrrpVirRtrTrackPortList brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.27
Syntax: OctetString snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifPortList brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.28
Syntax: OctetString
Read only Shows the number of seconds a backup waits for a Hello message from the master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master.
Read-write It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored.
Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8-bit is the slot number; the next 8-bit is the port number. Default value is 0 length octet string.
If this object is configured on an interface, then the Preference Level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the Track Port:
•
When the Track Port state first changes from up to down, the interface’s Preference Level is reduced by the value of the
Preference Level parameter.
•
The next time the Track Port state changes from down to up, the interface’s Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level.
Read-write This object specifies the identity of the virtual interface whose state is to be monitored.
Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8-bit is the slot number; the next 8-bit is the port number. Default value is 0 length octet string.
If this object is configured on an interface, then the Preference Level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the Track Port:
•
When the Track Port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s Preference Level is reduced by the value of the
Preference Level parameter.
•
The next time the Track Port state changes from down to up, the interface’s Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2
The following table uses the ifindex method to present the configuration and statistics for VRRP and VRRPE. Each entry in the table describes one VRRP or VRRPE router.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVrrpVirRtr2Table brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1
snVrrpVirRtr2Entry brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1
snVrrpVirRtr2Id brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtr2Ownership brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
None
None
Read only
Read-write
Description
The VRRP Virtual Router Table 2.
An entry in the VRRP Virtual Router Table 2.
Shows one of the VRID configured on this interface. If multiple VRIDs are configured on the interface, there is an entry for each VRID. snVrrpVirRtr2CfgPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVrrpVirRtr2TrackPriori ty brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVrrpVirRtr2CurrPriorit y brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Indicates the owner of the VRRP router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID:
• incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this VRRP or
VRRPE interface.
• owner(1) – The owner or the master router is the owner of the
VRRP router interface. This applies only to VRRP.
• backup(2) – The backup router (VRRP or VRRPE) is the owner of the interface. This is the only value that can be assigned to a
VRRPE router interface.
Indicates the preferability of a router for becoming the active router for the interface. A higher number indicates a higher priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID.
Valid values: 0 – 255, where:
•
0 – The master no longer participates in the VRRP and a backup router should transition to be the new master
•
255 – The router is the Owner
Default: 100.
Applies to interfaces that are configured with track ports.
It indicates the priority of the track ports. The higher the number the higher the priority. Track port priority is always lower than the
“snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority” priority.
This object dynamically adjusts the value of the
“snVrrpVirRtr2CfgPriority” object when the Track Port state first
changes from Up to Down.
Valid values: 1 – 254.
The current VRRP or VRRPE priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID.
The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons:
•
The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not become a
Master or Backup yet. In this case, the current priority is 0.
•
The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down.
A higher number indicates a higher priority.
This object is adjusted dynamically when the tracked port first changes from Up to Down.
Valid values: 1 – 254.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
209
210
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
Name, OID, and Syntax snVrrpVirRtr2HelloInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtr2DeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtr2State brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write snVrrpVirRtr2PreemptM ode brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read only snVrrpVirRtr2IpAddrMas k brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.10
Syntax: OctetString snVrrpVirRtr2Activate brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtr2BackupInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtr2RowStatus brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.13
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Shows the number of seconds between hello advertisements from the master and the backup.
Valid values: 1 – 84.
Default: 1 second.
Applies only to VRRP or VRRPE backups.
It shows the configured value for the dead interval. The dead interval is the number of seconds that a backup router waits for a Hello message from the VRID master before determining that the Master is no longer active.
If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new
Master for the VRID.
Valid values: 1 – 84.
Default: 0, which means that this object has not been configured.
Indicates if the backup preempt mode is enabled:
• disabled(0) – prohibit preemption
• enabled(1) – allow preemption
Default: enabled(1).
The Backup preempt mode prevents a backup router with a higher
VRRP priority from taking control of the VRID from another backup router that has a lower priority, but has already assumed control of the
VRID.
Specifies the VRRP or VRRPE router’s interface state:
• init(0) – Initialization state.
• master(1) – Master state.
• backup(2) – Backup state.
The number of IP Addresses of this virtual router of this interface
Indicates if VRRP or VRRPE router is enabled.
• disabled(0) – The router is deactivated
• enabled(1) – The router has been activated
Time interval between backup routers hello message advertisements in seconds. The default is 60 seconds.
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
•
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
•
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VRRP virtual router parameters tables
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVrrpVirRtr2RxIpPktDr opCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.14
Syntax: Counter32 svVrrpIf2Rtr2RxIpPktDro pCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.15
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2RxPortMis matchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.16
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2RxNumOfI pMismatchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.17
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2RxIpMism atchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.18
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2RxHelloInt
MismatchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.19
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2RxPriorityZ eroFromMasterCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.20
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2RxHigherP riorityCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.21
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2TransToMa sterStateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.22
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2TransToBa ckupStateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.23
Syntax: Counter32 snVrrpVirRtr2CurrDeadI nt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.24
Syntax: Integer32
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the number of IP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped.
Shows the number of IP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped.
Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configuration for the receiving interface.
Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured IP addresses.
Shows the number of VRRP IP addresses received that did not match the VRRP or VRRPE addresses
Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured Hello interval.
Shows the count of the virtual router interface that received priority zero from the master.
Shows the number of packets received by the interface that had a higher backup priority for the VRID than this interface’s backup priority for the VRID.
Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID.
Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state.
Shows the current dead interval in 100 milliseconds for the virtual router. This is the time period that a backup waits for a Hello message from the master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the VRID.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
211
VSRP
Name, OID, and Syntax snVrrpVirRtr2TrackPortL ist brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.25
Syntax: OctetString
Access
Read-write snVrrpVirRtr2AdvertiseB ackup brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.26
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVrrpVirRtr2MasterIpA ddr brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.27
Syntax: IpAddress snVrrpVirRtr2IpAddrCou nt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.28
Syntax: Integer snVrrpVirRtr2VirtualMac
Addr brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.29
Syntax: MAC address
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Specifies the router’s physical track port membership. The membership includes physical port and virtual ports whose state is to be monitored.
Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then encoding and decoding scheme is range based, as follows:
•
Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) is not a valid ifIndex.
•
The first two octets in a set of four octets indicate the beginning of the range. The next two octets show the end of the range.
•
IfIndexes that are not in a range are displayed as it is.
For example, you may see the following lists:
•
Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047
0001..0005 and 0032..0047 show ranges of ifindexes; whereas,
0015 is one ifindex
•
Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f
The list contains ifindexes not in a range.
If this object is configured, then the Preference Level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the Track Port.
The interface's Preference Level is reduced by the value of Preference
Level parameter when the Track Port states first changes from Up to
Down. When the Track Port returns to the Up state, the interface's
Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the
Preference Level.
Indicates if the ability for this Backup to advertise itself to the current
Master is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0}.
Shows the Master’s real or virtual (primary) IP address. This IP address is listed as the source in VRRP and VRRPE advertisement that was last received by this virtual router.
Shows the number of IP addresses that are associated with this virtual router. This number is equal to the number or rows in the vrrpAssoIpAddrTable of the standard MIB that corresponds to a given ifindex and VRID pair.
Shows the virtual MAC address of the virtual router.
VSRP
212
Virtual Switch Redundancy Protocol (VSRP) is a proprietary protocol that provides redundancy and sub-second failover in Layer 2 and Layer 3 mesh topologies. Based on the Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRPE), VSRP provides one or more backups for a Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch. If the active Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch becomes unavailable, one of the backups takes over as the active device and continues forwarding traffic for the network.
Refer to the configuration guide for your device for detailed discussion on VSRP.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VSRP
The following objects are available for VSRP to provide SNMP support for VSRP:
•
“Global VSRP objects” on page 213
•
“VSRP interface table” on page 213
•
“VSRP virtual router table” on page 214
Global VSRP objects
The following are the global objects for VSRP. They are equivalent to the router vsrp and snmp-server enable traps vsrp CLI commands.
NOTE
Only one of the virtual router protocols can be enabled at any one time.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpGroupOperModeVsrp brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVsrpGroupOperModeVsrp brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if VSRP is enabled or disable on this system:
• disabled(0) - the default.
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if a trap is generated whenever a VSRP state change occurs.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)- the default.
Read only Indicates the maximum number of VRID that an interface can have.
snVsrpIfMaxNumVridPerIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snVsrpIfMaxNumVridPerSystem brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.4
Syntax: Integer32 snVsrpClearVrrpStat brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read-write
Indicates the maximum number of VRID that a system can have.
Clears the VSRP statistics.
• normal(0)
• clear(1)
VSRP interface table
The following table contains objects used to configure VSRP interfaces. They are equivalent to the vsrp auth-type CLI command.
NOTE
Make sure that “snVsrpGroupOperModeVsrp” is set to enable(1).
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1
snVsrpIfEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1
Access
None
None
Description
The VSRP Interface Table.
An entry in the VSRP Interface Table.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
213
214
VSRP
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpIfVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snVsrpIfAuthType brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snVsrpIfAuthPassword brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.3
Syntax: OctetString
Access
Read-only
Description
VLAN ID used to index the entries in this table.
Read-write Indicates the authorization type used to verify access to the interface:
• noAuth(0)
• simpleTextPasswd(1)
• ipAuthHeader(2)
(Not supported in NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software releases.)
Read-write
Defines the password required if the “snVsrpIfAuthType”
object is set to simpleTextPasswd(1). This object can contain 1 – 7 octets.
VSRP virtual router table
The VSRP Virtual Router Table describes the configuration of the VSRP virtual router. They are equivalent to the vsrp vrid and show vsrp CLI commands.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpVirRtrTable brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1
snVsrpVirRtrEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1
snVsrpVirRtrVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snVsrpVirRtrId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrOwnership brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read-write
Description
The VSRP Virtual Router Table.
An entry in the VSRP Virtual Router Table.
VLAN index of the VSRP router.
Shows a virtual router ID for the interface. snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Indicates the owner of the VSRP router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID:
• incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this interface.
• owner(1) – This does not apply to VSRP.
• backup(2) – The backup router is the owner of the interface. This is the only value that can be assigned to a VSRP router interface.
Indicates the preferability of a router for becoming the active router for the interface. A higher number indicates a higher priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID.
This object can be set only if “snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority” is set to
backup(2)
Valid values: 1 – 254
Default: 100.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VSRP
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVsrpVirRtrTrackPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read only snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrDeadInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrPreemptMo de brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrState brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read only snVsrpVirRtrIpAddrMask brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.11
Syntax: OctetString
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrActivate brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Indicates the amount by which the default track priority is reduced when a tracked interface goes down. The higher the number, the higher the priority.
After this object is configured, the “snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority” of this
interface will be adjusted dynamically with this track priority the first time the Track Port states changes from UP to DOWN
Valid values: 1 – 254
The current VSRP priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons:
•
The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not become a
Master or Backup. In this case, the current priority is 0.
•
The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down.
A higher number indicates a higher priority.
This object is adjusted dynamically when the tracked port first changes from Up to Down.
Valid values: 1 – 254.
Shows the number of seconds between hello advertisements sent from the master and the backup.
Valid values: 1 – 84.
Default: 1 second.
NOTE: This object cannot be combined with either the snVsrpVirRtrDeadInt or snVsrpVirRtrHoldDownInt object in one
SNMP set request.
Shows the number of seconds a Backup waits for a Hello message from the Master for the VRID before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello messages before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the
Valid values: 1 – 84.
Default: 3 seconds.
NOTE: This object cannot be combined with the snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt object in one SNMP set request.
Enables or disables preemption. When preemption is enabled, a higher priority Backup router preempts a lower priority Master.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1) - the default.
Specifies the virtual router’s interface state:
• init(0) – Initialization state
• master(1) – Master state
• backup(2) – Backup state
The numbers of IP Addresses for this virtual router of this interface.
This object is for Layer 3 VSRP."
Valid values: Up to 64 octets
Indicates if VRRP or VRRPE router has been activated.
• disabled(0) – The router has not been activated
• enabled(1) – The router has been activated
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
215
216
VSRP
Name, OID, and Syntax Access t snVsrpVirRtrTrackPortLis brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.13
Syntax: OctetString
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrAdvertiseBa ckup brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.14
Syntax: Integer
Read-write t snVsrpVirRtrHoldDownIn brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.15
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.16
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Specifies the router’s physical track port membership. The membership includes physical port and virtual ports whose state is to be monitored.
Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then encoding and decoding scheme is range based, as follows:
•
Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) is not a valid ifIndex.
•
The first two octets in a set of four octets indicate the beginning of the range. The next two octets show the end of the range.
•
Ifindexes that are not in a range are displayed as individual indexes.
For example, you may see the following lists:
•
Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047
0001..0005 and 0032..0047 show ranges of ifindexes; whereas,
0015 is one ifindex
Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f
The list contains ifindexes not in a range.
If this object is configured, then the Preference Level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the Track Port.
The interface's Preference Level is reduced by the value of Preference
Level parameter when the Track Port states first changes from Up to
Down. When the Track Port returns to the Up state, the interface's
Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the
Preference Level.
Indicates if the ability for this Backup to advertise itself to the current
Master is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0).
The amount of time a Backup that has sent a Hello packet announcing its intent to become Master waits before beginning to forward traffic for the VRID. The hold-down interval prevents Layer 2 loops from occurring during VSRP’s rapid failover.
The interval can from 1 – 84 seconds.
Default: 2 seconds.
NOTE: This object cannot be combined the snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt object in one SNMP set request.
Indicates the time-to-live value (TTL) in the hello packets. TTL is the maximum number of hops a VSRP Hello packet can traverse before being dropped. TTL in a packet helps regulate the distance that a hello packet can travel. It prevents the flooding of VSRP hello packets in the network.
Valid values: 1 – 84 seconds.
Default: 1 second on most devices; 2 seconds in the NetIron
Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later.
Groups all free ports of a VLAN into their control ports. snVsrpVirRtrIncPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.17
Syntax: OctetString snVrrpVirRtrBackupInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.19
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write Indicates the time interval when backup routers send hello message advertisements.
Valid values: 60 – 3600 seconds
Default: 60 seconds
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VSRP
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVsrpVirRtrRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.20
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
•
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Shows the received number of mismatched IP addresses for VSRP. snVsrpVirRtrRxNumOfIp
MismatchCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.24
Syntax: Counter32 snVsrpVirRtrRxIpMismat chCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.25
Syntax: Counter32 snVsrpVirRtrRxHelloIntM ismatchCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.26
Syntax: Counter32 snVsrpVirRtrRxPriorityZe roFromMasterCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.27
Syntax: Counter32
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only snVsrpVirRtrTransToMas terStateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.29
Syntax: Counter32
Read only snVsrpVirRtrTransToBac kupStateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.30
Syntax: Counter32
Read only snVsrpVirRtrCurrDeadInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.31
Syntax: Integer32
Read only
Shows the number of received VSRP IP Addresses that are mismatched.
Shows the number of the virtual router interface with hello interval that are mismatched.
Shows the number of advertisements with priority of zero received from the master.
Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID.
Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state.
Shows the current dead in 100-millisecond intervals for the virtual router. This is the time period that a backup waits for a Hello message from the master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the
Shows the current backup router hello interval. snVsrpVirRtrCurHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.32
Syntax: Integer
Read only snVsrpVirRtrCurHoldDo wnInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.33
Syntax: Integer
Read only Shows the current value of the hold-down interval.
Valid values: 1 - 84
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
217
VSRP virtual router table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVsrpVirRtrCurInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.34
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only snVsrpVirRtrHelloMacAd dress brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.35
Syntax: MAC address snVsrpVirRtrHelloIpAddr ess brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.36
Syntax: IpAddress
Read only
Description
Shows the current time-to-live value.
Valid values: 1 - 255
Shows the Hello MAC address
Shows the master router's real/virtual (primary) IP address. This is the
IP address listed as the source in VSRP advertisement, which is last received by this virtual router.
VSRP virtual router table
The VSRP Virtual Router Table describes the configuration of the VRRP virtual router.
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpVirRtrTable brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1
snVsrpVirRtrEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1
snVsrpVirRtrVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrOwnership brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read-only
Read-only
Read-write
Description
The VSRP Virtual Router Table
An entry in the VSRP Virtual Router Table.
VLAN index of the VSRP router.
Shows a virtual router ID for the interface. snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Indicates the owner of the VSRP router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID:
• incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this interface.
• owner(1) – This does not apply to VSRP.
• backup(2) – The backup router is the owner of the interface.
This is the only value that can be assigned to a VSRP router interface.
Indicates the preferability of a router for becoming the active router for the interface. A higher number indicates a higher priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID.
This object can be set only if “snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority” is set to
backup(2)
Valid values: 1 – 254
Default: 100.
218 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VSRP virtual router table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpVirRtrTrackPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrDeadInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read-only
Read-write
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrState brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Read-only snVsrpVirRtrActivate brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Applies to interfaces that are configured with track ports.
It indicates the priority of the track ports. A higher number indicates a higher priority.
This object dynamically adjusts the value of the
“snVrrpVirRtr2CfgPriority” object when the Track Port state first
changes from Up to Down.
Valid values: 1 – 254.
The current VSRP priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons:
•
The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not become a Master or Backup. In this case, the current priority is 0.
•
The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down.
A higher number indicates a higher priority.
This object is adjusted dynamically when the tracked port first changes from Up to Down.
Valid values: 1 – 254.
Shows the number of seconds between hello advertisements sent from the master and the backup.
Valid values: 1 – 84.
Default: 1 second.
Shows the number of seconds a Backup waits for a Hello message from the Master for the VRID before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello messages before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate
(compare priorities) to select a new master for the
Valid values: 1 – 84.
Default: 1 second.
Specifies the virtual router’s interface state:
• init(0) – Initialization state
• master(1) – Master state
• backup(2) – Backup state
Indicates if VRRP or VRRPE router has been activated.
• disabled(0) – The router has not been activated
• enabled(1) – The router has been activated
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
219
220
VSRP virtual router table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.13
Syntax: OctetString
Access
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrAdvertiseBack up brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.14
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrHoldDownInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.15
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snVsrpVirRtrInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.16
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Specifies the router’s physical track port membership. The membership includes physical port and virtual ports whose state is to be monitored.
Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then encoding and decoding scheme is range based, as follows:
•
Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) is not a valid ifIndex.
•
The first two octets in a set of four octets indicate the beginning of the range. The next two octets show the end of the range.
•
Ifindexes that are not in a range are displayed as individual indexes.
For example, you may see the following lists:
Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047
0001..0005 and 0032..0047 show ranges of ifindexes; whereas,
0015 is one ifindex
Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f
The list contains ifindexes not in a range.
If this object is configured, then the Preference Level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the
Track Port. The interface's Preference Level is reduced by the value of Preference Level parameter when the Track Port states first changes from Up to Down. When the Track Port returns to the Up state, the interface's Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level.
Indicates if the ability for this Backup to advertise itself to the current Master is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled(0}.
The amount of time a Backup that has sent a Hello packet announcing its intent to become Master waits before beginning to forward traffic for the VRID. The hold-down interval prevents Layer
2 loops from occurring during VSRP’s rapid failover.
The interval can from 1 – 84 seconds.
Default: 2 seconds.
Indicates the time-to-live value (TTL) in the hello packets. TTL is the maximum number of hops a VSRP Hello packet can traverse before being dropped. TTL in a packet helps regulate the distance that a hello packet can travel. It prevents the flooding of VSRP hello packets in the network.
Valid values: 1 – 84 seconds.
Default: 1 second.
Groups all free ports of a VLAN into their control ports. snVsrpVirRtrIncPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.17
Syntax: OctetString snVrrpVirRtrBackupInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.19
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write Indicates the time interval when backup routers send hello message advertisements.
Valid values: 60 – 3600 seconds
Default: 60 seconds
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
VSRP virtual router table
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpVirRtrRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.20
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrTransToMaster
StateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.29
Syntax: Counter snVsrpVirRtrTransToBackup
StateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.30
Syntax: Counter snVsrpVirRtrCurrDeadInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.31
Syntax: Integer
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only snVsrpVirRtrCurHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.32
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrCurHoldDownI nt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.33
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrCurInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.34
Syntax: Integer snVsrpVirRtrHelloMacAddre ss brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.35
Syntax: MAC address snVsrpVirRtrMasterIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.36
Syntax: IpAddress
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Access
Read-write
Description
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
•
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID.
Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state.
Shows the current dead in 100-millisecond intervals for the virtual router. This is the time period that a backup waits for a Hello message from the master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the
Shows the current backup router hello interval.
Shows the current value of the hold-down interval.
Shows the current time-to-live value.
Shows the Hello MAC address
Shows the master router's real/virtual (primary) IP address. This is the IP address listed as the source in VSRP advertisement, which is last received by this virtual router.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
221
VSRP virtual router table
222 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
RIP
Chapter
16
In this chapter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
IP RIP general group
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an IP route exchange protocol that uses a distance vector (a number representing distance) to measure the cost of a given route. The cost is a distance vector because the cost often is equivalent to the number of hops between the Layer 3 Switch and the destination network.
A Layer 3 Switch can receive multiple paths to a destination. A RIP route can have a maximum cost of 15.
Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter.
The following objects are general objects for RIP.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if IP RIP routing is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled
Read-write Specifies the RIP update interval in seconds.
Valid values: 1 – 21845 seconds snRtIpRipUpdateTime brcdIp.1.2.3.1.2
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipRedisEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipRedisDefMetric brcdIp.1.2.3.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Indicates if redistribution of static routes from the IP route table into RIP is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: disabled
Read-write Shows the default metric to be used when static routes are redistributed to RIP.
Valid values: 1 – 15
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
223
224
IP RIP general group
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipSetAllPortConfig brcdIp.1.2.3.1.5
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpRipGblFiltList brcdIp.1.2.3.1.6
Syntax: OctetString snRtIpRipFiltOnAllPort brcdIp.1.2.3.1.7
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipDistance brcdIp.1.2.3.1.8
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipEcmpEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.9
Syntax: RtrStatus.
Access Description
Read-write The value of this object is a number corresponding to a row in the
“snRtIpRipPortConfigPortIndex” object of the
. The values of the
“snRtIpRipPortVersion” and “snRtIpRipPortPoisonReverse”
objects will be written to that row.
NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended data of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire
“IP RIP port configuration table”
. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one.
Read-write An IP RIP global filter list. Each octet contains a filter ID number that forms a group of filters. A valid entry in the
“snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable” with the corresponding filter ID
number in the “snRtIpRipRouteFilterId” object must be created
before a filter list is initialized.
Valid values: 1 – 64 octets.
Read-write
Applies the IP RIP global filter object “snRtIpRipGblFiltList” to all
interfaces. This object is used to add and delete all RIP filter lists to and from all interfaces. Prior to sending this command,
must contain the correct filter list.
The values that can be written are:
• deleteAllInBound(2) – delete all in-bound filter lists from all ports.
• deleteAllOutBound(3) – delete all out-bound filter lists from all ports.
• addAllInBound(4) – add all in-bound filter lists to all ports.
• addAllOutBound(5) – add all out-bound filter lists to all ports.
If a set operation failed, then a SET with value of (2) or (3) returns the error code "GenError". If the operation succeeded, then entries in this filter list are deleted immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• valid(1) – set operation is done and is valid.
Read-write Shows the administrative distance of this filter.
Valid values: 1 – 255.
Read-write Enable or disable ECMP for IP RIP.
0 = disables ECMP
1 = enables ECMP
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP RIP port configuration table
IP RIP port configuration table
The IP RIP Port Configuration Table contains the configuration of RIP on a particular interface.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipPortConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.3.2
snRtIpRipPortConfigEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1
snRtIpRipPortConfigPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.1
Syntax: PortIndex snRtIpRipPortVersion brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The IP Rip Port Configuration Table.
An entry in the IP Rip Port Configuration Table.
Read only The port index for an entry in the IP Rip Port Configuration Table.
snRtIpRipPortPoisonReverse brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipPortLearnDefault brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Specifies the IP RIP version on this port:
• disabled(0) – RIP is disabled on this port
• v1Only(1) – RIP version 1 only
• v2Only(2) – RIP version 2 only
• v1CompatibleV2(3) – RIP version 2 is compatible with version 1
Read-write Indicates if poison reverse is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Poison reverse prevents routing loops and slow convergence within the network.
Read-write Indicates if the ability to learn advertised routes is enabled on the interface:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Redistribution table
The RIP Redistribution Table contains routes where RIP routes will be redistributed. RIP can redistribute routes from other routing protocols such as OSPF and BGP4 into RIP. A redistributed route is one that a Layer 3 Switch learns through another protocol, then distributes into RIP.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipRedisTable brcdIp.1.2.3.3
snRtIpRipRedisEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1
snRtIpRipRedisIndex brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipRedisAction brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
IP RIP Redistribution table.
An entry in the IP RIP Redistribution table.
The table index for a IP RIP Redistribution entry. There can be up to
64 entries in this table.
Read-write Indicates what to do if routes match this IP RIP Redistribution entry.
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
225
IP RIP route filter table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRedisProtocol brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipRedisIp brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpRipRedisMask brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.5
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpRipRedisMatchMetri c brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.6
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipRedisSetMetric brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.7
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipRedisRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Indicates which protocol will to be distributed:
• other(1) – Cannot be used for SNMP-SET:
• all(2)
• static(3)
• ospf(4)
• bgp(5)
• isis(6)
Read-write Shows the IP address of the IP route to be distributed. The address
0.0.0.0 means that all routes will be distributed.
Read-write Shows the IP subnet mask of the IP route to be distributed.
Read-write
Read-write
Specifies the metric of the route to be matched to determine the redistribution.
Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that any metric value will be matched.
Specifies the new metric of the route to be advertised.
Valid values: 0 – 15. A value of 0 indicates that the default metric will be used.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read-write Indicates the name of the route map used for this redistribution entry.
snRtIpRipRedisRouteMap
Name brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.9
Syntax: DisplayString
IP RIP route filter table
The IP RIP Route Filter Table defines the IP network numbers the router will learn from the RIP protocol. The numbers are stored in the router’s IP routing table. Once RIP filters are defined, you can assign them to individual interfaces.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.3.4
snRtIpRipRouteFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1
Access
None
None
Description
IP RIP Route Filter Table.
An entry of the IP RIP route filter table.
226 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP RIP neighbor filter table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipRouteFilterId brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.1
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipRouteFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.2
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpRipRouteFilterSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpRipRouteFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Shows the filter ID to identify a filter entry. There can be up to
64 entries in this table.
Read-write Indicates what action to take if the IP RIP packet matches this filter.
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
Read-write Indicates the route IP address that needs to be matched by any IP address in a RIP packet. A value of 0.0.0.0 means that any IP address in any RIP packets will be matched.
Read-write
If “snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr” is 0, this value is ignored, and
all IP RIP packets will be matched. Otherwise, this mask is applied to the IP RIP packet and then compared to
“snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr” to determine a match.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
IP RIP neighbor filter table
The IP RIP Neighbor Filter Table specifies the routers from which a router will receive RIP routes. By default, RIP routes will be learned from all neighbors.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipNbrFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.3.5
snRtIpRipNbrFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1
snRtIpRipNbrFilterId brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.1
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipNbrFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
IP RIP Neighbor Filter Table
An entry of the IP RIP neighbor filter table.
Indicates the ID of this entry in the table. There can be up to 64 entries in this table.
Read-write Indicates what action to take if the source IP address in a packet matches the source IP address in this filter. The IP address to be matched is defined by the
object.
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
227
IP RIP port access table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipNbrFilterSourc eIp brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpRipNbrFilterRowSt atus brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Shows the source IP address that needs to be matched by the RIP packet. An IP address of 0.0.0.0 always matches any source IP addresses in any IP RIP packets.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
IP RIP port access table
The IP RIP Port Access Table allows a group of RIP filters to be applied to an IP interface. The filters can be applied to either incoming or outgoing traffic.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpRipPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.3.6
snRtIpRipPortAccessEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1
snRtIpRipPortAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.1
Syntax: PortIndex snRtIpRipPortAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
IP interface RIP access table.
An entry of the IP interface RIP access table.
Read only The port number to which the IP RIP filter applies.
Read only Specifies if the filter is for incoming or outgoing packets:.
• in(1) – Incoming packet
• out(2) – Outgoing packet
228 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Global RIP statistics
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipPortAccessFilterList brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.3
Syntax: OctetString
Read-write Contains an IP RIP filter list.
Valid values: Up to 64 octets. Each octet contains a filter ID number that consists of a group of filters. Before a filter list can be created, there must be valid entries in the IP RIP Route Filter Table
(
“snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable” object) with their corresponding filter
ID number entered in the “snRtIpRipRouteFilterId” object.
snRtIpRipPortAccessRowStat us brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Global RIP statistics
These objects provide global RIP statistics.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipStats brcdIp.1.2.3.9
snRtIpRipStatsOutRequest brcdIp.1.2.3.9.1
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsOutResponse brcdIp.1.2.3.9.2
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsInRequest brcdIp.1.2.3.9.3
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsInResponse brcdIp.1.2.3.9.4
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsUnrecognized brcdIp.1.2.3.9.5
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsBadVersion brcdIp.1.2.3.9.6
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsBadAddrFamily brcdIp.1.2.3.9.7
Syntax: Integer
NA RIP Statistics group.
Read only Number of outgoing RIP requests.
Read only Number of outgoing RIP responses.
Read only Number of incoming RIP requests.
Read only Number of incoming RIP responses.
Read only Number of unrecognized RIP packets.
Read only Number of RIP packets with bad version number.
Read only Number of RIP packets with bad address family value.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
229
Global RIP statistics
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipStatsBadRequestFo rmat brcdIp.1.2.3.9.8
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsBadMetrics brcdIp.1.2.3.9.9
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsBadRespForm at brcdIp.1.2.3.9.10
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsRespFromNon
RipPort brcdIp.1.2.3.9.11
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsResponseFrom
Loopback brcdIp.1.2.3.9.12
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsPacketRejecte d brcdIp.1.2.3.9.13
Syntax: Integer
Read only Number of RIP packets with bad request format.
Read only Number of RIP packets with bad metric value.
Read only Number of RIP packets with bad response format.
Read only Number of RIP packet responses coming from non-RIP configured ports.
Read only Number of RIP packet responses coming from loopback ports.
Read only Number of RIP packets rejected.
230 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Global Router and IP
Chapter
17
In this chapter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Global router objects
This section contains global MIB objects switching properties of the Layer 3 Switch, independent of any routing protocol.
Name, OID, and Syntax snGblRtRouteOnly brcdIp.1.2.8.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Description
Determines if the Layer 3 Switch will route or switch packets:
• disabled(0) – Router will first route the packets. If it cannot route them, it will switch packets.
• enabled(1) – Router will only route the packets; it will not switch them.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
231
IP general group
IP general group
The following are general objects for the IP group.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtClearArpCache brcdIp.1.2.2.1.1
Syntax: ClearStatus snRtClearIpCache brcdIp.1.2.2.1.2
Syntax: ClearStatus snRtClearIpRoute brcdIp.1.2.2.1.3
Syntax: ClearStatus
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Clears learned ARP entries but does not remove any static ARP entries.
The value for this object can be:
• normal(0) – Do not clear learned entries
• clear(1) – Clear learned entries
This object is also available in the ServerIron.
Clears the entries in the “IP forwarding cache table”
. The value for this object can be:
• normal(0) – Do not clear entries
• clear(1) – Clear entries
•
This object is also available in the ServerIron.
Clears the IP route tables. The value for this object can be:
• normal(0) – Do not clear entries
• clear(1) – Clear entries
•
This object is also available in the ServerIron.
Shows the IP address of the bootp server to which bootp packet need to be relayed. snRtBootpServer brcdIp.1.2.2.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snRtBootpRelayMax brcdIp.1.2.2.1.5
Syntax: Integer snRtArpAge brcdIp.1.2.2.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Specifies the maximum number of hops the bootp packet should travel.
Valid values: Up to 15 hops snRtIpIrdpEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.1.7
Syntax: Integer snRtIpLoadShare brcdIp.1.2.2.1.8
Syntax: Integer snRtIpProxyArp brcdIp.1.2.2.1.9
Syntax: Integer snRtIpRarp brcdIp.1.2.2.1.10
Syntax: Integer snRtIpTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.1.11
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Specifies the number of minutes that an ARP entry can be valid without having to be relearned.
Valid values: Up to 240 minutes. A value of zero (0) means that the entry will not age out.
Indicates if router advertisement is enabled on this device:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Indicates if more than one route will be enabled to share the loads:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Indicates if the proxy ARP function is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Indicates if the RARP server is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Indicates the time-to-live (TTL) value that will be used in the IP header of an IP packet that was generated by this device.
Valid values: 1 – 255
232 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP general group
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpSetAllPortConfig brcdIp.1.2.2.1.12
Syntax: Integer32
Access
Read-write snRtIpFwdCacheMaxEn tries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.13
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpFwdCacheCurEnt ries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.14
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpMaxStaticRouteE ntries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.15
Syntax: Integer snRtIpDirBcastFwd brcdIp.1.2.2.1.16
Syntax: Integer snRtIpLoadShareNumO fPaths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.17
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpLoadShareMaxP aths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.18
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpLoadShareMinPa ths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.19
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpProtocolRouterId brcdIp.1.2.2.1.20
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpSourceRoute brcdIp.1.2.2.1.21
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Read only
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Description
. All the writeable data from that row will be copied to all appropriate rows in all
IP Interface Port Configuration Tables
NOTE: Prior to setting this object, make sure that the row identified in this object contains a value for all its objects; otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire IP interface configuration table.
Shows the maximum number of entries in the “IP forwarding cache table” .
Shows the current number of entries in the
Shows the maximum number of entries in the IP Static Route table.
Indicates if the directed broadcast forwarding feature is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Specifies the number of routes to be used to share the load.
Indicates the maximum number of routes that can be configured to share the loads.
Indicates the minimum number of routes that can be configured to share the loads.
Shows the router ID for all IP Protocols.
Indicates if strict source routing is enabled to drop source routed packets:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
233
IP static route table
IP static route table
The IP Static Route Table contains a list of static routes. These routes can be one of the following types:
•
Standard – the static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the IP address of the next-hop gateway.
•
Interface-based – the static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the Layer 3 Switch interface through which you want the Layer 3 Switch to send traffic for the route. Typically, this type of static route is for directly attached to destination networks.
•
Null – the static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the
“null0” parameter. Typically, the null route is configured as a backup route for discarding traffic if the primary route is unavailable.
IP Static Route Table also serves as the default route table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpStaticRouteTable brcdIp.1.2.2.2
snRtIpStaticRouteEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1
snRtIpStaticRouteIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpStaticRouteDest brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpStaticRouteMask brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpStaticRouteNextHop brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpStaticRouteMetric brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.5
Syntax: Integer32
Access
None
None
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Description
IP static route table
An entry in the IP static route table.
The table index for a static route entry.
Shows the destination IP address of the default route. The address 0.0.0.0 is the IP address of the default router.
Shows the subnet mask of the default route’s destination IP address. The subnet mask 0.0.0.0 is the subnet mask of the default router.
Shows the IP address of the next-hop router (gateway) for the route.
Shows the metrics to next hop router.
Default: 1
234 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP filter table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpStaticRouteRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write snRtIpStaticRouteDistance brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• other(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Specifies the administrative distance of the route. When comparing equal routes to a destination, the Layer 3 Switch prefers lower administrative distances over higher ones.
Valid values: 1 – 255
Default: 1
IP filter table
An IP filter is an access policy that determines whether the device forwards or drops IP packets. A filter consists of source and destination IP information and the action to take when a packet matches the values in the filter.
The following objects define IP Filters. They are available in all products.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.2.3
snRtIpFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1
snRtIpFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read-write
Description
IP Filter Table.
An entry in the IP Filter Table
Shows the index for an entry in the IP Filter Table.
Determines what action to take if the IP packet matches this filter.
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
• qosEnabled(2)
Once you configure an IP access policy, the device denies all IP packets by default unless you explicitly permit them. Thus, if you want the device to permit all IP packets except the ones that you filter out, you must configure the last IP access policy to permit all IP packets.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
235
236
IP filter table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpFilterProtocol brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer snRtIpFilterOperand brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Specifies the transport protocol that you can filter. Only the traffic for the transport protocol selected will be allowed:
• all(0) – All traffic of the transport protocols listed below will be permitted
•
ICMP(1)
•
IGMP(2)
•
IGRP(88)
•
OSPF(89)
•
TCP(6)
•
UDP(17)
In addition, if you filter TCP or UDP, you can also specify a particular application port (such as “HTTP” or “80”) or a logical expression consisting of an operator and port names or numbers.
Shows the source IP address. The policy will be applied to packets that come from this IP address.
snRtIpFilterSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpFilterSourceMas k brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.5
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpFilterDestIp brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.6
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.7
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpFilterOperator brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Shows the source IP subnet mask. The policy will be applied to packets that come from this subnet mask.
Shows the destination IP address. The IP access policy will be applied to packets that are going to this IP address.
Shows the destination IP subnet mask. The IP access policy will be applied to packets that are going to this subnet mask.
Applies only if the value of the object “snRtIpFilterProtocol” is TCP or
UDP.
It specifies the type of comparison to be performed to TCP and UDP packets:
• greater(1) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that
are greater than the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand”
object.
• equal(2) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are
equal to the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object.
• less(3) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are less than the value of the
• notEqual(4) – The policy applies to all TCP or UDP port numbers except to those that are equal to the value of the
object.
Applies only if the value of the object “snRtIpFilterProtocol” is TCP or
UDP.
Specifies the TCP or UDP port number that will be used in this filter.
Valid values: 0 – 65535. 0 means that this object is not applicable.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP interface port address table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write snRtIpFilterEstablished brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.11
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snRtIpFilterQosPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.12
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Applies only to TCP packets.
Indicates if the filtering of established TCP packets is enabled for packets that have the ACK or RESET flag on:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
The router Layer 4 QoS Priority values are:
• low(0) – lower priority
• high(1) – higher priority
The Priority values are:
• level0(0) – lower priority
• level1(1)
• level2(2)
• level3(3),
•
level4(4)
• level5(5)
• level6(6)
• level7(7) – higher priority
IP interface port address table
The IP Interface Port Address Table shows the port’s IP address and its port type.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpPortAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.2.6 snRtIpPortAddrEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1
snRtIpPortAddrPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.1
Syntax: PortIndex snRtIpPortAddress brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpPortSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress
Access
None
None
Description
IP port address table.
An entry in the IP Port Address table.
Read only The index of the port address entry.
Read only Specifies the port IP address.
Read-write Specifies the port IP address subnet mask.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
237
IP interface port access table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpPortAddrType brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.4
Syntax: Integer snRtIpPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Shows the port type of the entry:
• primary(1)
• secondary(2)
Default: primary(1)
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a set with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
IP interface port access table
This table determines if the port is for incoming or outgoing traffic and the filter used on the interface.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.2.7
snRtIpPortAccessEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1
snRtIpPortAccessPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.1
Syntax: PortIndex snRtIpPortAccessDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.2
Syntax: Integer snRtIpPortAccessFilters brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.3
Syntax: OctetString snRtIpPortAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
IP Port Access Table.
An entry in the IP Port Access Table.
Read only The index for an entry in the IP Port Access Table.
Read only Specifies if the port is for incoming or outgoing traffic.
• in(1)
• out(2)
Read-write Each octet represents a filter number.
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
238 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Port configuration tables
Port configuration tables
The following table defines the size, encapsulation format, and cost of the packet that will be transmitted through a port.
IP interface port configuration table
The following table is used by all devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpPortConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.2.8
snRtIpPortConfigEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1
snRtIpPortConfigPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.1
Syntax: PortIndex snRtIpPortMtu brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.2
Syntax: Integer snRtIpPortEncap brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Description
IP Port Configuration Table.
An entry in the IP Port Configuration Table.
An index for an entry in the IP Port Configuration Table.
Indicates the maximum size of IP packets that will be transmitted on the port.
snRtIpPortMetric brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.4
Syntax: Integer snRtIpPortDirBcastFwd brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Shows the encapsulation format that will be used on the IP frame transmitted on the port.
• ethernet(1) – Ethernet
• snap(2) – ATM and Ethernet
• hdlc(3) – POS
• ppp(4) – POS
Specifies the metric or cost to the router adds to the route.
Valid values: 1 – 15
Default: 1
Indicates if the directed broadcast forwarding feature is enabled. A directed broadcast is a packet containing all ones (or in some cases, all zeros) in the host portion of the destination IP address.
When a router forwards such a broadcast, it sends a copy of the packet out each of its enabled IP interfaces:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
239
Broadcast forwarding group
Broadcast forwarding group
This section contains the following tables:
•
“General UDP broadcast forwarding group” on page 240
•
“UDP broadcast forwarding port table” on page 240
•
“UDP helper table” on page 241
•
“General trace route group” on page 243
•
“Trace route result table” on page 243
General UDP broadcast forwarding group
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtUdpBcastFwdEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.9
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if the UDP broadcast forwarding feature is enabled:
• disabled(0) – When this object is set to disabled, entries in the
UDP Broadcast Forwarding Port Table are deleted.
• enabled(1) – When UDP broadcast forwarding is enabled, default entries are added to the UDP broadcast forwarding port table.
Default: enabled(1)
UDP broadcast forwarding port table
This table contains a list of UDP port numbers for which forwarding UDP broadcast is enabled.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtUdpBcastFwdPortTable brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1
snRtUdpBcastFwdPortEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1
snRtUdpBcastFwdPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The UDP Broadcast Forwarding Port Table
An entry in the UDP Broadcast Forwarding Port Table.
Read only The index of an entry in the UDP Broadcast Forwarding Port
Tables. There can be up to 20 entries.
240 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Broadcast forwarding group
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtUdpBcastFwdPortNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Shows the port number for which the UDP broadcast forwarding feature has been enabled. Possible port numbers are:
• port(68) – bootpc
• port(67) – bootps
• port(9) – discard
• port(53) – dns
• port(90) – dnsix
• port(7) – echo
• port(434) – mobile-ip
• port(138) – netbios-dgm
• port(137) – netbios-ns
• port(123) – ntp
• port(65) – tacacs
• port(517) – talk
• port(37) – time
• port(69) – tftp
Other application port numbers can also be specified. snRtUdpBcastFwdPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
UDP helper table
A UDP Helper Table contains addresses that are used to forward a client’s broadcast request for a
UDP application when the client and server are on different networks. There can be up to four helper addresses on each interface. Helper addresses can be configured on an Ethernet port or a virtual interface.
Access
None
Description
UDP Helper Table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtUdpHelperTable brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1
snRtUdpHelperEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1
snRtUdpHelperPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.1
Syntax: PortIndex snRtUdpHelperIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
None
Read only
Read only
An entry of the UDP Helper Table.
Indicates the port index for a UDP Helper address.
An index in the UDP Helper Table for this entry.
Valid values: 1– 4.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
241
Trace route group
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtUdpHelperAddrTypr brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write snRtUdpHelperAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snRtUdpHelperRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Indicates if the address is unicast or subnet broadcast address.
Valid values:
• unicast(1)
• broadcast(2)
Shows the IP address of the UDP helper. UDP packets will be forwarded to this address. It can be a helper address or a subnet broadcast address, but it cannot be 255.255.255.255 or 0.0.0.0.
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Trace route group
This group uses the following method to detect routes used to reach a destination address.
1. The originating Layer 3 Switch sends a probe packet (a UDP packet) to the destination address with a time-to-Live (TTL) value of 1.
2. The first Layer 3 Switch that receives this packet decrements the TTL, then drops the packet and returns a ICMP packet to the originator.
3. The originating Layer 3 Switch records the route in the “snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable”
.
4. The originating Layer 3 Switch sends a probe packet (a UDP packet) to the destination address with a TTL value of 2.
5. The second Layer 3 Switch that receives this packet decrements the TTL, then drops the packet and returns an ICMP packet to the originator.
6. The originating Layer 3 Switch records the route in
“snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable” .
This procedure is repeated until the destination is reached or the maximum TTL is reached.
242 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Trace route group
General trace route group
The following objects define the trace route probe packet.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpTraceRouteTargetAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpTraceRouteMinTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.2
Syntax: Integer snRtIpTraceRouteMaxTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.3
Syntax: Integer snRtIpTraceRouteTimeOut brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.4
Syntax: Integer snRtIpTraceRouteControl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Shows the target IP address of the trace route.
Read-write Indicates the minimum TTL value carried in the first probe packet.
Valid values: 1 – 255 minutes
Default: 1 minute
Read-write Indicates the maximum TTL value carried in the last probe packet.
Valid values: 1 – 255 minutes.
Default: 30 minutes
Read-write Indicates the number of seconds the Layer 3 Switch waits for a response from the probe packet (i.e. the ICMP packet) before timing out.
Valid values: 1 – 255seconds.
Default: 2 seconds
Read-write Indicates the progress of the trace route:
• start(1) – snRtIpTraceRouteDestAddr must have been initialized before start(1) can be written.
• abort(2) – Stops the current trace route operation.
• success(3) – The destination address is reached.
• failure(4) – Either the destination address is not reach, trace route times out, or the ending TTL is reached before the operation is completed.
• inProgress(5) – Trace route operation has started.
Only "start" and "abort" are writable values; whereas, "success",
"failure" and "inProgress" are read only (or returned) values.
The
“snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable” on page 243 contains the
routes and target addresses.
Trace route result table
This table contains the routes and the target addresses used in the trace route operation to reach the destination address.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1
snRtIpTraceRouteResultEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1
snRtIpTraceRouteResultIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpTraceRouteResultAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress
Access
None
None
Description
Trace Route Results Table.
An entry in the Trace Route Results Table.
Read only The index for an entry in the Trace Route Results Table.
Read only Indicates the IP address of the Layer 3 Switch or the target IP address of the Layer 3 Switch.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
243
IP forwarding cache table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpTraceRouteResultRoundTri pTime1 brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.3
Syntax: Time ticks snRtIpTraceRouteResultRoundTri pTime2 brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.4
Syntax: Time ticks
Access Description
Read only Shows the round trip time between the transmission of the first probe packet and the received response of the ICMP packet.
Read only Shows the round trip time between the transmission of the second probe and the received response of the ICMP packet.
IP forwarding cache table
The IP forwarding cache provides a fast-path mechanism for forwarding IP packets. The cache contains entries for IP destinations.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpFwdCacheTable brcdIp.1.2.2.11
snRtIpFwdCacheEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1
snRtIpFwdCacheIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpFwdCacheIp brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpFwdCacheMac brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.3
Syntax: OctetString snRtIpFwdCacheNextHopIp brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snRtIpFwdCacheOutgoingPort brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.5
Syntax: Integer
None
None
IP Forwarding Cache Table.
An entry in the IP Forwarding Cache Table.
Read only An index in the IP Forwarding Cache Table for this entry.
Read only Shows the IP address of a forwarding cache station.
Read only Shows the MAC address of a forwarding cache station. This object has six octets.
Read only Indicates the IP address of the Layer 3 Switch for the next hop.
snRtIpFwdCacheType brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read only Specifies the outgoing port to which packets will be forwarded.
Valid values: 0 – 3900. A value of zero indicates that there is no outgoing port for this entry. Non-zero value has the following meaning:
•
Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number.
•
Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number.
For virtual Layer 3 Switch interface, slot number is 15. Port number is the virtual Layer 3 Switch port number, which is a value from 1 –
60.
Read only Indicates the type of entry this is:
• dynamic(1)
• permanent(2)
244 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP prefix list table
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtIpFwdCacheAction brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.7
Syntax: Integer snRtIpFwdCacheFragCheck brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.8
Syntax: Integer snRtIpFwdCacheSnapHdr brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.9
Syntax: Integer snRtIpFwdCacheVLanId brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.10
Syntax: Integer32 snRtIpFwdCacheOutgoingIf brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.11
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Indicates the action taken with this entry:
• other(1)
• forward(2)
• forUs(3)
• waitForArp(4)
• complexFilter(5)
• icmpDeny(6)
• dropPacket(7)
Read only Indicates if fragmentation-needed is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
NOTE: Devices cannot forward the packet without fragmenting it.
Read only Indicates if Ethernet SNAP (also called IEEE 802.3) encapsulation is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read only Shows the VLAN ID of an IP Forwarding Cache Table entry. A value of zero indicates that no VLAN is associated with this entry.
Read only Shows the outgoing interface that will be used to forward packets.
An value of zero indicates that no outgoing interface is associated with this entry.
IP prefix list table
An IP prefix list specifies a list of networks. When you apply an IP prefix list to a neighbor, the Layer
3 Switch sends or receives only a route whose destination is in the IP prefix list. You can configure up to 100 prefix lists. The software interprets the prefix lists in sequential order, beginning with the lowest sequence number.
Name, OID, and Syntax snIpPrefixListTable brcdIp.1.2.2.14
snIpPrefixListEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1
snIpPrefixListName brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.1
Syntax: OctetString
Access
None
None
Description
IP Prefix List Table.
An entry in the IP Prefix List Table. snIpPrefixListSequence brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.2
Syntax: Integer32
Read only Specifies the name of the prefix list. This name can be used when applying the prefix list to a neighbor. It appears in an octet string; each character of the name is represented by one octet. There can be up to
32 octets for this name.
Read only Shows the sequence of an entry in the table. There can be up to 100 prefix list entries. If a sequence number is not specified, then entries are numbered in increments of 5, beginning with prefix list entry 5.
Incoming or outgoing routes are matched against the entries in the IP
Prefix List in numerical order, beginning with the lowest sequence number.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
245
246
IP prefix list table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpPrefixListDesc brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.3
Syntax: OctetString snIpPrefixListAction brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.4
Syntax: Integer snIpPrefixListAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.5
Syntax: IpAddress snIpPrefixListMask brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.6
Syntax: IpAddress snIpPrefixListGeValue brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.7
Syntax: Integer snIpPrefixListLeValue brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Specifies the description of the prefix. This description is in an octet string; each character in the description is represented by one octet.
There can be up to 80 octets in the description.
Read-write Indicates what to do with the route if it matches this entry:
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
Read-write Shows the IP address of the prefix.
Read-write Shows the number of bits in the prefix network mask.
Read-write Specifies that the prefix is greater than the value of the
Valid values: 0 – 32
Read-write Specifies that the prefix is less than the value of the
Valid values: 0 – 32
NOTE: You can specify a range of length for prefixes that are more specific than the values for the
“snIpPrefixListAddr” and “snIpPrefixListMask” objects. The <ge-value> or <le-value> you specify must
meet the following condition: length < ge-value <= le-value <= 32
•
If a value for
“snIpPrefixListGeValue” is specified, then the mask-length range is from the value of
“snIpPrefixListGeValue” to 32.
•
If a value for
is specified, then mask-length range is from length to the value
•
If no value is specified for either the less than or greater than objects, then routes must exactly match the prefixes on the list.
snIpPrefixListRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read-write The length of the IP prefix’s mask. snIpPrefixListLength brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.10
Syntax: Integer32
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
IP AS-Path access list table
IP AS-Path access list table
The IP AS-Path Access List Table (snIpAsPathAccessListTable) has been deprecated and is no longer supported on devices.
IP AS-Path access list string table
AS-PATH is a list of the other ASs through which a route passes. BGP4 routers can use the AS-path to detect and eliminate routing loops. The IP AS-Path Access List Table contains filters that are used to deny or permit updates received from BGP4 neighbors.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpAsPathAccessListStringT able brcdIp.1.2.2.16
snIpAsPathAccessListStringE ntry brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1
snIpAsPathAccessListString
Name brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString snIpAsPathAccessListStringS equence brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snIpAsPathAccessListStringA ction brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.3
Syntax: Integer snIpAsPathAccessListStringR egExpression brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.4
Syntax: Integer snIpAsPathAccessListStringR owStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.5
Syntax: Integer
None
None
Read only An index for the entry in the table.
Read only The sequence index for this entry in this table.
Read-write Determines what to do with the packet if its address matches this entry:
• deny(0)
• permit(1)
Read-write Specifies the AS path information that will be permitted or denied.
This object contains a regular expression. Each character of the regular expression string is represented by one octet.
Read-write
IP As-Path Access List Table.
An entry in the IP As-Path Access List Table.
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
247
ECMP MIB Objects
ECMP MIB Objects
SNMP ECMP MIB objects allows you to configure ECMP for IPV6 using SNMP. ECMP enables the router to balance traffic to a specific destination across multiple equal-cost paths.
To use these objects, do the following.
1. Enable ECMP for RIP using the snRtIpRipEcmpEnable MIB object.
IP Load sharing is enabled by default. However, ECMP must be enabled for RIP IP load sharing.
2. Enable IPv6 load sharing using the fdryIpv6LoadShare MIB object.
IPv6 load sharing is enabled by default. If it needs to be enabled, set fdryIpv6LoadShare to 1.
3. Configure the maximum number of load sharing paths for IPv6 using the fdryIpv6LoadShareNumOfPaths MIB object.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryIpv6LoadShare brcdIp.1.2.17.1.1.1
Syntax: RtrStatus
Read-write fdryIpv6LoadShareNumOf
Paths brcdIp.1.2.17.1.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-write
Description
This object directs the IPv6 traffic to distribute the traffic load to IPv6 routes if more than one IPv6 route is available.
0 = disables IPv6 load sharing
1 = enables IPv6 load sharing
Enter the number of IPv6 routes to be used to share load. Enter a value from 2 - 6.
248 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Bidirectional Forwarding
Chapter
18
In this chapter
•
•
•
BFD MIB session performance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
•
BFD MIB session mapping table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
BFD scaler objects
This chapter presents the MIB objects for Bidirectional Forwarding (BFD) IETF draft mib version 3
(draft-ietf-bfd-mib-03.mib). Support for this MIB will change as the IETF draft version changes, until the MIB is finalized.
The BFD Session Mapping Table maps the complex indexing of the BFD sessions to the flat
BFDIndex used in the BfdSessionTable.
Name, OID, and Syntax bfdAdminStatus brcdIp.3.3.1.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Read-only
Description
The global administrative status of BFD in this router:
• enabled(1) - BFD Process is active on at least one interface
• disabled(2) - BFD is disabled on all interfaces
Default: enabled(1)
The current version number of the BFD protocol.
Default: 0 bfdSessNotificationsEnable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32 bfdSessNotificationsEnable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.1.4
Syntax: TruthValue
Read-write Indicates if notification messages are sent when BFD sessions are up and when they are down
• true(1) - Notification messages are sent.
• false(2) - Notifications messages are not sent.
Default: false(2)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
249
BFD MIB session table
BFD MIB session table
The BFD Session Table specifies information about the BFD session.
Name, OID, and Syntax bfdSessTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2
bfdSessEntry brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1
bfdSessIndex brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.1
Syntax: BfdSessIndexTC bfdSessApplicationId brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32
Access
None
None
None
Read-only
Read-only
Description
Describes the BFD sessions.
Describes and entry for a BFD session.
Contains an index used to represent a unique BFD session on this device.
Contains an index used to indicate a local application which owns or maintains this BFD session. For instance, the MPLS VPN process may maintain a subset of the total number of BFD sessions. This application ID provides a convenient way to segregate sessions by the applications which maintain them.
Specifies the local discriminator for this BFD session, used to uniquely identify it. bfdSessDiscriminator brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32 bfdSessRemoteDiscr brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 bfdSessUdpPort brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.5
Syntax: InetPortNumber bfdSessState brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Specifies the session discriminator chosen by the remote system for this BFD session.
The UDP Port for BFD.
Default: The well-known value for this port.
bfdSessRemoteHeardFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.7
Syntax: TruthValue
Read-only
The perceived state of the BFD session.
• adminDown(1)
• down(2)- BFD session is down
• init(3)- BFD session is initializing
• up(4) - BFD session is up
Status of BFD packet reception from the remote system.
• true(1) - the local device is actively receiving BFD packets from the remote device
• false(0) - either the local device has not received BFD packets recently (within the detection time) or the local device is attempting to tear down the BFD session
250 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
BFD MIB session table
Name, OID, and Syntax bfdSessDiag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 bfdSessOperMode brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.9
Syntax: Integer bfdSessDemandModeDesired
Flag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.10
Syntax: TruthValue bfdSessEchoFuncModeDesire dFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.11
Syntax: TruthValue bfdSessControPlanIndepFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.12
Syntax: TruthValue
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only bfdSessAddrType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.13
Syntax: InetAddressType bfdSessAddr brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.14
Syntax: InetAddress
Access
Accessible-f or-notify
Read-only
Description
A diagnostic code specifying the local system's reason for the last transition of the session from up(1) to some other state.
The following values are applicable in the implementation of this
MIB object:
•
No Diagnostic (1)
•
Control Detection Time Expired (2)
•
Echo Failed (3)
•
Neighbor Signaled Session Down (4)
•
Forwarding Plan Reset (5)
•
Path Down (6)
•
Concatenated Path Down (7)
•
Admin Down (8)
•
Reverse Concatenated Path Down (9)
Each notification uses one of the following varbinds:
•
BfdSessUp - high range value
• bfdSessDown - low range value
Specifies current operating mode of the BFD session.
• asyncModeWEchoFun(1)
• asynchModeWOEchoFun(2)
• demandModeWEchoFunction(3)
• demandModeWOEchoFunction(4)
Indicates if the device will use Demand mode:
• true(1)- the device will use Demand mode
• false(0) - the device will use Demand mode
Read-only
Read-only bfdSessDesiredMinTxInterval brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.15
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-only
Indicates if the device uses Echo mode:
• true(1)- the device will use Echo mode
• false(0) - the device will use Echo mode
Indicates if the device can continue to function when there is a disruption of the control plane:
• true(1)- the local system BFD implementation is independent of the control plane
• false(0) - the local system BFD implementation is dependent on the control plane
The IP address type of the interface associated with this BFD session: unknown(0) - Allowed only when the outgoing interface is of type point-to-point, or when the BFD session is not associated with a specific interface.
ipv4(1) - IP address is IPv4 ipv6(2) - IP address is IPv4
The IP address of the interface associated with this BFD session.
Also used to enable BFD on a specific interface.
The value is set to zero when BFD session is not associated with a specific interface.
Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, that the local system would like to use when transmitting BFD Control packets.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
251
BFD MIB session performance table
Name, OID, and Syntax bfdSessReqMinRxInterval brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.16
Syntax: Unsigned32 bfdSessReqMinEchoRxInterv al brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.17
Syntax: BfdInterval bfdSessDetectMult brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.18
Syntax: Unsigned32 bfdSessStorType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.19
Syntax: StorageType bfdSessRowStatus brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.20
Syntax: RowStatus
Access
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only bfdSessAuthPressFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.21
Syntax: TruthValue
Read-only bfdSessAuthenticationType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.22
Syntax: Integer
Read-only
Description
Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, between received BFD Control packets the local system is capable of supporting.
Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, between received BFD Echo packets that this system is capable of supporting.
Specifies the Detect time multiplier.
Indicates the storage type for this object. Conceptual rows having the value "permanent" need not allow write-access to any columnar objects in the row.
Creates, modifies, or deletes a row in this table. When a row in this table has a row in the active(1) state, no objects in this row can be modified except the bfdSessRowStatus and bfdSessStorageType.
Indicates if the device wants the BFD sessions to be authenticated:
• true(1)- BFD sessions will be authenticated
• false(0) - BFD sessions will not be authenticated
Indicates the authentication type used for this BFD session, if
BFD sessions are authenticated:
• simplePassword(1)
• keyedMD5(2)
• meticulousKeyedMD5(3)
• keyedSHA1(4)
• meticulousKeyedSHA1(5)
BFD MIB session performance table
This table specifies the performance counters for BFD sessions.
Name, OID, and Syntax bfdSessPerfTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3
bfdSessPerfEntry brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1
Access
None
None
Read-only
Description
The BFD Session Performance Table
An entry in this table is created by a BFD-enabled node for every
BFD Session. bfdCounterDiscontinuityTime is used to indicate potential discontinuity for all counter objects in this table.
The total number of BFD messages received for this BFD session.
bfdSessPerfPktIn brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.1
Syntax: Counter32 bfdSessPerfPktOut brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.2
Syntax: Counter32
Read-only The total number of BFD messages sent for this BFD session.
252 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
BFD MIB session performance table
Name, OID, and Syntax bfdSessPerfUpTime brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.3
Syntax: TimeStamp bfdSessPerfLastSessDownTi me brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.4
Syntax: TimeStamp bfdSessPerfLastCommLostDi ag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.5
Syntax: BfdDiag bfdSessPerfSessUpCount brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.6
Syntax: Counter32 bfdSessPerfDiscTime brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.7
Syntax: TimeStamp
Access
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which the session came up. If no such up event exists this object contains a zero value.
The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which the last time communication was lost with the neighbor. If no such down event exist this object contains a zero value.
The BFD diag code for the last time communication was lost with the neighbor. If no such down event exists this object contains a zero value.
The number of times this session has gone into the Up state since the router last rebooted.
bfdSessPerfPktInHC brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.8
Syntax: Counter64 bfdSessPerfPktOutHC brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.9
Syntax: Counter64
Read-only
Read-only
The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which any one or more of the session counters suffered a discontinuity. The relevant counters are the specific instances associated with this
BFD session of any Counter32 object contained in the
BfdSessPerfTable. If no such discontinuities have occurred since the last re-initialization of the local management subsystem, then this object contains a zero value.
This value represents the total number of BFD messages received for this BFD session. It MUST be equal to the least significant 32 bits of bfdSessPerfPktIn if bfdSessPerfPktInHC is supported according to the rules spelled out in RFC2863.
This value represents the total number of total number of BFD messages transmitted for this BFD session. It MUST be equal to the least significant 32 bits of bfdSessPerfPktIn if bfdSessPerfPktOutHC is supported according to the rules spelled out in RFC2863.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
253
BFD MIB session mapping table
BFD MIB session mapping table
The BFD Session Mapping Table maps the complex indexing of the BFD sessions to the flat
BFDIndex used in the BfdSessionTable.
Name, OID, and Syntax
BfdSessMapTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.4
BfdSessMapEntry brcdIp.3.3.1.1.4.1
bfdSessMapBfdIndex brcdIp.3.3.1.1.4.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32
Access
None
None
Read-only
Description
The BFD Session Mapping Table
NOTE: If the value of the bfdSessAddr (an OID) has more that
111 sub-identifiers, then OIDs of column instances in this table will have more than 128 sub-identifiers and cannot be accessed using SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, or SNMPv3.
The BFD Session Entry describes BFD session that is mapped to this index.
NOTE: If the value of the mplsInSegmentMapLabelPtrIndex has more that 111 sub-identifiers, then OIDs of column instances in this table will have more than 128 sub-identifiers and cannot be accessed using SNMPv1,
SNMPv2c, or SNMPv3.
Specifies the BfdIndex referred to by the indexes of this row. In essence, a mapping is provided between these indexes and the
BfdSessTable.
254 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Monitoring and Logging
Chapter
19
In this chapter
•
Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table. . . . . . . . . . . 255
•
•
•
•
System DRAM information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table
There are 3 groups of CPU utilization MIB objects: Group A, B, and C
Group A consists of the following object and should not be used.
brcdIp.1.1.2.1.35
snAgGblCpuUtilData
The object in this group can display management module CPU utilization. The data it displays is from the last time that this object was read. If there is more than one management stations reading the object, conflict will occur because every read resets the CPU utilization until the next read. Thus, it is recommend customer that this object is not used.
Group B consists of the following objects.
brcdIp.1.1.2.1.50
brcdIp.1.1.2.1.51
brcdIp.1.1.2.1.52
snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg
Group B was created to resolve the multi-management stations issue of snAgGblCpuUtilData.
These 3 objects are time based. However, they only work for the management CPU utilization.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
255
CPU utilization
Group C consists of the snAgentCpu table.
brcdIp.1.1.2.11
brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1
brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1
brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.1
brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.2
brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.3
brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.4
brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.5
brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.6
snAgentCpu snAgentCpuUtilTable snAgentCpuUtilEntry snAgentCpuUtilSlotNum snAgentCpuUtilCpuId snAgentCpuUtilInterval snAgentCpuUtilValue snAgentCpuUtilPercent snAgentCpuUtil100thPercent
The snAgentCpu table was created because switch families evolved from a single-CPU system to a multi-CPU system and CPU utilization information for to non-management CPUs were required.
CPU utilization
The following objects monitor CPU utilization in all devices. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for additional information on this feature.
NOTE
Before attempting to read any CPU polling information, enable CPU polling by setting snAgGblCpuUtilCollect to 1 or issuing the cpu-usage on CLI command.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblCpuUtilData brcdIp.1.1.2.1.35
Syntax: Gauge snAgGblCpuUtilCollect brcdIp.1.1.2.1.36
Syntax: Integer snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.50
Syntax: Gauge32 snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.51
Syntax: Gauge32 snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.52
Syntax: Gauge32
Access
Read only
Read-write
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the CPU utilization since the last time the same command was given.
Enables or disables the collection of CPU utilization statistics in a device. This can be one of the following:
•
Enable(1)
•
Disable(0)
Shows CPU utilization every one second.
Shows CPU utilization every 5 seconds.
Shows CPU utilization every one minute.
256 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
System CPU utility table
System CPU utility table
Use the brcdAdxCpuUtilTable for ServerIron ADX products.
Dynamic memory utilization
The following objects manage dynamic memory utilization in all devices. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for additional information on this feature.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblDynMemUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.1.53
Syntax: Gauge32 snAgGblDynMemTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.1.54
Syntax: Integer32 snAgGblDynMemFree brcdIp.1.1.2.1.55
Syntax: Gauge32
Access
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the dynamic memory utilization of the device in percentage units.
Shows the total amount of dynamic memory in a device in number of bytes.
Shows the amount of system dynamic memory that is currently available in number of bytes.
System DRAM information group
This group displays memory utilization statistics for protocols that use dynamic memory allocation.
It shows the same information that a show memory command displays.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snAgSystemDRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4
snAgSystemDRAMUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.1
Syntax: Integer snAgSystemDRAMTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.2
Syntax: Integer snAgSystemDRAMFree brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.3
Syntax: Integer snAgSystemDRAMForBGP brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.4
Syntax: Integer snAgSystemDRAMForOSPF brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.5
Syntax: Integer
NA
Description
The System DRAM Information Group
Read only The amount of system dynamic memory that is currently utilized, in percent.
Read only The total amount of system dynamic memory, in bytes.
Read only The amount of free system dynamic memory, in bytes.
Read only The amount of dynamic memory in bytes, used by BGP.
Read only The amount of dynamic memory in bytes, used by OSPF.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
257
ARP tables
ARP tables
The following tables are available to manage ARP using SNMP:
•
“Static ARP table” on page 258
•
“Global ARP statistics” on page 259
Refer to the configuration guide for a product for additional information on this feature.
Static ARP table
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a standard IP protocol that enables an IP Layer 3 Switch to obtain the MAC address of another device’s interface when the Layer 3 Switch knows the IP address of the interface. ARP is enabled by default and cannot be disabled.
The Static ARP Table in a Layer 3 Switch contains entries that are useful in cases where you want to pre-configure an entry for a device that is not connected to the Layer 3 Switch, or you want to prevent a particular entry from aging out. The software removes a dynamic entry from the ARP cache if the ARP aging interval expires before the entry is refreshed. Static entries do not age out, regardless of whether or not the device receives an ARP request from the device that has the entry’s address.
Access
None
Description
IP static ARP Table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snRtStaticArpTable brcdIp.1.2.2.5
snRtStaticArpEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1
snRtStaticArpIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.1
Syntax: Integer snRtStaticArpIp brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snRtStatkicArpMac brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.3
Syntax: OctetString snRtStaticArpPort brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.4
Syntax: PortIndex
None
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
An entry in the IP static ARP Table.
An index for a static ARP entry. There can be up to 16 entries.
Shows the IP address of a static ARP entry.
Specifies the MAC address of a static ARP entry.
Specifies the port number attached to the device that has the MAC address of the entry:
258 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ARP tables
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snRtStaticArpRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Description
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
The interface index for this entry. snRtStaticArpIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.6
Syntax: InterfaceIndex
Read-write
Global ARP statistics
The following are the MIB objects display statistics for ARP.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snArpStatsTotalReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.1
Syntax: Counter32 snArpStatsRequestReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.2
Syntax: Counter32 snArpStatsRequestSent brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.3
Syntax: Counter32 snArpStatsRepliesSent brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.4
Syntax: Counter32 snArpStatsPendingDrop brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 snArpStatsInvalidSource brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.6
Syntax: Counter32 snArpStatsInvalidDestination brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.7
Syntax: Counter32
Access
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
The total number of ARP packets received from the interfaces, including those received in error.
The total number of input ARP request packets received from the interfaces.
The total number of output ARP request packets sent from the interfaces.
The total number of output ARP reply packets sent from the interfaces.
The total number of ARP pending packets discarded.
The total number of ARP packets received with invalid sender protocol address.
The total number of ARP packets received with invalid destination protocol address.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
259
sFlow
sFlow
This section presents the sFlow objects that are proprietary to products. This section presents the following objects:
•
•
Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on sFlow.
sFlow source
The following object supports the sFlow feature, which is available on certain modules.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgSFlowSourceInterface
brcdIp.1.1.2.1.59
Syntax: InterfaceIndex
Access
Read-write
Description
Identifies the source interface for sFlow packets sent by the device that is running sFlow Export.
Use the ifIndex value for this object to specify the source interface to be used. The interface should have an IP address configured for sFlow. A value of 0 indicates that source interface has not been configured for sFlow. Port 65534 is used to specify a null port.
sFlow collector
Currently, RFC 3176 allows only one sFlow destination to be configured. To configure two or more destinations, use the following table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snSflowCollectorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2
Access
None
None
Description
Table of sFlow collectors, beginning with the second collector.
Configure the first sFlow collector using the sFlowCollectorAddress and sFlowCollectorPort objects in the RFC 3176 sFlowTable.
A row in the sflow collector table snSflowCollectorEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1
snSflowCollectorIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snSflowCollectorIP brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress
Read only
Read-write
The index to the sFlow collector table
The IP address of the sFlow collector
260 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
sFlow collector table
Name, OID, and Syntax snSflowCollectorUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer32 snSflowCollectorRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.19. 2.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Description
The number of the UDP port used by the sFlow collector
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• other(1) – Some other case
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
sFlow collector table
RFC 3176 allows only one sFlow destination to be configured. Now, you can configure two or more sFlow destinations, using the sFlow Collector Table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snsFlowCollectorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2
Access
None
None
Description
Table of sFlow collectors, beginning with the second collector. Configure the first sFlow collector using the sFlowCollectorAddress and sFlowCollectorPort objects in the RFC 3176 sFlowTable.
A row in the sflow collector table snSflowCollectorEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1
snSflowCollectorIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer snSflowCollectorIP brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress
Read only
Read-write
Shows the index to the sFlow collector table
Indicates the IP address of the sFlow collector
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
261
System logging
Name, OID, and Syntax Access t snSflowCollectorUDPPor brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer snSflowCollectorRowSta tus brcdIp.1.1.3.19. 2.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Indicates the number of the UDP port used by the sFlow collector
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: delete(3) – Delete the row create(4) – Create a new row modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are deleted immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads: noSuch(0) – No such row other(1) – Some other case valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
System logging
The objects in this section manage system logging functions (Syslog) using SNMP. The objects are grouped in the following sections:
•
•
“Dynamic system logging buffer table” on page 264
•
“Static system logging buffer table” on page 265
Refer to the configuration guide for a product for additional information on Syslog.
Global objects
The objects below are for global system logging processes.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgSysLogGblEnable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.1
Syntax: Integer snAgSysLogGblBufferSize brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.2
Syntax: Integer32 snAgSysLogGblClear brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Enables or disables system logging. Set this object to one of the following values:
•
Disable(0)
•
Enable(1)
Default: enable(1)
Read-write Sets the number of dynamic system logging entries.
Valid values: Up to 100 entries.
Default: 50 entries
Read-write Clears the dynamic and static system log buffers. Set this object to one of the following values:
• normal(0) – System logs will not be cleared
• clearAll(1) – Clears both dynamic and static system log buffers
• clearDynamic(2) – Clears only the dynamic system log
• clearStatic(3) – Clears only the static system log
262 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
System logging
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgSysLogGblCriticalLevel brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.4
Syntax: Integer32
Access Description
Read-write Filters and identifies the events that will be logged in the logging buffer. This object consists of 32 bits. The following shows the meaning of each bit:
Bit Meaning
8 to 31reserved
7 Warning (warning conditions)
6 Notification (normal but significant conditions)
5 Informational (informational messages)
4 Error (error conditions)
2 Debugging (debugging messages)
1 Critical (critical conditions). Setting this bit to 1 tells the logging buffer to accept the corresponding event.
0 Alert (immediate action needed). Setting this bit to 0 makes the logging buffer reject the corresponding event.
Default: 255
Read only Shows the number events logged in the system logging buffer.
snAgSysLogGblLoggedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 snAgSysLogGblDroppedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.6
Syntax: Counter32 snAgSysLogGblFlushedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.7
Syntax: Counter32
Read only
Read only
Shows the number of events dropped from the system logging buffer.
Shows the number of times that the system logging buffer was cleared.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
263
264
System logging
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgSysLogGblOverrunCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.8
Syntax: Counter32 snAgSysLogGblFacility brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Description
Shows the number of times that the system logging buffer has wrapped around.
Read-write Shows the facility code:
• kern(1)
• user(2)
• mail(3)
• daemon(4)
• auth(5)
• syslog(6)
• lpr(7)
• news(8)
• uucp(9)
• sys9(10)
• sys10(11)
• sys11(12)
• sys12(13)
• sys13(14)
• sys14(15)
• cron(16)
• local0(17)
• local1(18)
• local2(19)
• local3(20)
• local4(21)
• local5(22)
• local6(23)
• local7(24)
Default: user(2)
Dynamic system logging buffer table
The following table applies to all devices. It contains the events logged in the Dynamic System Log.
Events that are not logged in the Static System Log are logged in the Dynamic System Log.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgSysLogBufferTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2
snAgSysLogBufferEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1
snAgSysLogBufferIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer32 snAgSysLogBufferTimeSt amp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.2
Syntax: Time ticks
Access
None
None
Description
Dynamic system logging buffer table.
A row in the dynamic system logging buffer table.
Read only Shows the index to the dynamic system logging buffer table.
Read only Shows the time stamp for when the event is logged.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
System logging
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgSysLogBufferCriticalL evel brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read only Show how critical this event is:
• other(1)
• alert(2)
• critical(3)
• debugging(4)
• emergency(5)
• error(6)
• informational(7)
• notification(8)
• warning(9)
Read only Displays the system logging message.
snAgSysLogBufferMessag e brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snAgSysLogBufferCalTime
Stamp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.5
Syntax: DisplayString
Read only Shows the time stamp when the event is logged. This object is used only if an external time source, such as an SNTP server, is configured.
Otherwise, the value of this object is 0.
This object returns a NULL terminated time stamp string if the system calendar time was set. It returns a blank if the system calendar time was not set.
Static system logging buffer table
The following table contains the events logged in the Static System Log. The Static System Log receives power failures, fan failures, temperature warnings, or shutdown messages.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgStaticSysLogBufferTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3
snAgStaticSysLogBufferEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1
snAgStaticSysLogBufferIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer snAgStaticSysLogBufferTimeStamp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.2
Syntax: Time ticks l snAgStaticSysLogBufferCriticalLeve brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
Static system logging buffer table.
A row in the static system logging buffer table.
Read only The index to the static system logging buffer table.
Read only A time stamp, in number of time ticks, when the event is logged.
Read only The critical level of this event:
• alert(2)
• critical(3)
• debugging(4)
• emergency(5)
• error(6)
• informational(7)
• notification(8)
• warning(9)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
265
CAM statistics
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgStaticSysLogBufferMessage brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snAgStaticSysLogBufferCalTimeSta mp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.5
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
Read only The system logging message.
Read only A time stamp when the event is logged. This object is used only if an external time source, such as an SNTP server, is configured. Otherwise, the value of this object is 0.
If an SNTP server is used to maintain time, then this object adds the value of the object
“snAgStaticSysLogBufferTimeStamp” to the SNTP base to calculate the absolute time.
This object returns a NULL terminated time stamp string if the system calendar time was set. It returns a blank if the system calendar time was not set.
System log server table
The System Log (Syslog) Server Table shows which servers will receive Syslog messages. Every server in this table will receive all Syslog messages.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgSysLogServerTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4
snAgSysLogServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1
snAgSysLogServerIP brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snAgSysLogServerUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.2
Syntax: Integer snAgSysLogServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
System Log Server Table
A row in the System Log Server Table
Read-write IP address of System Log server
Read-write UDP port number of the Syslog server.
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• other(1) – Other
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
CAM statistics
The following tables present statistics for the CAM:
•
“System log server table” on page 266
•
“IP CAM statistics table” on page 267
266 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
CAM statistics
IP CAM statistics table
This table lists the CAM statistics for Layer 3. It is the output for the dm cam-stat ip CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snCAMIpStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2
snCAMIpStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1 snCAMIpStatIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCAMIpStatLevel brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCAMIpStatFreeEntries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCAMIpStatTotalEntries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32
NA
Description
IP CAM Statistics Table
NA An entry in the IP CAM Statistics Table. Each row shows statistics for one interface and level.
Read only The ifIndex value of the local interface.
Read only Level of CAM entry for that interface.
Read only Free entries in the IP CAM for that interface and level.
Read only Total entries in the IP CAM for that interface and level.
The output provides the following information:
•
L3 L3 1 - 2047 (0x00001 - 0x007ff), free 2047 (0x007ff)
•
L3 L2 2048 - 4095 (0x00800 - 0x00fff), free 2048 (0x00800)
•
L3 4096 - 32767 (0x01000 - 0x07fff), free 28662 (0x06ff6)
Values are shared across the DMA. Also, if IP activity across DMAs are not different, some fields may show the same values.
CAM statistics table
This table shows CAM statistics for all master DMAs. It is equivalent to the dm cam stat dma
master num CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snCAMStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3
snCAMStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1
snCamStatDMAIdNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatDMAMasterNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32
Access
NA
NA
Description
CAM Statistics Table
A row representing CAM statistics for a given DMA ID number.
Read only DMA ID number.
Read only DMA master for the DMA ID number.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
267
268
CAM statistics
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snCamStatFreePool0Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.3
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatFreePool1Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatFreePool2Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatFreePool3Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.6
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatFreeL2Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.7
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatFreeL2LowestSection brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatHostLookupCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.9
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatRouteLookupCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.10
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatLevel1 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.11
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatLevel2 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.12
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatLevel3 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.13
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatMacFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.14
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamStatIPRouteFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.15
Syntax: Counter snCamStatIPSessionFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.16
Syntax: Counter snCamStatIPMCastFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.17
Syntax: Counter
Access Description
Read only CAM free pool0 entries.
Read only CAM free pool1 entries.
Read only CAM free pool2 entries.
Read only CAM free pool3 entries.
Read only CAM Free L2 entries
Read only CAM Free L2 lowest section entries.
Read only CAM host lookup count for router.
Read only CAM route lookup count for router.
Read only CAM stat level1 entries for router.
Read only CAM stat level2 entries for router.
Read only CAM stat level3 entries for router.
Read only CAM MAC fail count.
Read only CAM IP route fail count.
Read only CAM IP session fail count.
Read only CAM IP multicast fail count.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
CAM usage tables
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamStatL2SessionFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.18
Syntax: Counter snCamStatAddMACCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.19
Syntax: Counter snCamStatAddVLANCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.20
Syntax: Counter snCamStatAddIPHostCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.21
Syntax: Counter snCamStatAddIPRouteCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.22
Syntax: Counter snCamStatAddIPSessionCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.23
Syntax: Counter snCamStatAddIPMCastCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.24
Syntax: Counter snCamStatAddL2SessionCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.25
Syntax: Counter snCamStatAddIPXCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.26
Syntax: Counter snCamStatDeleteDMACamCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.27
Syntax: Counter
Read only CAM L2 session fail count.
Read only CAM add MAC count.
Read only CAM add VLAN count.
Read only CAM add IP host count.
Read only CAM add IP route count.
Read only CAM add IP session count.
Read only CAM add IP multicast count.
Read only CAM add L2 session count.
Read only CAM add IPX count.
Read only CAM delete DMA CAM count.
CAM usage tables
The CAM Usage Tables allow customers to poll the interface modules for CAM usage information.
Information is available for the following:
•
Available CAM size per partition
•
Amount of free CAM
•
Amount of used CAM in percent
The CAM usage tables are equivalent to the show cam-partition CLI command. CAM partition profile is configured by the cam-partition profile CLI command
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
269
270
CAM usage tables
CAM usage data is stored in the interface processors and are obtained by the management processor.
This section contains the following:
•
•
“CAM usage for layer 3 traffic” on page 270
•
“CAM usage for layer 2 traffic” on page 271
•
“CAM usage session table” on page 272
•
“CAM usage other table” on page 273
CAM profile
This object identifies CAM partition profiles. Each profile adjusts the partitions to optimize the device for corresponding applications.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snCamProfile brcdIp.1.14.1.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
Description
Read only Displays one of the following:
• default(1),
• ipv4(2),
• ipv4Ipv6(3),
• ipv4Ipv62(4),
• ipv4Vpls(5),
• ipv4Vpn(6),
• ipv6(7),
• l2Metro(8),
• l2Metro2(9),
• mplsL3vpn(10),
• mplsL3vpn2(11),
• mplsVpls(12),
• mplsVpls2(13),
• mplsVpnVpls(14),
• multiService(15),
• multiService2(16),
• multiService3(17),
• multiService4(18)
CAM usage for layer 3 traffic
The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by Layer 3 traffic.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snCamUsageL3Table brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1
snCamUsageL3Entry brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1
snCamUsageL3Slot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32
Access
NA
NA
Not accessible
Description
The CAM Usage table for Layer 3 Traffic.
An entry in the snCamUsageL3Table.
A number which uniquely identifies an interface module on the device
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
CAM usage tables
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snCamUsageL3Processor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageL3Type brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snCamUsageL3Supernet brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageL3Size brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageL3Free brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.6
Syntax: Gauge32
Access
Not accessible
Description
A number which uniquely identifies the network processor of the interface module identified by the
Not accessible
Not accessible
Read only
Read only
Identifies the type of Layer 3 traffic passing through the network processor:
• ipv4(1)
• ipv6(2)
• ipv4vpn(3)
• ipv6vpn(4)
Identifies the Supernet for the Layer 3 type traffic. It provides information for longest match lookup.
For example:
•
0 (zero) - all the bits of an IP address will be matched
•
1 - all but the lowest bit in an IP address will be matched.
Valid Values:
•
IPv4 and IPv4VPN: 0 - 32, where a value of 32 indicates the entry is the total of other Supernets indexed by [0..31].
•
IPv6: 0..10, where a value of 10 indicates the entry is the total of other Supernets indexed by [0..9].
The effective CAM size by the Layer 3 traffic:
• iPv4 traffic: Each unit is 4 bytes.
•
IPv4vpn traffic: Each unit is 8 bytes.
•
IPv6 traffic: Each unit is 16 bytes.
The amount of CAM currently available by the Layer 3 traffic entry:
•
IPv4 traffic: each unit is 4 bytes.
•
IPv4vpn traffic: each unit is 8 bytes.
•
IPv6 traffic: each unit is 16 bytes.
The percentage of CAM currently being used by the Layer 3 traffic. snCamUsageL3UsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.7
Syntax: Percent
Read only
CAM usage for layer 2 traffic
The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by Layer 2 traffic.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snCamUsageL2Table brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2
snCamUsageL2Entry brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1
snCamUsageL2Slot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageL2Processor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32
NA
NA
Not accessible
Not accessible
Description
The CAM usage table for Layer 2 traffic.
An entry in the snCamUsageL2Table.
A number which uniquely identifies an interface module on the device
A number which uniquely identifies the network processor of the interface module identified by the
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
271
272
CAM usage tables
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamUsageL2Type brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Not accessible
Identifies the type of layer 2 traffic passing through the network processor:
• forwarding(1)
• protocol(2)
• flooding(3)
• total(4)
Indicates the effective CAM size for this layer 2 traffic entry. Each unit is 8 bytes.
snCamUsageL2Size brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageL2Free brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.5
Syntax: Gauge32 t snCamUsageL2UsedPercen brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.6
Syntax: Percent
Not accessible
Read only Shows the amount of CAM currently available for this Layer 2 traffic.
Each unit is 8 bytes."
Read only Shows the percentage of CAM currently being used for this Layer 2 traffic.
CAM usage session table
The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by sessions traffic.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snCamUsageSessionTable brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3
snCamUsageSessionEntry brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1
snCamUsageSessionSlot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageSessionProcessor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageSessionType brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
NA
NA
Description
The CAM Usage table for Layer 3 Traffic.
An entry in the snCamUsageSessionTable.
Not accessible
A number that uniquely identifies an interface module on the device.
Not accessible
Not accessible
A number which uniquely identifies the network processor on the interface module identified by the
object.
Identifies the type of session:
• ipv4Multicast(1)
• ipv4andMacReceiveAcl(2)
• ipv4andMacRuleAcl(3)
• ipv4andMacTotal(4)
• ipv4andMacOut(5)
• ipv6Multicast(6)
• ipv6ReceiveAcl(7)
• ipv6RuleAcl(8)
• ipv6Total(9)
• ipv6Out(10)
• labelOut(11)
• ipv4SrcGuardDenial(12)
• ipv4SrcGuardPermit(13)
• internalForwardingLookup(14)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
CAM usage tables
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snCamUsageSessionSize brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageSessionFree brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.5
Syntax: Gauge32 snCamUsageSessionUsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.6
Syntax: Percent
Access Description
Read only Identifies the effective CAM size for this session traffic entry:
•
IPv4 sessions: each unit is 16 bytes
•
IPv6 sessions: each unit is 64 bytes
Read only The amount of CAM currently available for this session:
•
IPv4 sessions: each unit is 16 bytes
•
IPv6 sessions: each unit is 64 bytes
Read only The percentage of CAM currently being used by this session.
CAM usage other table
The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by traffic other than
Layer 3, Layer 2, and Sessions.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snCamUsageOtherTable brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4
snCamUsageOtherEntry brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1
snCamUsageOtherSlot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageOtherProcessor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageOtherType brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.3
Syntax: Integer snCamUsageOtherSize brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 snCamUsageOtherFree brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.5
Syntax: Gauge32
Access
NA
NA
Not accessible
Not accessible
Not accessible
Read only
Read only snCamUsageOtherUsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.6
Syntax: Percent
Read only
Description
CAM Usage table for traffic types other than Layer 3, Layer 2, and Sessions traffic.
An entry in the snCamUsageOtherTable.
A number that uniquely identifies an interface module on the device
A number which uniquely identifies the network processor on the interface module identified by the
object.
Identifies the traffic type:
• gre(1)
• multicastVpls(2)
Indicates the effective CAM size for this Other traffic type:
•
GRE: each unit is 8 bytes
•
Multicast VPLS: each unit is 16 bytes
Indicates the amount of CAM currently available to this traffic type:
•
GRE: each unit is 8 bytes
•
Multicast VPLS: each unit is 16 bytes
Indicates the percentage of CAM currently being used for this traffic type.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
273
System process utilization table
System process utilization table
This table lists CPU utilization and statistics for all CPU processes on the device. It is equivalent to the show process cpu CLI command, which displays routing statistics for major protocols.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snCpuProcessTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2
snCpuProcessEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1
snCpuProcessName brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString snCpuProcess5SecUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.2
Syntax: Gauge snCpuProcess1MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.3
Syntax: Gauge snCpuProcess5MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.4
Syntax: Gauge snCpuProcess15MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.5
Syntax: Gauge snCpuProcessRuntime brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.6
Syntax: Counter
Access
NA
NA
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
System Process Utilization Table
A row in the System Process Utilization Table.
Name of the process.
Statistics collected during the last 5 seconds of process utilization.
Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization.
Statistics collected during the last 1 minute of process utilization.
Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization.
Statistics collected during the last 5 minutes of process utilization.
Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization.
Statistics collected during the last 15 minutes of process utilization.
Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization.
Process runtime in milliseconds.
Objects for debugging
The following objects are for debugging. They are equivalent to the debug CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snAgSystemDebug brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5
snAgSystemDebugTotalIn brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgSystemDebugTotalOut brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgSystemDebugCpuQueu eRead brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.3
Syntax: Unsigned32
NA The System Debug group
Read only Total incoming packet count. Sum of Buffer Manager and CPU read count.
Read only Total outgoing packet count.
Read only CPU Queue read count.
274 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Support for optical monitoring
Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snAgSystemDebugDRAMBu ffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgSystemDebugBMBuffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.5
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgSystemDebugBMFreeB uffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.6
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgSystemDebugBMFreeB ufferMgmt brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.7
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgSystemDebugIpcGigLo ck brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgSystemDebugDRAMGe tError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.9
Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgSystemDebugDRAMTo
BMCopyFail brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.10
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read only DRAM buffer count.
Read only BM buffer count.
Read only Free BM buffer count.
Read only Free BM buffer management count.
Read only IPC GIG lock count.
Read only DRAM get error count.
Read only DRAM to Buffer Manager copy fail count.
Support for optical monitoring
The following objects are for support is POS and Ethernet optical monitoring. They are equivalent to the show optics CLI command.
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6
snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1
Syntax: Unsigned32 snIfOpticalMonitoringTemperature brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
None
None
This table lists the instrumented parameters of all optical interfaces.
T he snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoEntry specifies the optical parameters of the specified interface.Only the ifIndices of optical interfaces whose parameters need to be monitored will be used to index this table.
Read-only This object holds the value of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the interface. This object indicates the health of the transmitter.
The format is xxx.yyyy (Celsius), followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm or high/low warning.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
275
Support for optical monitoring
Name, Identifier, and Syntax snIfOpticalMonitoringTxPower brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snIfOpticalMonitoringRxPower brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.3
Syntax: DisplayString snIfOpticalMonitoringTxBiasCurrent brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
Read-only This object holds the value of the transmitter optical signal power for the interface, measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning or alarm.
Read-only This object holds the value of the receiver optical signal power for the interface, measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning or alarm.
Read-only Tx Bias Current. It is measured in mA, and is followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning or alarm.
276 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Layer 4 Switch Group
Chapter
20
In this chapter
•
Barrel processor hardware statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
•
•
•
Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
•
Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
•
Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
•
•
Server load balancing traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
•
GSLB DNS zone information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
•
For trap objects and object to enable traps specific to ServerIron ADX devices, refer to the following sections:
•
“Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 357
•
Refer to the ServerIron manuals for details on the features discussed in this section. Go to the
Support and Services page of the Brocade Web site to find the link to the latest ServerIron ADX manuals.
Barrel processor hardware statistics table brcdAdxBPStatTable
The brcdAdxBPStatTable displays BP hardware buffer allocation, management and performance statistics on ServerIron ADX platforms.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
277
278
Barrel processor hardware statistics table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdAdxBPStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.1
brcdAdxBPStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1
brcdAdxBPStatAsmNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.1
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxBPStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.2
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxBPTotalRxQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.3
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPRxQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.4
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPRxQueuesAwaiting brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.5
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPTotalTxQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.6
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPTxQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.7
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPTxQueuesAwaiting brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.8
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPTotalFreeQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.9
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPFreeQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.10
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpRxFromBackplaneRegu larPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.11
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpRxFromBackplaneIpcP kts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.12
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpTxToBpRegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.13
Syntax: Counter
Access
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
Barrel Processor Hardware Statistics table for ServerIron
ADX.
An entry in the table.
ADX Barrel processor slot number.
ADX Barrel processor (CPU) BP number.
The size of the hardware receive-queues are in BP
The number of the hardware receive-queues are in use in
BP
The number of the hardware receive-queues are awaiting for
CPU in BP
The size of the hardware transmit-queues are in BP
The number of the hardware transmit-queues are in use in
BP
The number of the hardware transmit-queues are awaiting to transmit in BP
The size of the hardware free-queues are in BP
The number of the hardware free-queues are in use in BP
The number of the regular packets are received by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) from the backplane.
The number of the IPC packets are received by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) from the backplane.
The number of the regular packets are transmitted by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) to the BP.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Barrel processor hardware statistics table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdAdxBPAxpTxToBpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.14
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPBpRxFromAxpRegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.15
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPBpRxFromAxpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.16
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPBpTxToAxpRegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.17
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPBpTxToAxpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.18
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpRxFromBpRegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.19
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpRxFromBpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.20
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpTxToBackplaneRegular
Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.21
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpTxToBackplaneIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.22
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpRxPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.23
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpRxBufferOverflow brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.24
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpTxPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.25
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPAxpTxBadPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.26
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
The number of the IPC packets are transmitted by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) to the BP.
The number of the regular packets are received by the BP from the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP).
The number of the IPC packets are received by the BP from the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP).
The number of the regular packets are transmitted by the
BP to the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP).
The number of the IPC packets are transmitted by the BP to the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP).
The number of the regular packets are received by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) from the BP.
The number of the IPC packets are received by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) from the BP.
The number of the regular packets are transmitted by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) to the Backplane.
The number of the IPC packets are transmitted by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) to the Backplane.
The number of the received packets are dropped by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP).
The number of the AXP receive-buffers overflow.
The number of the transmit-packets are dropped by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP).
The number of the bad transmit-packets are dropped by the
Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP).
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
279
ADX queue statistics table
ADX queue statistics table
The following Queue Statistics Table applies to the ServerIron ADX devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access brcdAdxQueueStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14
brcdAdxQueueStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1
brcdAdxQueueStatSlotNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.1
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxQueueStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.2
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidReadKeysVal idated brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.3
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidSslMonDma
KeyValidated brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1. 4
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidDpramToSdr am2DmaKeyValidated brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.5
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidSdram2ToSd ram2DmaKeyValidated brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.6
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidHwBuffersDu ringGetBuffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1. 7
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidHwBuffersDu ringReadKey brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1. 8
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxQueueNumOverSizePackets brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1. 9
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxQueueNumZeroSizePackets brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.10
Syntax: Counter
None
None
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
ADX Queue Statistics table."
An entry in ADX Queue Statistics table.
ADX Barrel processor slot number.
ADX Barrel processor (CPU) BP number.
The number of the invalid read-keys that have been validated
The number of the invalid DMA read-keys that have been validated in SSL-mon.
The number of the invalid DMA read-keys from DPRAM to SDRAM2 that have been validated.
The number of the invalid DMA read-keys from
SDPRAM2 to SDRAM2 that have been validated.
The number of the invalid hardware buffers that have been validated during the event of get-buffer.
The number of the invalid hardware buffers that have been validated during the event of read-key.
The number of the over size packets.
The number of the zero size packets.
280 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ADX DMA statistics table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdAdxQueueSmallPacketsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.11
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxQueueBigPacketsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.12
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read only
Description
The number of the small packets errors.
Read only The number of the big packets errors.
ADX DMA statistics table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdAdxDmaStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15
brcdAdxDmaStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1 brcdAdxDmaStatNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.1
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxDmaStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.2
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxDmaChannelNum brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.3
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxDmaCoreId brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.4
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxDmaStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
None
None
Description
ADX DMA Statistics table.
An entry in DMA Statistics table. Entries are indexed by the brcdAdxDmaStatSlotNumber and brcdAdxDmaStatBpNumber objects.
ADX Barrel processor slot number.
ADX Barrel processor (CPU) BP number.
Read only ADX Barrel processor DMA channel number.
Read only ADX Barrel processor (CPU) Core ID.
Read only brcdAdxDmaExtendedAddressRequir ed brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read only
A bit array that contains the value of the DMA status. This is a packed bit string. The status of each DMA is encoded into one bit.
Bit 0 - FALSE
Bit 1 = TRUE
The following shows the meaning of each bit:
(bit 0 is the least significant bit).
Bit 8-31 = reserved
Bit 7= Tx error
Bit 6 = Don't care
Bit 5 = Channel Busy
Bit 4 = Programming error
Bit 0-3 = reserved
Determines if the extended address is required:
• true(1) - extended address is required
• false(2) - extended address is not required
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
281
Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdAdxDmaTotalCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.7
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxDmaDesciptorAllocFailures brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.8
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxDmaCurDescRegisterOutOfR ange brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.9
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxDmaTimeoutOnWaiting brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.10
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxDmaScatterFailures brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.11
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
The total packets in the DMA.
The total number of descriptor allocated failures in the
DMA.
The total number out of range cases in the current descriptive register in the DMA.
The total number of out of range cases in the current descriptive register in the DMA.
The total number of scattered failures in the DMA.
Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics
The barrel processor (BP) Inter-Process Communication table contains BP statistics detail information.
brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable
Use the brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable for ServerIron ADX devices. The brcdAdxBPIpcStatEntry object identifies an entry in the brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable table.
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12
brcdAdxBPIpcStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1
brcdAdxBPIpcStatAsmNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.1
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxBPIpcStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.2
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxBPIpcRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.3
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.4
Syntax: Counter
Access
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Description
Barrel Processor Inter-process communication(IPC)
Statistics table for ServerIron ADX.
An entry in the table.
Barrel processor slot number.
Barrel processor (CPU) BP number.
Read-only The number of the IPC data packets that were received by the BP from the MP.
Read-only The number of the IPC data packets that were transmitted by the BP to the MP.
282 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdAdxBPIpcRxMsgs rcdAdxBPIpcStatEntry 5
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcTxMsgs brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.6
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcRxFragPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.7
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcTxFragPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.8
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcDropPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.9
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcDropMsgs brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.10
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcTxPktsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.11
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcTxMsgsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.12
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcTxQueuesFull brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.13
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcPktsBounceBack brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.14
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcMsgsOutOfRange brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.15
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcMsgsNoCallBack brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.16
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcMsgsWrongContent brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.17
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcMsgsBadPortNum brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.18
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcPktsCheckSumError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.19
Syntax: Counter
Access Description
Read-only The number of the IPC messages that were received by the
BP from the MP.
Read-only The number of the IPC messages that were transmitted by the BP to the MP.
Read-only The number of the IPC fragmented data packets were received by the BP from the MP.
Read-only The number of the IPC fragmented data packets that were transmitted by BP to MP.
Read-only The number of the IPC data packets are dropped.
Read-only The number of the IPC messages are dropped."
Read-only The number of transmitted IPC data packets that have errors are counted.
Read-only The number of transmitted IPC messages that have errors are counted.
Read-only The total number of transmit-queues which are full, are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC messages that are bounced back, are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC messages that exceed the specified size are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC messages that have no callback functions are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC messages that have wrong contents are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC messages that have bad port number, are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC messages that have checksum errors are counted.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
283
CPU utilization table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdAdxBPIpcPktsTooLarge brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.20
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcPktsFragOutOfSync brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.21
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcPktsFragExceedMaxCon n brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.22
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcPktsFragMallocFailure brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.23
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcPktsFragAgedOut brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.24
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcBuffersAllocFailure brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.25
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcTotalBuffersAlloc brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.26
Syntax: Counter brcdAdxBPIpcTotalBuffersFree brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.27
Syntax: Counter
Read-only The number of IPC messages that are too large, are counted."
Read-only The number of IPC fragmented packets that are out of sync, are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC fragmented packets that exceed the max. connections, are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC fragmented packets that have malloc failure, are counted.
Read-only The number of IPC fragmented packets that are aging out, are counted.
Read-only The number of buffers alloc failures are counted.
Read-only The total number of allocated buffers are counted.
Read-only The total number of free buffers are counted.
CPU utilization table
Use the brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleType table to obtain statistics on CPU utilization for ServerIron ADX devices.
brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleType
The Brocade ADX System CPU Utilization Table contains information about the CPU utilization on a
ServerIron ADX. The table below describes the objects in the table.
.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access brcdAdxCpuUtilTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.
brcdAdxCpuUtilEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.
brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleT ype brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer
N/A
N/A
N/A
Description
This table lists utilization for all CPUs in the ServerIron ADX device.
A row in the brcdAdxCpuUtilTable.
The type of module installed in the device, which contains the cpu:
• mp(1) = Management Processor
• asm(2) = Application Switch Module
284 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Session
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdAdxCpuUtilModule
Num brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxCpuUtilCpuId brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.3
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxCpuUtilInterval brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.4
Syntax: Integer brcdAdxCpuUtilValue brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.5
Syntax: Gauge32
Access
N/A
N/A
N/A
Read-only
Description
The module number which identifies the particular module- ype in the system.
The CPU ID. For management module (MP), there is one CPU. For the
ASM module, there are a number of CPUs."
The value, in seconds, for this utilization. For both management and slave CPU, utilization is displayed for 1 sec, 5 sec, 60 sec and 300 sec interval.
The statistical CPU utilization in units of one-hundredth of a percent.
Session
The following objects define TCP and UDP sessions in a ServerIron.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4MaxSessionLimit brcdIp.1.1.4.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4TcpSynLimit brcdIp.1.1.4.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4slbGlobalSDAType brcdIp.1.1.4.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write snL4slbTotalConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.1.4
Syntax: Counter
Read only
Description
Specifies the maximum number of active sessions the ServerIron allows. An active session is an entry in the ServerIron session table. A
UDP or TCP session that has become idle but has not yet timed out
(according to the UDP or TCP age timer) is an active session in the table.
Valid values: 0 - 1,000,000
Default: Depends on the target system configuration
Shows the maximum number of TCP SYN requests per second per real server that the ServerIron is allowed to send. A TCP SYN request is a packet that a client sends to request a TCP connection to the server.
Limiting the number of TCP SYN requests that can be sent to the server each second protects the ServerIron from TCP SYN attacks.
Valid values: 1 – 65535
Default: 65535
Shows the method the ServerIron uses to select a real server for client request:
• leastconnection(1) – The ServerIron sends the request to the real server that currently has the fewest number of active connections with clients.
• roundrobin(2) – The ServerIron sends the request to each server in rotation, regardless of how many connections each server has.
• weighted(3) – The ServerIron uses the weights you assign to the real servers to select a real server. The weights are based on the number of entries the ServerIron has for each server in the sessions table.
Default: leastconnection(1)
Shows the total number of client connections on the ServerIron since its last reboot. A connection consists of two sessions: client-to-server session and server-to-client session.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
285
Server load balancing traffic information
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4slbLimitExceeds brcdIp.1.1.4.1.5
Syntax: Integer snL4FreeSessionCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.13
Syntax: Integer snL4TcpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.1.28
Syntax: Integer snL4UdpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.1.29
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Description
Shows the number of times the TCP SYN requests from clients
exceeded the configured “snL4TcpSynLimit” value.
Read only
Read-write
Read-write
Shows the number of sessions that are still available for use. This number is the maximum number of sessions configured, minus the number of active sessions.
Specifies how many minutes a TCP server connection can remain inactive before the session times out and the ServerIron disconnects the session.
Changing the value of this object affects only the new TCP sessions that are opened after the change is made. Current sessions will use the maximum age that was specified before the change occurred.
This object globally sets the age for all TCP ports. To override this value for a port, specify the age locally on the individual port using the device’s CLI.
Valid values: 2 – 60 minutes
Default value: 30 minutes
Specifies how many minutes a UDP server connection can remain inactive before the session times out and the ServerIron closes the session.
Changing the value of this object affects only the new UDP sessions that are opened after the change is made. Current sessions will use the maximum age that was specified before the change occurred.
This object globally sets the age for all UDP ports. To override this value for a port, specify the age locally on the individual port using the device’s CLI.
Valid values: 2 – 60 minutes
Default: 5 minutes
Server load balancing traffic information
Server Load Balancing (SLB) is based on associations between real servers and virtual servers.
The real servers are your application servers. The virtual servers have one or more virtual IP addresses (VIPs). You associate a real server with a virtual server by binding TCP/UDP ports on the real servers with TCP/UDP ports on the virtual server. When a client sends a TCP/UDP request for a port on the virtual server, the ServerIron sends the client’s request to the real server.
The following objects provide information on the SLB traffic packets that were transmitted between the server and the clients.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4slbForwardTraffic brcdIp.1.1.4.1.6
Syntax: Counter snL4slbReverseTraffic brcdIp.1.1.4.1.7
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the number of packets sent by clients to the server.
Shows the number of packets sent by servers to clients. Generally, this value is 0 unless the client is using FTP or another application that causes the server to initiate connections.
286 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Hot standby
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4slbDrops brcdIp.1.1.4.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only snL4slbDangling brcdIp.1.1.4.1.9
Syntax: Integer snL4slbDisableCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.10
Syntax: Integer snL4slbAged brcdIp.1.1.4.1.11
Syntax: Integer snL4slbFinished brcdIp.1.1.4.1.12
Syntax: Integer snL4unsuccessfulConn brcdIp.1.1.4.1.25
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the total number of packets dropped by the ServerIron. This statistic includes the following:
•
TCP Resets – Resets sent by the ServerIron
•
Forward Resets – Resets from the client
•
Unsuccessful requests – Requests sent to a TCP or UDP port that is not bound to the request’s destination VIP.
Shows the number of old types of connections. For use by Brocade technical support.
Shows the number of packets the ServerIron dropped because they were sent by a client to a VIP port that is bound to a disabled real server port.
Shows the total number of TCP and UDP sessions that have been aged out and closed. A session ages out when the age timer configured on the ServerIron expires.
The total number of TCP connections that are either in the FIN or RST state.
Shows the number of packets that were dropped due to one of the following reasons:
•
A deny filter configured on the switch matched the packet, causing the switch to drop the packet.
•
A client requested a TCP or UDP port that is not bound on the VI.
Hot standby
Hot standby redundancy is a backup feature that allows a ServerIron to serve as an automatic backup for another ServerIron. Each hot-standby pair consists of two ServerIrons. One ServerIron serves as the primary or active ServerIron, and the other serves as the secondary or standby
ServerIron. The standby ServerIron becomes active only if the primary ServerIron fails due to loss of power or loss of data path. The active and standby ServerIrons must have the same SLB or TCS configuration and share the same virtual MAC address. The shared MAC address can be selected from the available pool on either the active ServerIron or the standby ServerIron.
For more information on the Hot standby feature, refer to the ServerIron Firewall Load
Balancing Guide.
The following objects apply to the Hot standby redundancy feature.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4BackupInterface brcdIp.1.1.4.1.14
Syntax: Integer snL4BackupMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.1.15
Syntax: Physical address
Access Description
Read-write Identifies which port is the hot standby port. This is the port that serves as a private link between the active and the redundant ServerIrons. The
ServerIrons use this port to monitor any failover and to communicate those events to the standby.
Valid values: 0 – 26
Read-write Identifies the associated MAC address for the backup monitoring port.
The active and backup ServerIron must have the same MAC address.
287
Layer 4 policies
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4Active brcdIp.1.1.4.1.16
Syntax: L4flag snL4Redundancy brcdIp.1.1.4.1.17
Syntax: Integer snL4Backup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.18
Syntax: L4flag snL4BecomeActive brcdIp.1.1.4.1.19
Syntax: Integer snL4BecomeStandBy brcdIp.1.1.4.1.20
Syntax: Integer snL4BackupState brcdIp.1.1.4.1.21
Syntax: Integer snL4NoPDUSent brcdIp.1.1.4.1.22
Syntax: Integer snL4NoPDUCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.23
Syntax: Integer snL4NoPortMap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.24
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only The
object and this object are the same.
Indicates if this ServerIron has been configured as redundant or hot standby:
• false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one.
• true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby.
Read only The
object and this object are the same.
Indicates if this ServerIron has been configured as redundant or hot standby:
• false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one.
• true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby.
Read only Indicates if the ServerIron is the backup (standby) ServerIron:
• false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one.
• true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby.
Read only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from standby to active.
Read only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from active to standby.
Read only Shows the state of the backup or redundancy link of the active or standby ServerIron:
• slbSyncComplete(0) – Synchronization is complete.
• slbSyncReqMap(1) – Port map has been synchronized.
• slbSyncreqMac(2) – MAC addresses have been synchronized.
• slbSyncreqServers(3) – Server information has been synchronized.
• slbSyncReqL4(4) – L4 packets have been synchronized.
Read only This object has been deprecated and is not supported.
Read only The number of missed Layer 4 or MAC-layer PDUs.
Read only Shows the number of missed port map PDUs, which are PDUs used by
ServerIron to discover information about the maps on the other
ServerIron.
Layer 4 policies
This section presents the objects associated with Layer 4 policies. It contains the following tables:
•
“Layer 4 policy table” on page 289
•
“Layer 4 policy port access table” on page 290
288 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Layer 4 policies
Layer 4 policy table
The Layer 4 Policy table allows you to configure Layer 4 policies and specify the ports to which they will be applied.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4PolicyTable brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1 snL4PolicyEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1
snL4PolicyId brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4PolicyPriority brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Read-write
Description
The Layer 4 Policy Table.
An entry in the Layer 4 Policy Table.
Specifies the ID of the policy.
Valid values: 1 – 64 snL4PolicyScope brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snL4PolicyProtocol brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4PolicyPort brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snL4PolicyRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Shows the priority of the policy in the ServerIron:
Standalone stackable ServerIrons have the following priorities:
• normal(0) – normal priority
• high(1) – high priority
• cache(2) – priority for cache
• transparent(3) – priority for transparent
Non-stackable ServerIron Layer 4 priority values are:
• level0(0)
• level1(1)
• level2(2)
• level3(3)
• level4(4)
• level5(5)
• level6(6)
• level7(7)
Indicates if the policy applies to one or all ports:
• global(0) – Applies to all ports.
• local(1) – Applies to one port.
Indicates if the policy is for a UDP or TCP protocol:
• udp(0)
• tcp(1)
Indicates the TCP or UDP port number to which this policy will be applied.
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
289
Health checks
Layer 4 policy port access table
The Layer 4 Policy Port Access table lists all access policy entries. These access policies are applied to IP interfaces (ports) that have Layer 4 IP policies configured on them. IP policies are
described in the “snL4PolicyTable”
.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4PolicyPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1 snL4PolicyPortAccessEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1 snL4PolicyPortAccessPort brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4PolicyPortAccessList brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.2
Syntax: OctetString
Access
None
None
Description
The IP Layer 4 Policy Interface (Port) Access Table.
An entry in the table.
Read only The IP interface (port) to which the Layer 4 policy applies. snL4PolicyPortAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read-write This list consists of the policies configured in
“snL4PolicyTable” . Each octet in the list contains a valid ID
number (
) that identifies a policy in the snL4PolicyTable. That policy must have been created prior to the using this object.
Valid values: 1 – 64 octets
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Health checks
The following are objects to check on the health of a server. The ServerIron automatically uses a
Layer 3 ping to check a server’s health. Ping is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. snL4PingInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.1.26
Syntax: Integer snL4PingRetry brcdIp.1.1.4.1.27
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Shows how often the ServerIron sends a Layer 3 IP ping to test the basic health and reachability of the real servers. This object allows you to change the interval between the ping packets.
Valid values: 1 – 10 seconds
Default: 2 seconds
Shows the number of times the ServerIron resends a ping to a real server that is not responding before the server fails the health check.
Valid values: 2 – 10 tries
Default: 4 tries
290 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Web cache server objects
Web cache server objects
Transparent Cache Switching (TCS) allows a ServerIron or Brocade backbone switch to detect and switch Web traffic to a local cache server within the network. Cache servers process Web queries faster and more efficiently by temporarily storing details about repetitive Web queries locally, reducing the number of external inquiries required to process a Web query. By limiting the number of queries sent to remote Web servers, the overall WAN access capacity required is lessened as is the overall operating cost for WAN access.
A single ServerIron (or hot standby pair) can provide transparent cache switching for up to 1024
Web cache servers. (A Web cache server must be a real server.) Brocade switches increase the reliability of transparent caching within a network by supporting redundant Web cache server configurations known as Web cache server groups, as well as supporting redundant paths to those server groups with the server backup option.
This section contains the following objects that are associated with Web cache servers:
•
“Server cache groups” on page 291
•
“Web cache group table” on page 292
•
•
“Web cache real server port table” on page 294
•
“Web cache traffic statistics table” on page 295
•
“Web uncached traffic statistics table” on page 298
Server cache groups
All cache servers must belong to a cache group. The ServerIron uses a hashing algorithm to distribute HTTP requests among the servers in the cache group. In addition, cache groups provide automatic recovery from a failed or otherwise out-of-service Web cache server. If a Web cache server failure occurs, the ServerIron detects the failure and directs subsequent requests to the next available cache server or forwards the request directly to the WAN link. Up to four server cache groups can be assigned to a ServerIron.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4MaxNumWebCacheGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.40
Syntax: Integer snL4MaxNumWebCachePerGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.41
Syntax: Integer snL4WebCacheStateful brcdIp.1.1.4.1.42
Syntax: L4Status
Read only Shows the maximum number of Web cache groups that can be configured on this ServerIron.
Read only Shows the maximum number of Web cache servers that a Web cache group can have.
Read-write This object has been deprecated and is no longer supported.
snL4slbRouterInterfacePortMask brcdIp.1.1.4.1.39
Syntax: Integer snL4slbRouterInterfacePortList brcdIp.1.1.4.1.51
Syntax: OctetString
Read only Shows the router interface port mask.
This object is not used or supported.
Read-write Shows Router interface port list. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8-bit is the slot number, the other 8-bit is the port number.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
291
292
Web cache server objects
Web cache group table
Web Cache Group table lists the configured group of Web cache servers on the ServerIron. The
ServerIron uses a hashing algorithm to distribute the incoming HTTP requests among the servers in the cache group. In addition, cache groups provide automatic recovery from a failed or out-of-service Web cache server. If a Web cache server failure occurs, the ServerIron detects the failure and directs subsequent requests to the next available Web cache server or forwards the request directly to the WAN link. The
object defines the maximum number of Web cache servers that can be configured in a group. The
defines the maximum number of cache groups that can be configured on a Web cache server.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1
snL4WebCacheGroupEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1
snL4WebCacheGroupId brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4WebCacheGroupName brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.2
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4WebCacheGroupWebCacheIpList brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.3
Syntax: OctetString
None
None snL4WebCacheGroupDestMask brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.5
Syntax: IpAddress
Web Cache Group table.
An entry in the Web Cache Group table.
Read only Shows the ID of an entry in the Web cache group entry.
Valid values: 1 – value of the
object.
Read-write Shows the name of the Web cache group. This name must be unique among the Web cache group names.
Valid values: 1 – 32 octets.
Read-write Contains a list of IP addresses of the Web cache servers in the group.
Valid values: The maximum of IP addresses that a group can contain is equal to the value of the
object. Each IP address contains up to four octets.
Read-write Shows the destination hash-mask for the Web cache group.
The ServerIron uses the destination hash-mask (this object) and the source hash-mask
( “snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask” ) to forward the requests to
the Web cache servers. This method ensures that a particular Web site is always cached on the same Web cache server to minimizes duplication of content on the
Web cache servers.
Default: 255.255.255.0
Read-write Specifies the source hash-mask for the Web cache group
The ServerIron uses the destination hash-mask (this object) and the source hash-mask
( “snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask” ) to forward the requests to
the Web cache servers. This method ensures that a particular Web site is always cached on the same Web cache server to minimizes duplication of content on the
Web cache servers.
Default: 0.0.0.0
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Web cache server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4WebCacheGroupAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snL4WebCacheGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.7
Syntax: L4RowStatus
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if the Web cache group feature is enabled.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Web cache table
A Web cache server is an application server which is load-balanced by the Server Load Balancing
(SLB) switch. The following table contains the configuration of the Web cache servers in the network.
Access
None
Description
The Web Cache Table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4WebCacheTable brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1
snL4WebCacheEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1
snL4WebCacheIP brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4WebCacheName brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.2
Syntax: L4ServerName
None An entry in the Web Cache Table.
Read only Indicates the IP address of the real server that is serving as the
Web cache server.
snL4WebCacheAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.3
Syntax: L4Status
Read-write Name of the real server that is serving as the Web cache server.
This name must be unique among other Web cache server names.
Valid values: 1 – 32 octets
Read-write Indicates if the TCS feature is enabled in the real server that is serving as the Web cache server:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1) – When TCS is enabled, the feature detects
HTTP traffic addressed for output to the Internet and redirects the traffic to the CPU. The CPU processes the traffic and forwards it to the cache servers instead.
NOTE: You cannot enable TCS on both a global (switch) and local (interface) basis.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
293
294
Web cache server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4WebCacheMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4WebCacheWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snL4WebCacheRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.6
Syntax: L4Status snL4WebCacheDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.7
Syntax: L4DeleteState
Access Description
Read-write The maximum number of connections the ServerIron can maintain in its session table for a Web cache server. When a
Web cache server reaches this threshold, an SNMP trap is sent.
When all the real servers in a server pool reach this threshold, additional TCP or UDP packets are dropped, and an ICMP destination unreachable message is sent.
Valid values: 0 – 1000000
Default: 1000000
Read-write Shows the Web cache server’s least-connections weight. This parameter specifies the server's weight relative to other Web cache servers in terms of the number of connections on the server. This weight is based on the number of session table entries the ServerIron has for TCP or UDP sessions with the real server. However, if a weight based on the server response time is desired, this must be disabled (set to 0).
Valid values: 1 – 65535
Default: 1
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted:
• done(0) – The port is deleted
• waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state
• waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state
Web cache real server port table
The Web Cache Real Server Port Table consists of all the ports configured for the real server. Most attributes are configured globally for the port. Some additional and overriding local attributes can be configured in this table.
Access
None
Description
Web Cache Server Port Table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4WebCachePortTable brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1
snL4WebCachePortEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1
snL4WebCachePortServerIp brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress
None An entry in the Real Server Port table.
Read only Shows the IP address of the Web cache server.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Web cache server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4WebCachePortPort brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4WebCachePortAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.3
Syntax: L4Status snL4WebCachePortRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.4
Syntax: L4RowStatus snL4WebCachePortDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.5
Syntax: L4DeleteState
Access Description
Read only Shows the port that the Web cache server uses to listen for connections:
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Read-write Indicates if the Web cache server port is enabled:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted:
• done(0) – The port is deleted.
• waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state
• waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state
Web cache traffic statistics table
The Web Cache Traffic Statistics table contains traffic statistics for the client requests that go to the Web cache server.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snL4WebCacheTrafficStats
Table brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1
snL4WebCacheTrafficStats
Entry brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1
snL4WebCacheTrafficIp brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4WebCacheTrafficPort brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4WebCacheCurrConne ctions brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Web Cache Traffic Statistics Table.
An entry in the Web Cache Traffic Statistics Table.
Shows the IP address of the Web cache server.
Shows the port that the Web cache server uses to listen for connections.
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Shows the number of the active connections between the clients and the Web cache server.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
295
Web cache server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4WebCacheTotalConne ctions brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4WebCacheTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.5
Syntax: Counter snL4WebCacheRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.6
Syntax: Counter snL4WebCacheTxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.7
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the total number of connections between clients and the
Web cache server.
Shows the number of packets that was sent from the client or the
Web server to the Web cache server.
Shows the number of packets that was sent from the Web cache server to the client or Web server.
Shows the number of octets that was sent from the client or Web server to the Web cache server.
296 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Web cache server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4WebCacheRxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.8
Syntax: Counter snL4WebCachePortState brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.9
Syntax: WebCacheState
Access
Read only
Read only
Description
Shows the number of octets that was sent from the Web cache server to the client or Web server.
Shows the operational state of the server port:
• disabled(0) – This state has been deprecated.
• enabled(1) – The server is ready. There is no physical link to the Web cache server. The Web cache server is configured on the ServerIron but is not physically connected to the
ServerIron.
• failed(2) – The server failed. The Web cache server has failed to respond to repeated Layer 3 health checks (IP pings)
Typically, a real server changes from the suspect(4) state to the failed(2) state.
• testing(3) – The Web cache server is in testing mode. It is still reachable at Layer 3, but at least one of its application ports has failed to respond to its health checks. If the application port is not a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron, or if the
Layer 7 health check for the port is disabled, only the Layer 4 health check is used. If the service is a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron and the Layer 7 health check is enabled, then the application must pass both health checks to avoid entering the testing(3) state.
The ServerIron continues to try to the reach the application indefinitely. Thus, if the server continues to be reachable at Layer
3, the state will remain in the testing(3) state as long as the
ServerIron cannot reach the application that is failing its health check.
• suspect(4) – The Web cache server is responding slowly. The
ServerIron associates a time stamp with each packet sent to and received from the Web cache servers. If the time gap between the last packet received from the server and the last packet sent to the server increases to three or four seconds, the ServerIron sends a ping (Layer 3 health check) to the server. If the server does not respond within the ping interval
(configured in the “snL4PingInterval” object), the ServerIron
changes the state to suspect(4) and resends the ping. The ping will be sent up to the number of retries specified by the
ping retries parameter (configured in the “snL4PingRetry”
object). If the server still does not respond after all the retries, the state changes to failed(2). If the server does respond, the state changes to active(6).
• shutdown(5) – The Web cache server has been forced to shutdown. This option is used to gracefully shut down the Web cache server.
• active(6) – The Web cache server responded to the Layer 3 health check (IP ping), and all the services on the real server have passed their Layer 4, and if applicable, Layer 7) health checks.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
297
Real server objects
Web uncached traffic statistics table
The Web Uncached Traffic Statistics table contains traffic statistics for the client requests that go directly to the Web server. Client requests are directed to the Web server when the Web cache server is not available.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebUncachedTrafficStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1
snL4WebUncachedTrafficStatsEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1
snL4WebServerPort brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer
None
None
Web Uncached Traffic Statistics Table.
An entry in the Web Uncached Traffic Statistics Table.
Read only Identifies the ServerIron port that is attached to the Web servers. This port is typically the port attached to the Border
Access Point (BAP) router that goes to the rest of the network or to the Internet.
Read only Identifies the SLB switch port or Web client port, which connects the client to the ServerIron.
snL4WebClientPort brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4WebUncachedTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.3
Syntax: Counter snL4WebUncachedRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.4
Syntax: Counter snL4WebUncachedTxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.5
Syntax: Counter snL4WebUncachedRxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.6
Syntax: Counter snL4WebServerPortName brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.7
Syntax: DisplayString snL4WebClientPortName brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.8
Syntax: DisplayString
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Shows the number of uncached packets that was sent from the client port to the Web server.
Shows the number of uncached packets that was sent from the Web server to the client port.
Shows the number of uncached octets that was sent from the client port to the Web server.
Shows the number of uncached octets that was sent from the Web server to the client port.
Shows the name of the Web server port.
Valid values: Up to 16 characters.
Shows the name of the Web client port.
Valid values: Up to 16 characters.
Real server objects
A real server is an application server which is load-balanced by the Server Load Balancing (SLB) switch.
NOTES:
The following tables have been replaced:
•
The Real Server Table (snL4RealServerTable) has been deprecated and replaced by the Real Server Configuration Table (snL4RealServerCfg).
•
Real Server Port Table (snL4RealServerPortTable) has been replaced by the Real
Server Port Configuration Table (snL4RealServerPortCfg).
298 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Real server objects
•
Real Server Status Table (snL4RealServerStatusTable) has been replaced by the Real
Server Statistics Table (snL4RealServerStatistic).
•
The Real Server Port Status Table (snL4RealServerPortStatusTable) has been replaced by the Real Server Statistics Table (snL4RealServerPortStatisticTable).
This section presents the following tables:
•
“Real server configuration table” on page 299
•
“Real server port configuration table” on page 300
•
“Real server statistics table” on page 301
•
“Real server port statistic table” on page 303
Additional tables for real servers are included in the section “Monitor groups” on page 317
. Those tables provide historical information on data samples for real servers and real server ports.
Real server configuration table
The Real Server Configuration table shows the configuration of real servers. A real server is an application server which is load-balanced by the SLB switch.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1
snL4RealServerCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1
snL4RealServerCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4RealServerCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.2
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4RealServerCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.3
Syntax: L4Status snL4RealServerCfgMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerCfgWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
None
None
Read only Shows the IP address of the real server.
Read-write Shows the name of the real server. This name must be unique among the real server names.
Valid values: 1– 32 octets
Read-write
Real Server Configuration Table.
An entry in the Real Server Configuration Table.
Enables or disables the real server:
•
• disabled(0) enabled(1)
Read-write Specifies the maximum number of connections the
ServerIron can maintain in its session table for a real server.
When a real server reaches this threshold, an SNMP trap is sent. When all the real servers in a server pool reach this threshold, additional TCP or UDP packets are dropped, and an ICMP destination unreachable message is sent.
Valid values: 1 to 2000000
Read-write Specifies the server's weight relative to other real servers.
This weight is based on the number of session table entries the ServerIron has for TCP or UDP sessions with the real server. Set this object to 0 to disable it if a weight based on the server response time is desired.
Valid values: 1 to 2000000
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
299
300
Real server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.6
Syntax: L4RowStatus snL4RealServerCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.7
Syntax: L4DeleteState snL4RealServerCfgSrcNat brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.8
Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE (1..10))
Access Description
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted:
• done(0) – The port is deleted.
• waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state
• waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state
Read-only Returns the string “src-nat” if source NAT for the real server if source NAT is configured; otherwise, the display is empty if source NAT is not configured.
Real server port configuration table
Real Server Port table contains all the ports that have been configured for the real server.
Most attributes are configured globally for the server’s port. This table allows you to change individual port attributes and override global settings.
Access
None
Description
Real Server Port table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1
snL4RealServerPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1
snL4RealServerPortCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4RealServerPortCfgServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.2
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4RealServerPortCfgPort brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerPortCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.4
Syntax: L4Status
None An entry in the Real Server Port Configuration table.
Read only Specifies the IP address for the server.
Read only Specifies the name of the server. This name must be unique among the other servers.
Valid values: 1 – 32 octets
Read only Specifies the port that the server port uses to listen for connections
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Read-write Enables or disable the application port on the server:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Real server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.5
Syntax: L4RowStatus snL4RealServerPortCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.6
Syntax: L4DeleteState snL4RealServerPortCfgMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted:
• done(0) – The port is deleted.
• waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state
• waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state
Read-write Defines the maximum number of connections allowed per port.
Enter a value up to 1000000.
Real server statistics table
Real Server Statistics table contains statistics for all real servers configured as SLB switches on the
ServerIron
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerStatisticTable brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1
snL4RealServerStatisticEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1
snL4RealServerStatisticRealIP brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4RealServerStatisticName brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.2
Syntax: L4ServerName
None
None
The Real Server Statistic Table.
An entry in the Real Server Statistic Table.
Read only Shows the IP address of the real server.
Read only Shows the name of the real server. snL4RealServerStatisticReceivePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.3
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerStatisticTransmitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.4
Syntax: Counter
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server.
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the real server.
snL4RealServerStatisticCurConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
301
302
Real server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerStatisticTotalConnectio ns brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.6
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerStatisticAge brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerStatisticState brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Shows the number of client connections on the real server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the total number of TCP and UDP sessions that the
ServerIron closed because the connection aged out. A session ages out when the age timer configured on the
ServerIron expires.
Read only Shows the operational state of the real server when the statistics were obtained:
• disabled(0) – This value has been deprecated and is not used.
• enabled(1) – There is no link to the real server. The real server is configured on the ServerIron but is not physically connected to the ServerIron.
• failed(2) – The server has failed to respond to repeated Layer 3 health checks (IP pings). Typically, a real server changes to the failed(2) state from the suspect(4) state.
• testing(3) – The real server is still reachable at Layer
3, but at least one of the application ports on the real server has failed to respond to its health checks. If the application port is not a TCP or UDP port known to the
ServerIron, or if the Layer 7 health check for the port is disabled, only the Layer 4 health check is used. If the service is a TCP or UDP port known to the
ServerIron and the Layer 7 health check is enabled, then the application must pass both health checks to avoid entering the testing(3) state. The ServerIron continues to try to reach the application indefinitely. If the server continues to be reachable at Layer 3, the state will remain testing(3) as long as the ServerIron cannot reach the application that is failing its health check.
• suspect(4) – The ServerIron associates a time stamp with each packet sent to and received from the real servers. If the time gap between the last packet received from the real server and the last packet sent to the real server increases to three or four seconds, the ServerIron sends a Layer 3 health check (ping) to the real server. If the real server does not respond within the ping interval (configured in the
“snL4PingInterval” object), the ServerIron changes
the state to suspect(4) and resends the ping, up to the
number of retries specified by the “snL4PingRetry”
object. If the server still doesn't respond after all the retries, the state changes to failed(2). If the server does respond, the state changes to active(6).
• shutdown(5) – The forced-shutdown option has been used to gracefully shut down the real server.
• active(6) – The real server has responded to the Layer
3 health check (IP ping) and all the services on the real server have passed their Layer 4, and if applicable, Layer 7) health checks.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Real server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerStatisticReassignments brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerStatisticReassignmentL imit brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Read only Shows the number of times the ServerIron has reassigned the connection to another real server in the rotation because the real server that is in use has not responded to two TCP SYNs from the client.
Read only Shows the number of missed connection requests (TCP
SYN) the ServerIron accepts before moving the connection to another ServerIron. snL4RealServerStatisticFailedPortExists brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.11
Syntax: Integer
Read only Shows the number of times a client request could not be fulfilled because the client requested a port that is not configured on the real server.
snL4RealServerStatisticFailTime brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerStatisticPeakConnectio ns brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.13
Syntax: Integer
Read only Show the number of seconds from the last retry attempt to connect to the real server. The object value is valid only if the real server’s state is failed(2).
Read only Shows the highest number of simultaneous client connections on the real server since the last time the
ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the total number of connections to the client that was initiated by the real server. snL4RealServerStatisticTotalReverseCo nnections brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.14
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerStatisticCurrentSession s brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.15
Syntax: Integer
Read only Shows the total number of open sessions on the
ServerIron. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Real server port statistic table
Real Server Port Statistics contains statistics for all the ports configured for all the real servers.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticTa ble brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1
snL4RealServerPortStatisticE ntry brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1
snL4RealServerPortStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4RealServerPortStatisticP ort brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
None Real Server Port Statistic table.
None An entry in the Real Server Port Statistic table.
Read only
Read only
Shows the IP address of the server where the port is located.
The port number that the server uses to listen for connections.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
303
304
Real server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerPortStatisticS erverName brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.3
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4RealServerPortStatisticR eassignCount brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerPortStatisticSt ate brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only
Shows the name of the server.
Read only
Read only
Shows the number of times the ServerIron has reassigned the connection to another server in the rotation because the server that is in use has not responded to two TCP SYNs from the client.
Shows the operational state of the server when the statistics were obtained:
• disabled(0) – This value has been deprecated and is not used.
• enabled(1) – There is no link to the server. The server is configured on the ServerIron but is not physically connected to the ServerIron.
• failed(2) – The server has failed to respond to repeated Layer 3 health checks (IP pings). Typically, a server changes to the failed(2) state from the suspect(4) state.
• testing(3) – The server is still reachable at Layer 3, but at least one of the application ports on the server has failed to respond to its health checks. If the application port is not a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron or if the Layer 7 health check for the port is disabled, only the Layer 4 health check is used. If the service is a
TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron and the Layer 7 health check is enabled, then the application must pass both health checks to avoid entering the testing(3) state. The ServerIron continues to try to reach the application indefinitely. If the server continues to be reachable at Layer 3, the state will remain testing(3) as long as the ServerIron cannot reach the application that is failing its health check.
• suspect(4) – The ServerIron associates a time stamp with each packet sent to and received from the servers. If the time gap between the last packet received from the server and the last packet sent to the server increases to three or four seconds, the
ServerIron sends a Layer 3 health check (ping) to the server. If the server does not respond within the ping interval (configured in the
“snL4PingInterval” object) the ServerIron changes the state to
suspect(4) and resends the ping, up to the number of retries
specified by the “snL4PingRetry”
object. If the server still doesn't respond after all the retries, the state changes to failed(2). If the server does respond, the state changes to active(6).
• shutdown(5) – The forced-shutdown option has been used to gracefully shut down the server.
• active(6) – The server has responded to the Layer 3 health check
(IP ping), and all the services on the server have passed their Layer
4, and if applicable, Layer 7) health checks.
• unbound(7) – The unbind action is complete.
• awaitUnbind(8) – The unbind action has been issued and is waiting for completion.
• awaitDelete(9) – The delete action has been issued and is waiting for completion.
Await actions occur because ServerIron sends a command from MP to all BPs and needs to wait for all BPs to have gracefully synced with other
BPs that, for example, are deleting real servers, etc.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticF ailTime brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerPortStatisticC urrentConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerPortStatisticTo talConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.8
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerPortStatisticR xPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.9
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerPortStatisticTx
Pkts brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.10
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerPortStatisticR xBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.11
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerPortStatisticTx
Bytes brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.12
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerPortStatisticP eakConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.13
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
This object applies only ports whose operational state is failed(2).
Shows the number of seconds that has elapsed since the last time the port tried to re-establish connection with the server.
Shows the number of client connections currently on the this port of the server. A connection consists of two sessions, the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Shows the number of client connections on the server since the last time the ServerIron rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Shows the number of packets that the ServerIron has received from the server.
Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the server.
Shows the number of bytes the ServerIron has received from the server.
Shows the number of bytes the ServerIron has sent to the server.
Shows the highest number of simultaneous client connections on the server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Virtual server objects
The SLB switch serves as the front-end for real servers and load balances the real servers. To allow the SLB switches to perform this function, virtual servers should be configured on the ServerIron and must be bound to their related real servers. The virtual servers are visible to the clients while real servers are hidden by the virtual servers
This section presents the following tables for virtual servers:
•
“Virtual server configuration table” on page 306
•
“Virtual server port configuration table” on page 307
•
“Virtual server statistic table” on page 309
•
“Virtual server port statistics table” on page 311
NOTES:
The following tables have been replaced:
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
305
306
Virtual server objects
•
The Virtual Server Table (snL4VirtualServerTable) has been replaced by the Virtual
Server Configuration Table (snL4VirtualServerCfg).
•
The Virtual Server Port Table (snL4VirtualServerPortTable) has been replaced by the
Virtual Server Port Configuration Table (snL4VirtualServerPortCfg).
•
The Virtual Server Status Table (snL4VirtualServerStatusTable) has been replaced by the Virtual Server Statistics Table (snL4VirtualServerStatistic).
•
The Virtual Server Port Status Table (snL4VirtualServerPortStatusTable) has been replaced by the Virtual Server Port Statistics Table
(snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTable).
Additional tables for virtual servers are included in the section “Monitor groups” on page 317
.
Those tables provide historical information on data samples for virtual servers and virtual server ports.
Virtual server configuration table
The Virtual Server Configuration table allows you to configure virtual servers on the ServerIron.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4VirtualServerCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1
snL4VirtualServerCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1
snL4VirtualServerCfgVirtualIP brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4VirtualServerCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.2
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4VirtualServerCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.3
Syntax: L4Status snL4VirtualServerCfgSDAType brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The Virtual Server Configuration table.
An entry in the Virtual Server Configuration table.
Read only Specifies the virtual server IP Address.
Read-write Specifies the name of the virtual server. This name must be unique among the other virtual servers.
Valid values: 1 – 32 octets
Read-write Indicates if the virtual server feature is enabled on the
ServerIron:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Read-write Specifies the load-balancing or Session Distribution Algorithm method that the ServerIron uses to select a real server for a client request. The following methods are supported:
• default(0) – The ServerIron uses the global SDAType configured (snL4SlbGlobalSDAType)
• leastconnection(1) – The ServerIron sends the request to the real server that currently has the fewest active connections with clients.
• roundrobin(2) – The ServerIron sends the request to each real server in rotation, regardless of how many connections or sessions each real server has.
• weighted(3) – The ServerIron uses the weights you assign to the real servers to select a real servers. The weights are based on the number of session table entries the switch has for each server.
Default: default(0)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4VirtualServerCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.5
Syntax: L4RowStatus snL4VirtualServerCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.6
Syntax: L4DeleteState snL4VirtualServerCfgSymPriority brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted:
• done(0) – The port is deleted.
• waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state.
• waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state.
Read-write When a pair of SLB switches are configured to provide redundancy for individual virtual IP addresses (VIPs), an symmetric SLB priority must be specified on each switch for each of the VIPs. The switch with the higher priority for a given
VIP is the default active switch for that VIP. The other switch is the default standby for the VIP.
It is recommended that you use a priority of 2 (instead of 1) as a low priority or 254 (instead of 255) as a high priority. This method would make it easy to force a failover of the high priority switch to a low priority switch by simply changing the priority on one of the switches.
For example, we can force a failover by changing the priority on the high priority switch from 254 to 1. Since the priority on the low priority switch is 2, the low priority switch takes over for the
VIP. Likewise, we can force the low priority switch to take over by changing its priority to 255, since the priority on the high priority switch is only 254.
Valid values: 0 – 255
Default: 0
Virtual server port configuration table
The Virtual Server Port Configuration Table contains all the ports configured for the virtual server.
This table allows you to configure attributes for individual ports and override global attributes for those ports.
Access
None
Description
Virtual Server Port Configuration table.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4VirtualServerPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1
snL4VirtualServerPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1
snL4VirtualServerPortCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress
None An entry in the Virtual Server Port Configuration table.
Read only Indicates the IP address of the virtual server where the port is located.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
307
308
Virtual server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortCfgPort brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortCfgServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.3
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4VirtualServerPortCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.4
Syntax: L4Status snL4VirtualServerPortCfgSticky brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortCfgConcurrent brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Read only Specifies the port that the virtual server (SLB switch) uses to listen for connections from clients.
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Read only Specifies the name of the virtual server. This name must be different from the names of other virtual servers.
Valid values: 1 – 32 octets
Read-write Enables or disables the port on the virtual server for accepting client requests and load balancing those request among the real servers.
• disable(0)
• enable(1)
Default: enable(1)
Read-write Enables or disables the “sticky” feature. If enabled, the
ServerIron sends all requests from the same client to this application and to the same real server during the current session. By default, the ServerIron sends a client request to the next available real server, based on the load balancing method. This is true regardless of whether the client has already sent a request for the same application. If the switch has to send all of a client requests for a given application to the same real server during a client session with the server, set this object to enable(1) for the application port.
Set this object and the
“snL4VirtualServerPortCfgConcurrent” object to enable(1),
on ServerIron FTP ports that use passive FTP:
• disable(0)
• enable(1)
Default: disable(0)
Read-write Enables or disables the port for concurrent connections. A port that allows concurrent connections can have more than one connection open to the same client at the same time.
The concurrent feature allows a client to have sessions on different application ports on the same real server at the same time. When an application port is enabled to be concurrent, the real server can open additional concurrent
TCP or UDP sessions with the client using arbitrary TCP or
UDP port numbers.
Set this object and the “snL4VirtualServerPortCfgSticky”
object to enable(1) on ServerIron FTP ports that use passive
FTP:
• disable(0)
• enable(1)
Default: disable(0)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4VirtualServerPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.7
Syntax: L4RowStatus snL4VirtualServerPortCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.8
Syntax: L4DeleteState
Access Description
Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted:
• done(0) – The port is deleted.
• waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state.
• waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state.
Virtual server statistic table
Virtual Server Statistics table contains statistics for all the virtual servers configured in the
ServerIron.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1
snL4VirtualServerStatisticEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1
snL4VirtualServerStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4VirtualServerStatisticName brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.2
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4VirtualServerStatisticReceivePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.3
Syntax: Counter
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
The Virtual Server Statistic Table.
An entry in the Virtual Server Statistic Table.
Shows the IP address of the virtual server.
Shows the name of the virtual server.
Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTransmitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.4
Syntax: Counter
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the real server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTotalConnect ions brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.5
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerStatisticReceiveByte s brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.6
Syntax: Counter64
Read only Shows the number of client connections on the virtual server since the last time the ServerIron was booted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only The number of bytes the switch has received from the real server.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
309
310
Virtual server objects
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerStatisticTransmitByte s brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.7
Syntax: Counter64 snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricSt ate brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricPr iority brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricK eep brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer
Read only The number of bytes the switch has sent to the real server
Read only Shows which ServerIron is the active one:
• other(3) – Not the active ServerIron
• active(5) – Active ServerIron
Read only Shows the Symmetric SLB priority configured on the
ServerIron.
Read only This object is applicable only to the active ServerIrons.
Shows the number of times an SSLB backup has failed to communicate with the active ServerIron. By default, the counter is incremented by 1 every 400 milliseconds, if the backup switch is responding slowly to the active switch’s keepalive message. The counter is reset to 0 each time the backup switch replies to a keepalive message. If the counter exceeds the maximum number allowed (20 by default, thus 8 seconds), the standby switch takes over as the new active switch. Normally, this field almost always contains 0.
Read only The number of times this ServerIron has become the active switch. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricAc tivates brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.11
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricIn actives brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.12
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricB estStandbyMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.13
Syntax: Physical address snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricAc tiveMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.14
Syntax: Physical address
Read only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from being the active switch to the backup switch.
Read only Shows the MAC address of the backup ServerIron with the second-highest priority. This ServerIron will become the active switch if a failover occurs.
Read only Shows the MAC address of the active ServerIron with the highest priority. This ServerIron will become the backup switch if a failover occurs.
snL4VirtualServerStatisticTrackPortList brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.15
Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE (1..72))
Read-only Virtual port track group port list. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTrackPortSta te brcdIp.1.1.4. 25.1.1.16
Syntax: Integer
Read-only Shows the port track-group state.
Valid values:
• none(0) - the track-group port list is empty
• up(1)
• suspect(2)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Bind table
Virtual server port statistics table
Virtual Server Port Statistics table contains statistics for all the ports configured for all the virtual servers.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTable brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1
snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1
snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticPort brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticServerN ame brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.3
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticCurrentC onnection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTotalCon nection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.5
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticPeakCon nection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
None
None
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Description
The Virtual Server Port Statistic table.
An entry in the Virtual Server Port Statistic table.
The IP address of the virtual server that the port is located.
Shows the ID of the port that the virtual server (SLB switch) uses to listen for connections.
Shows the name of the virtual server.
Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
The number of client connections on the virtual server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
The highest number of connections the VIP has had at any time.
Bind table
Virtual servers must be bound to real servers. The Bind table contains information about the bindings between the virtual servers (external or front-end servers visible to clients) and real or application servers (servers that serve the client requests).
L4 bind table
NOTE
This table has been deprecated. Use the snL4VirtualServerBindTable instead.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
311
312
Bind table
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4BindTable brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1
snL4BindEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1
snL4BindIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4BindVirtualServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.2
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4BindVirtualPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer snL4BindRealServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.4
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4BindRealPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snL4BindRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
The Bind table.
An entry in the Bind table.
The index for this entry. This must be unique and care must be taken to assign an unused index when creating an entry.
Read-write Indicates the name of the virtual server.
Valid values: 1 – 32 octets
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Read-write
Specifies the TCP or UDP port number on the virtual server that will be bound to the real server.
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Indicates the name of the real server that has been configured on the ServerIron.
Valid values: 1 – 32 octets
Specifies the TCP or UDP port number of the real server to which the virtual port is bound.
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• delete(3) – Delete the row
• create(4) – Create a new row
• modify(5) – Modify an existing row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a
"bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• noSuch(0) – No such row
• invalid(1) – Row is inoperative
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
L4 virtual server bind table
This table replaces the snL4BindTable.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4VirtualServerBindTable brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2
snL4VirtualServerBindEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1
snL4BindingRealServerIP brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4BindingRealServerPort brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
N/A
N/A
Description
The Virtual Server Bind Table.
An entry in the snL4VirtualServerBindTable.
Read only The IP address of the real server that will be bound to the virtual server.
Read only The port on the real server that will be bound to the virtual server.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4BindingRealServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.3
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4BindingVirtualServerIP brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.4
Syntax: IpAddress snL4BindingVirtualServerPort brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.5
Syntax: Integer snL4BindingVirtualServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.6
Syntax: L4ServerName snL4BindingRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write The name of the real server.
Read-write The IP address of the virtual server to which the real server will be bound.
Read-write The port on the virtual server to which the real server will be bound.
Read only The name of the virtual server.
snL4BindingRealServerPortState brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Creates or delete a bind entry:
• valid(1)
• waiting-for-delete(2)
• delete(3)
• create(4)
Read-only The state of the real server port after binding:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
• failed(2)
• testing(3)
• suspect(4)
• shutdown(5)
• active(6)
GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table
Global Server Load Balancing (GSLB) enables a ServerIron to add intelligence to authoritative
Domain Name Servers (DNSs) by serving as a proxy to the servers. As a DNS proxy, the GSLB
ServerIron evaluates the server IP addresses in the replies from the DNS for which the ServerIron is a proxy. Based on the results of the evaluation, the GSLB ServerIron can change the order of the addresses in the reply so that the “best” host address for the client is first on the list.
The GSLB Site Remote ServerIron Configuration table contains the configuration of ServerIrons that act as DNS proxies to the clients. They also intercept the IP addresses replied by the DNS authoritative servers to select the best address for the requesting client.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronTa ble brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1
snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronEn try brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1.1
Access
None
None
Description
The GSLB Remote ServerIron Configuration Table.
An entry in the GSLB Remote ServerIron Configuration table.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
313
GSLB DNS zone information table
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronIP brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1.1.1
Syntax: IpAddress snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronPr eference brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read only
Read-write
Description
Specifies the management IP address of the remote
ServerIron in a site. This address must not be any of the configured VIPs.
Specifies the preference of a remote ServerIron. This metric is a numeric preference value, that is assigned to each site
ServerIron. It is used to select that ServerIron if the previous metrics do not select a best site. The GSLB policy prefers the site ServerIron with the highest administrative preference. The preference allows to do the following.
•
Temporarily change the preference of a ServerIron site to accommodate changing network conditions. For example, if sites are offering proxy content service, the link between a site proxy server farm and the content origin may be highly congested, making that site less desirable. This factor is not visible to the ServerIrons and thus cannot be reflected in the other GSLB metrics.
•
Temporarily disqualify a site ServerIron from being selected, without otherwise changing the site configuration or the GSLB ServerIron configuration. For example, maintenance can be performed on the site
ServerIron without making network changes. In this case, set the preference to 0.
•
A GSLB ServerIron can be biased, that is, it can be configured as a site ServerIron (for locally configured
VIPs) to always favor itself as the best site. In this case, assign a preference of 255 to the site for the GSLB
ServerIron itself, and assign a lower preference to the other site ServerIrons, or use the default (128) for those sites.
The administrative preference is disabled by default, which means it is not included as one of the GSLB metrics. When this metric is enabled, the default administrative preference for sites is applied. It can be changed on an individual site basis."
Valid values: 0 – 255
Default: 128
GSLB DNS zone information table
The GSLB DNS zone information table contains show gslb dns zone and show gslb dns detail information.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4GslbDnsZonesInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1
snL4GslbDnsZonesEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1
snL4GslbDnsZoneName brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.1
Syntax: DisplayString
Access
None
None
Read only
Description
The GSLB DNS Zone Information Table.
An entry in the GSLB DNS Zone Information Table.
Specifies the GSLB DNS zone name.
Value values 1 - 64.
314 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
GSLB DNS zone information table
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4GslbDnsZoneHostName brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.2
Syntax: DisplayString snL4GslbDnsZoneHostIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.3
Syntax: IpAddress snL4GslbDnsZoneHostAlias brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrIpSouce brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrState brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrLocation brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrTcpRtt brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.9
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrAppRtt brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.10
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrRespCnt brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.11
Syntax: Counter64 snL4GslbDnsZoneIpWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.14
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneSISiteName brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.14
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrRespPcent brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.12
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
Specifies one of the hosts in the GSLB DNS zone.
Valid values: 1 – 64
Specifies the prefix IP address.
Specifies the GSLB DNS zone host Alias; one of the hosts in the GSLB DNS zone.
Indicates how the ServerIron learned the address.
• cfg(1)
• fromDns(2)
• cfgNfromDns(3)
Indicates what type of IP address; virtual IP or Real IP.
• vip(1)
• realip(2)
Indicates the state of the server.
• down(0)
• active(1)
Indicates the geographic location of the server.
• asia(1)
• europe(2)
• northAm(3)
• southAm(4)
Indicates the round-trip time of the Layer 4 health check to the TCP port. This FlashBack value is in multiple of a
100us.
Indicates the round-trip time of the Layer 7 (application layer) health check. This FlashBack value is in multiple of a 100us.
Indicates the number of times the GSLB ServerIron has selected this server as the best server and thus placed the server's IP address at the top of the list in the DNS replies.
Indicates the percentage of times the GSLB ServerIron has selected this server as the best server and thus placed the server's IP address at the top of the list in the
DNS replies.
Indicates the weight for the IP Address.
Indicates the site name of the ServerIron.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
315
316
GSLB DNS zone information table
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4GslbDnsZoneSIName brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.15
Syntax: DisplayString ssnL4GslbDnsZoneSIMgmtIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.16
Syntax: IpAddress snL4GslbDnsZoneSiteWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.17
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneSessionUtil brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.18
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneAvailSessions brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.19
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZonePreference brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.20
Syntax: Integer snL4GslbDnsZoneActiveBindings brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.21
Syntax: Counter
Access
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricHealthCheck brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.22
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricWeightedSite brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.23
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricWeightedIp brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.24
Syntax: Counter
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricCapacity brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.25
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricRtt brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.26
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricGeographic brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.27
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricConnectionL oad brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.28
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricSession brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.29
Syntax: Counter
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
Indicates the site ServerIron name.
Indicates the site ServerIron management IP address.
Indicates the weight of the site.
Indicates the percentage of the ServerIron session capacity that is in use.
Indicates the number of unused sessions in the
ServerIron session table.
Indicates the numeric preference value for this site
ServerIron. The preference can be used by the GSLB policy to select a site.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the number of active bindings in the
ServerIron. If there are no bindings, this object returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the health check metric counter. If there are no bindings, this object returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the weighted site metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, ithen this object indicates the weighted IP metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the capacity metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the RTT metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the geographic metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the connection Load metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the session metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricActiveBinding s brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.30
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricFlashBack brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.31
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricPreference brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.32
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricRoundRobin brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.33
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricLeastRespon se brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.34
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricAffinity brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.35
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricStickySessio n brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.36
Syntax: Counter snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricPersistHash brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.37
Syntax: Counter
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Description
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the active bindings metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the flash back metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the preference metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the round robin metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the least response metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the affinity metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the sticky session metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the perist hash metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero.
Monitor groups
The monitor groups includes tables that control the periodic statistical sampling of data. Data is collected for real servers, virtual servers, real server ports, and virtual server ports. The data is then placed in the appropriate tables. Each entry in any of the tables is equal to one data sample.
An entry identifies the sample’s data source, polling period, and other information.
If the probe keeps track of the time of day when collecting data samples, it should take the first sample when the next hour begins.
The probe is encouraged to add two entries per monitored interface upon initialization. One entry should describe a short term polling period, the other, a long term polling period. Suggested intervals for the entries are 30 seconds for the short term polling period and 30 minutes for the long term period.
The monitor groups are presented in the following sections:
•
“Real server history control table” on page 318
•
“Real server history group” on page 319
•
“Real server port history control group” on page 321
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
317
318
Monitor groups
•
“Real server port history group” on page 322
•
“Virtual server history control group” on page 323
•
“Virtual server history table” on page 325
•
“Virtual server port history control table” on page 326
•
“Virtual server port history table” on page 328
Real server history control table
Real Server History Control Table contains objects that control the collection of data samples for real servers.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerHistoryControlTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1
snL4RealServerHistoryControlEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1
snL4RealServerHistoryControlIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerHistoryControlData
Source brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.2
Syntax: Object Identifier snL4RealServerHistoryControlBuck etsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
None
Description
The Real Server History Control Table
An entry in the Real Server History Control Table.
Read only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a real server on the ServerIron.
Valid values: Up to 65535 entries.
Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any real server on this ServerIron.
It identifies a particular instance defined in the
“snL4RealServerStatisticTable”
.
It may not be modified if the value of the
“snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatus”
object for this entry source is equal to valid(1).
Read-write The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of samples saved in the object
“snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted”
should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the
“snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted”
object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object.
Valid values: 1 – 65535
Default: 50
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryControlBuck etsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerHistoryControlInterv al brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read only The number of data samples that was actually saved for this entry.
If the value of the
“snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsRequested”
object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly.
If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted.
If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object.
If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but not exceed the new value of this object.
Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket.
NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; therefore, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4RealServerHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table.
You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this
entry’s “snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatus”
object is equal to valid(1).
Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds
Default: 1800 seconds
Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry. r snL4RealServerHistoryControlOwne brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatu s brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write The state of this entry:
•
•
• valid(1) createRequest(2) underCreation(3)
• invalid(4) – When the entry is set to this state, it will be deleted from the table.
Real server history group
The Real Server History Group table contains historical data samples that were collected for real servers.
Each counter in this table counts the same event as the counters used by the
“snL4RealServerStatisticEntry”
; however, the value of the counters in this table represents a cumulative sum of a sampling period.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
319
320
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2
snL4RealServerHistoryEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1
None The Real Server History Group table.
None An entry in the Real Server History Group table. An entry is a historical sample of statistics on a particular real server. This sample is associated with the
“snL4RealServerHistoryControlEntry”
object, which sets up the parameters for a regular collection of these samples.
Read only Shows the index entry as identified by the
“snL4RealServerHistoryControlIndex”
. snL4RealServerHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerHistorySampleInd ex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerHistoryIntervalSta rt brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.3
Syntax: Time ticks snL4RealServerHistoryReceivePk ts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.4
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerHistoryTransmitP kts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.5
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerHistoryTotalConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.6
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerHistoryCurConnec tions brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.7
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerHistoryPeakConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.8
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerHistoryReassign ments brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at
1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 214,748,3647 samples.
Read only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples.
If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour.
NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, since each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval.
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server.
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the real server.
Read only Shows the total number of client connections on the real server.
A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the highest number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the number of times the ServerIron has reassigned the connection to another real server in the rotation because the real server that is in use has not responded to two TCP SYNs from the client.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Monitor groups
Real server port history control group
Real Server Port History Control Table lists all the controls for collecting data samples for a real server port.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3
snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1
snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lDataSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.2
Syntax: Object Identifier
None
None
Read only
Read-write snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lBucketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.3
Syntax: Integer
Read-write snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lBucketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Description
Real Server Port History Control Table
An entry in the Real Server Port History Control Table.
An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a real server port on the ServerIron.
Valid values: Up to 65535 entries.
This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any real server port on this ServerIron.
It identifies a particular instance defined in the
“snL4RealServerStatisticTable” .
It may not be modified if the value of the
“snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus”
object for this entry source is equal to valid(1).
The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of actual samples saved in the
“snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted”
object should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the
“snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted”
object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object.
Valid values: 1 – 65535
Default: 50
The number of data samples that was actually saved for this entry.
If the value of the
“snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsRequested”
object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly.
If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted.
If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object.
If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but will not exceed the new value of this object.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
321
322
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Access
Read-write snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lOwner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write
Read-write
Description
Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket.
NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; therefore, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table.
You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s
“snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object is
equal to valid(1).
Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds
Default: 1800 seconds
The administrator who owns or configured this entry.
The state of this entry:
• valid(1)
• createRequest(2)
• underCreation(3)
• invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if it is set to this state.
Real server port history group
The Real Server Port History Group contains history data samples for each port on the real server.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerPortHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4
snL4RealServerPortHistoryEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1
snL4RealServerPortHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerPortHistorySampl eIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access
None
Description
The Real Server Port History Group table.
None An entry in the Real Server Port History Group table. An entry is a historical sample of statistics on a particular real server port.
This sample is associated with the
“snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlEntry” object, which sets up
the parameters for the regular collection of these samples.
Read only Shows the index entry as identified by the
“snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlIndex” .
Read only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 214,748,3647 samples.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4RealServerPortHistoryInterv alStart brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.3
Syntax: Time ticks
Access Description
Read only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples.
If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour.
NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, since each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval.
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server.
snL4RealServerPortHistoryReceiv ePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.4
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerPortHistoryTrans mitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.5
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerPortHistoryTotalC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.6
Syntax: Counter snL4RealServerPortHistoryCurCo nnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.7
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerPortHistoryPeakC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.8
Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerPortHistoryRespo nseTime brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.9
Syntax: Integer
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the real server.
Read only Shows the total number of client connections on the real server.
A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the highest number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the round trip time for a response from a real server on this port.
Virtual server history control group
The Real Server History Control Table contains objects that control the collection of data samples for virtual servers.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlTa ble brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5
snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlEn try brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1
None
None
Description
The Virtual Server History Control Group Table.
An entry in the Virtual Server History Control Table.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
323
324
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlIn dex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlDa taSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.2
snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBu cketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.3
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBu cketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlInt erval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.5
Syntax: Integer
Read only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a virtual server on the ServerIron. This object can have up to
65535 entries.
Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any virtual server on this ServerIron.
It identifies a particular instance defined in the
“snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable” .
It may not be modified if the value of the
“snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry
source is equal to valid(1).
Read-write Indicates the requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of samples saved in the
object “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted”
should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the
“snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will
be adjusted according to the new value of this object.
Valid values: 1 – 65535
Default: 50
Read only The number of data samples that was actually saved for this entry.
If the value of the
“snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsRequested”
object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly.
If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted.
If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object.
If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but not exceed the new value of this object.
Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket.
NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; therefore, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table.
You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s
“snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlStatus” object is
equal to valid(1).
Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds
Default: 1800 seconds
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlOw ner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlSt atus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry.
Read-write The state of this entry:
•
•
• valid(1) createRequest(2) underCreation(3)
• invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if it is changed to this state.
Virtual server history table
The Virtual Server History Group table contains historical data samples that were collected for virtual servers.
Each counter in this table identifies the same event as the counters used by the
“snL4VirtualServerStatisticEntry” ; however, the value of the counters in this table represents a
cumulative sum of a sampling period.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6
snL4VirtualServerHistoryEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1 snL4VirtualServerHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerHistorySampleIn dex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerHistoryIntervalSt art brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.3
Syntax: Time ticks snL4VirtualServerHistoryReceiveP kts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.4
Syntax: Counter
None The Virtual Server History Table.
None An entry in the Virtual Server History Group table. An entry is a historical sample of statistics on a particular virtual server. This sample is associated with the
“snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlEntry”
object, which sets up the parameters for a regular collection of these samples.
Read only Shows the index entry as identified by the
“snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlIndex”
.
Read only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at
1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 214,748,3647 samples.
Read only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples.
If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour.
NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, since each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval.
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the virtual server.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
325
326
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4VirtualServerHistoryTransmit
Pkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.5
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerHistoryTotalCon nections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.6
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerHistoryCurConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.7
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerHistoryPeakCon nections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the virtual server.
Read only Shows the total number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read only Shows the highest number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Virtual server port history control table
The Virtual Server Port History Control Table lists all the controls for collecting data samples for a virtual server port.
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7 snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1 snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolDataSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.2
Syntax: Object Identifier
Access
None
None
Description
The Virtual Server Port History Control Table
An entry in the Virtual Server Port History Control Table.
Read only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a virtual server port on the ServerIron. This object can have up to
65535 entries.
Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any virtual server port on this ServerIron.
It identifies a particular instance defined in the
“snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable” .
It may not be modified if the value of the
“snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus”
object for this entry source is equal to valid(1).
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Monitor groups
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolBucketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.3
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolBucketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.4
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.5
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolOwner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.6
Syntax: DisplayString snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of actual samples saved in the
“snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted”
object should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the
“snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted”
object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object.
Valid values: 1 – 65535
Default: 50
Read only The number of data samples that was actually saved for this entry.
If the value of the
“snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object
is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly.
If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted.
If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object.
If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but will not exceed the new value of this object.
Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket.
NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; therefore, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object
(snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table.
You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this
entry’s “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus”
object is equal to valid(1).
Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds
Default: 1800 seconds
Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry.
Read-write The state of this entry:
• valid(1)
• createRequest(2)
• underCreation(3)
• invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if its state changes to this state.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
327
328
Monitor groups
Virtual server port history table
The Virtual Server Port History Group contains history data samples for each port on the virtual server.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8 snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1
snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.1
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortHistorySam pleIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.2
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryInter valStart brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.3
Syntax: Time ticks
None The Virtual Server Port History Table.
None An entry in the Virtual Server Port History Group table. An entry is a historical sample of statistics on a particular virtual server port. This sample is associated with the
“snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlEntry”
object, which sets up the parameters for a regular collection of these samples.
Read only Shows the index entry as identified by the
“snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlIndex”
.
Read only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at
1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 214,748,3647 samples.
Read only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples.
If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour.
NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, since each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval.
Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the virtual server port.
snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryRece ivePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.4
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTrans mitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.5
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTotal
Connections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.6
Syntax: Counter snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCurC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.7
Syntax: Integer snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryPeak
Connections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.8
Syntax: Integer
Read only
Read only
Read only
Read only
Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the virtual server.
Shows the total number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Shows the highest number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Server Load Balancing (SLB) MIB
Chapter
21
The following objects can be used to view configuration and staticstics for Real Servers, Real
Server ports, Virtual Servers, and Virtual Server ports, as well information about the Virtual Server bindings. Currently, Set Operations for these objects are not supported.
Agent compliance
The following object are compliance statement for Agents that implements this MIB.
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbCompliance brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.1.1
Access
N/A
Description
Compliance statement for Agents that implements this MIB. The following groups are mandatory:
• brcdSlbStatsGroup
• brcdSlbRSStatsGroup
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsGroup
• brcdSlbVSStatsGroup
• brcdSlbVSPortStatsGroup
MIB groupings are as follows:
Group and OID brcdSlbStatsGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.1
brcdSlbRSStatsGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.2
Description
This group is a collection of global statistics objects used to manage the SLB feature. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbDrops
• brcdSlbUnsuccessfulConn
• brcdSlbDisableCount
This group supports Real Server statistics. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbRSStatsIpType
• brcdSlbRSStatsIp
• brcdSlbRSStatsRxPkts
• brcdSlbRSStatsTxPkts
• brcdSlbRSStatsCurrentConnections
• brcdSlbRSStatsTotalConnections
• brcdSlbRSStatsAge
• brcdSlbRSStatsState
• brcdSlbRSStatsReassignments
• brcdSlbRSStatsReassignmentLimit
• brcdSlbRSStatsFailedPortExists
• brcdSlbRSStatsFailTime
• brcdSlbRSStatsPeakConnections
• brcdSlbRSStatsTotalReverseConnections
• brcdSlbRSStatsCurrentSessions
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
329
330
Agent compliance brcdSlbRSPortStatsGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.3
brcdSlbRSCfgGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.4
This group supports Real Server port statistics. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsIpType
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsIp
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsReassignCount
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsState
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsFailTime
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsCurrentConnections
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsTotalConnections
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsRxPkts
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsTxPkts
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsRxBytes
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsTxBytes
• brcdSlbRSPortStatsPeakConnection
This group supports Real Server configuration for ServerIron
ADX. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbRSCfgIpType
• brcdSlbRSCfgIp
• brcdSlbRSCfgServerDescr
• brcdSlbRSCfgAdminStatus
• brcdSlbRSCfgMaxConnections
• brcdSlbRSCfgWeight
• brcdSlbRSCfgDeleteState
• brcdSlbRSCfgSrcNat
• brcdSlbRSCfgAltMacAddr
• brcdSlbRSCfgAsymmetric
• brcdSlbRSCfgBackupPriRSName
• brcdSlbRSCfgBackupAssocPri
• brcdSlbRSCfgBwWeight
• brcdSlbRSCfgByteRateThreshold
• brcdSlbRSCfgDestNat
• brcdSlbRSCfgExceedMaxDrop
• brcdSlbRSCfgHostRange
• brcdSlbRSCfgMaxTcpConnRate
• brcdSlbRSCfgMaxUdpConnRate
• brcdSlbRSCfgL3Check
• brcdSlbRSCfgReverseNat
• brcdSlbRSCfgResponseTimeLower
• brcdSlbRSCfgResponseTimeHigher
• brcdSlbRSCfgRowStatus
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
brcdSlbRSPortCfgGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.5
brcdSlbVSStatsGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.6
brcdSlbVSPortStatsGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.7
Agent compliance
This group supports Real Server port configuration for
ServerIron ADX. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgIpType
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgIp
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgAdminStatus
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgMaxConnections
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgDeleteState
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgBackupPriRSName
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgBackupAssocPri
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgBringupRetries
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgL4BringupInterval
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgClearSessOnPortUp
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgDnssecCapable
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgL4CheckOnly
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgL7BringupInterval
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgNoHealthCheck
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgMaxTcpConnRate
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgMaxUdpConnRate
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgServerId
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgProxy
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgTcpOnly
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgUdpOnly
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgUrl
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgUsePortPolicy
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgZone
• brcdSlbRSPortCfgRowStatus
This group supports Virtual Server statistics. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbVSStatsCfgIpType
• brcdSlbVSStatsIp
• brcdSlbVSStatsRxPkts
• brcdSlbVSStatsTxPkts
• brcdSlbVSStatsTotalConnections
• brcdSlbVSStatsRxBytes
• brcdSlbVSStatsTxBytes
• brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricState
• brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricPriority
• brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricKeep
• brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricActives
• brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricInactives
• brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricBestStandbyMacAddr
• brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricActiveMacAddr
• brcdSlbVSStatsTrackPortList
• brcdSlbVSStatsTrackPortState
This group supports Virtual Server port statistics. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbVSPortStatsIpType
• brcdSlbVSPortStatsIp
• brcdSlbVSPortStatsCurrentConnections
• brcdSlbVSPortStatsTotalConnections
• brcdSlbVSPortStatsPeakConnections
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
331
Agent compliance brcdSlbVSCfgGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.8
This group supports Virtual Server configuration for
ServerIron ADX. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbVSCfgIpType
• brcdSlbVSCfgIp
• brcdSlbVSCfgServerDescr
• brcdSlbVSCfgAdminStatus
• brcdSlbVSCfgSDAType
• brcdSlbVSCfgDeleteState
• brcdSlbVSCfgSymPriority
• brcdSlbVSCfgAclId
• brcdSlbVSCfgCacheEnable
• brcdSlbVSCfgClientMaxConnLimit
• brcdSlbVSCfgClientTransRateLimit
• brcdSlbVSCfgDynSymPriFactor
• brcdSlbVSCfgHostRange
• brcdSlbVSCfgHttpRedirect
• brcdSlbVSCfgStickyAge
• brcdSlbVSCfgStickyAgeMultiplier
• brcdSlbVSCfgSymActive
• brcdSlbVSCfgTcpAge
• brcdSlbVSCfgTcpOptions
• brcdSlbVSCfgVipTransparent
• brcdSlbVSCfgUdpAge
• brcdSlbVSCfgVipProtected
• brcdSlbVSCfgRowStatus
332 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
brcdSlbVSPortCfgGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.9
Agent compliance
This group supports Virtual Server port configuration for
ServerIron ADX. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgIpType
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgIp
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgAdminStatus
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgSticky
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgCacheEnabled
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgConcurrent
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgCsw
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgCswPolicy
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgCswScanDepth
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgDropAckNoData
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgDsr
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgFastDelete
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgGroupSticky
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgGroupStickyFailover
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgLbPriServers
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgKeepAlive
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgLbPriServBackupStayActive
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgMinServers
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgNoGrpFailover
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgNoStickyExceedMax
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgRealPort
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgRstOnPortFailure
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgRspRewritePolicy
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgSessIdSwitching
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgSmoothFactor
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgStickyAcl
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgSwL4PbSlb
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgTcpAge
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgTcpMss
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgTcpOnly
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpAge
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpFastAge
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpFastDelCount
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgConcurrent
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgActPriOverSticky
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpNormalAge
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpOnly
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgUseAliasPortState
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgWaitForEndHttp
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgDeleteState
• brcdSlbVSPortCfgRowStatus
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
333
Global SLB scalar objects brcdSlbVSBindGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.2.2.10
brcdSlbServerBindGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6
This group supports Virtual Server port binding configuration for ServerIron ADX. Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbBindingRSIpType
• brcdSlbBindingRSIp
• brcdSlbBindingVSIpType
• brcdSlbBindingVSIp
• brcdSlbBindingVSName
• brcdSlbBindingVSPort
• brcdSlbBindingRowStatus
• brcdSlbBindingRSPortState
This group supports single and multiple Virtual Server port bindings . Objects in this group are:
• brcdSlbServerBindingRSIpType
• brcdSlbServerBindingRSIp
• brcdSlbServerBindingVSIpType
• brcdSlbServerBindingVSIp
• brcdSlbServerBindingRowStatus
• brcdSlbServerBindingRSPortState
Global SLB scalar objects
The brcdSlbStats present the number of dropped, unsuccessful, and disabled SLBconnections.
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbDrops brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.1.1
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbUnsuccessfulConn brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.1.2
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbDisableCount brcdSlbStats 3
Syntax: Counter32
Access Description
Read only The total number of packets dropped by ADX which includes TCP
Resets, Forward Resets and Unsuccessful requests.
Read only The number of packets that were dropped due to a deny filter configured on the switch matched the packet, or a client requested a TCP or UDP port that is not bound on the virtual interface.
Read only The number of packets dropped because packets were sent by a client to a VIP port that is bound to a disabled real server port.
334 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Real Server Configuration table
Real Server Configuration table
The brcdSlbRSCfgTable manages the configuration of Real Server objects. The object brcdSlbRSCfgRowStatus is required to configure Real Server object. It should be set to create, delete, or modify.
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbRSCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbRSCfgIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.2
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbRSCfgIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.3
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbRSCfgServerDescr brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbRSCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.5
Syntax: L4Status brcdSlbRSCfgMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.6
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSCfgWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.7
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.8
Syntax: L4DeleteState brcdSlbRSCfgSrcNat brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.9
SYNTAXTruthValue brcdSlbRSCfgDestNat brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.10
SYNTAXTruthValue
brcdSlbRSCfgAltMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.11
Syntax: PhysAddress brcdSlbRSCfgAsymmetric brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.12
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSCfgBackupPriRSName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.13
Syntax: L4ServerName
Access
N/A
Description
Name of the Real Server.
Read-write Address type of the Real Server.
Read-write IP address of the Real Server.
Read-only Description of the Real Server.
Read-write Adminstrative status of the Real Server.
Read-write Maximum connections allowed to the Real Server.
Valid values are 1 - 2000000.
Read-write Distribute traffic to the Real Server based on assigned weight.
Valid values are 1 - 65000
Read-only Delete status of the Real Server.
Read-only Returns "true“ if source NAT is enabled. Default is false.
Read-only Returns "true" if destination NAT is enabled. Default is false.
Read-write Alternative MAC address for health check.
Read-only Returns "true" if Real Server is asymmetric. Default is false.
Read-write Name of Backup Real Server.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
335
Real Server Port configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbRSCfgBackupAssocPri brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.14
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSCfgBwWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.15
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSCfgByteRateThreshold brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.16
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSCfgHostRange
brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.17
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSCfgMaxTcpConnRate brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.18
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSCfgMaxUdpConnRate brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.19
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSCfgExceedMaxDrop brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.20
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSCfgL3Check brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.21
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSCfgReverseNat brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.22
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSCfgResponseTimeLower brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1. 23
Syntax: Unsigned32 r brcdSlbRSCfgResponseTimeHighe brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1. 24
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.1.1.25
Syntax: RowStatus
Read-write A backup server is used if all the primary servers are unavailable for the requested application. Default is “false”.
Read-write Weight for bandwidth metric. Valid values are 1 - 5. The default is 1.
Read-write Maximum byte rate allowed for the Real Server. Valid values are
0 - 2147483647. The default is 2147483647.
Read-write Specifies number of hosts in the range beginning with Real
Server IP. Valid values are 0 - 4096.
Read-write Maximum TCP connections per second. Valid values are 1-
4294967295.
Read-write Maximum UDP connections per second. Valid values are 1 -
4294967295.
Read-write Drop new connection when maximum connection limit is reached for L7 switching. The value "true" indicates exceedMaxDrop is enabled. Default is false.
Read-write Administrative status of L3 check. The value "true" indicates
L3Check is enabled. Default is "true".
Read-write When enabled reverse NAT is not performed even if it is globally configured. The value "true" indicates ReverseNAT is enabled.
Default is false.
Read-write Lower threshold in msecs. Configuring the response time load balancing method requires smooth factor to be configured
Default is 0.
Read-write Higher threshold in msecs. Configuring the response time load balancing method requires smooth factor to be configured
Default is 0.
Read-write This object is used to create, delete, or modify Real Server.
Real Server Port configuration table
The brcdSlbRSPortCfgTable manages the configuration of Real Server port objects. The object brcdSlbRSPortCfgRowStatus is required to configure objects for Real Server ports and should be set to create, delete, or modify.
336 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Real Server Port configuration table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbRSPortCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbRSPortCfgPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortCfgIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.3
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbRSPortCfgIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.4
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbRSPortCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.5
Syntax: L4Status brcdSlbRSPortCfgMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.6
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-write Real Server port maximum number of connections allowed.
brcdSlbRSPortCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.7
Syntax: L4DeleteState
Read-only Delete status of the Real Server port.
Read-write Name of the backup primary Real Server.
brcdSlbRSPortCfgBackupPriRSNa me brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.8
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbRSPortCfgBackupAssocPri brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.9
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSPortCfgBringupRetries brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.10
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortCfgL4BringupInterv al brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.11
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-write Backup server to be used if all the primary servers are unavailable for the requested application. The value "true" indicates that BackupAssocPri is enabled. The default is "false".
Read-write ServerIron ADX will bring up the port only after it has passed the specified number of health-checks. Default is 0.
Read-write L4 bring up check interval. Default is 0.
brcdSlbRSPortCfgClearSessOnPor tUp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.12
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSPortCfgDnssecCapable brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.13
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSPortCfgL4CheckOnly brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.14
Syntax: TruthValue
N/A
N/A
Name of the Real Server.
Port number of the Real Server. Valid values are 0 - 65535.
Read-write Address type of the Real Server.
Read-write The IP address of the Real Server.
Read-write Administrative status of the Real Server port.
Read-write Enables or disables clean up of sessions on port up. The default is “false”.
Read-write When configured to "true", Real Server port is DNSSEC capable.
The default is "false".
Read-write When configured to "true", ServerIron ADX uses L4 keepalive health checks. The default is "false".
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
337
Real Server Statistics Table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbRSPortCfgL7BringupInterv al brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.15
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortCfgNoHealthCheck brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.16
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSPortCfgMaxTcpConnRat e brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.17
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortCfgMaxUdpConnRa te brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.18
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortCfgServerId brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.19
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortCfgProxy brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.20
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSPortCfgTcpOnly brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.21
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSPortCfgUdpOnly brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.22
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSPortCfgUrl brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.23
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-write L7 bring up check interval. The default is 0.
Read-write Enables or disables L4 health checks of the port. The default is
"false".
Read-write Maximum TCP connections per second. Valid values are 1 -
4294967295.
Read-write Maximum UDP connections per second. Valid values are 1 -
4294967295.
Read-write Converts persist string to the ID of the Real Server. Valid values are 1024 - 17407.
Read-write Configures Real Server port as proxy. The default is "false".
Read-write When enabled, ServerIron ADX allows traffic to a Virtual port being load-balanced to a different set of real ports based on its protocol (TCP or UDP). The default is "true".
Read-write When enabled, ServerIron ADX allows traffic to a virtual port being load-balanced to a different set of real ports based on its protocol (TCP or UDP). The default is "true".
Read-only GET or HEAD is an optional parameter that specifies the request type. By default, HTTP keepalive uses HEAD to retrieve the URL page. You can override the default and configure the ServerIron
ADX to use GET to retrieve the URL page.
Read-only Port policy name that is used for health checks.
brcdSlbRSPortCfgUsePortPolicy brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.24
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbRSPortCfgZone brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.25
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbRSPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.2.1.26
Syntax: RowStatus
Read-only The zone name for zone-based DNS health checking.
Read-write This object creates, modifies, or deletes the Real Server port entry.
Real Server Statistics Table
The brcdSlbRSStatsTable shows statistics for Real Server.
338 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Real Server Statistics Table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbRSStatsName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbRSStatsIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.2
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbRSStatsIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.3
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbRSStatsRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.4
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSStatsTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSStatsCurrentConnection s brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.6
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSStatsTotalConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.7
Syntax: Counter32
N/A The configured name of the Real Server.
Read-only The address type of the Real Server.
Read-only IP address of the Real Server.
Read-only Number of packets received from the Real Server.
Read-only Number of packets sent to the Real Server.
Read-only The number of client connections currently on the Real Server. A connection consists of two sessions, the client-to-server sessions and the server-to-client sessions.
Read-only The number of client connections on the server since the
ServerIron ADX was last booted or restarted. A connection consists of two sessions, the client-to-server sessions and the server-to-client sessions.
Read-only To find out server up state. Server age is reset to zero each time a packet is received from this server.
brcdSlbRSStatsAge brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSStatsState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.9
Syntax: RealServerState
Read-only The operational state of the Real Server:
•
• disabled(1) enabled(2)
• failed(3)
• testing(4)
• suspect(5)
• shutdown(6)
• active(7)
Read-only Lists the number of reassignments before a failure is declared.
brcdSlbRSStatsReassignments brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.10
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSStatsReassignmentLimi t brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.11
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSStatsFailedPortExists brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.12
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSStatsFailTime brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.13
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-only Reassign limit for this server.
Read-only Whether a failed port exists on the Real Server.
Read-only Time in minutes spent on retries of failed servers.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
339
Real Server Port Statistic Table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbRSStatsPeakConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.14
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSStatsTotalReverseConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.15
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSStatsCurrentSessions brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.16
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSStatsRxThroughput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.19
Syntax: Unsigned64 brcdSlbRSStatsTxThroughput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.3.1.20
Syntax: Unsigned64
Access Description
Read-only The highest number of simultaneous connections the ServerIron
ADX has handled since it was last booted or restarted.
Read-only The total number of connections initiated by the server to a client.
Read-only The number of sessions currently open on the ServerIron ADX.
Read-only The Real Server Rx throughput (the bit rate that RS receives) in
Kbps.
Read-only The Real Server Tx throughput (the bit rate that RS transmits) in
Kbps.
Real Server Port Statistic Table
The brcdSlbRSPortStatsTable shows statistics for Real Server ports.
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbRSPortStatsName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbRSPortStatsPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.3
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbRSPortStatsIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.4
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbRSPortStatsReassignCoun t brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32
Access
N/A
N/A
Description
Real server Name.
Port number of the Real Server.
Read-only The address type of Real Server.
Read-only The index for Real Server Port Stats entry.
Read-only The number of times the ServerIron ADX had reassigned the connection to another server in the rotation because the server that is in use has not responded to two contiguous TCP SYNs from the client. When this occurs, the ServerIron ADX directs the client to another server upon receiving the third SYN from the client.
340 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Real Server Port Statistic Table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbRSPortStatsState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.6
Syntax: RealServerPortState
Read-only Real server port state:
• disabled(1)
• enabled(2)
• failed(3)
• testing(4)
• suspect(5)
• shutdown(6)
• active(7)
• unbound(8)
• awaitUnbind(9)
• awaitDelete(10)
Read-only This object is useful only if the state of the Real Server port is failed. It indicates how many seconds has been elapsed from the last retry.
brcdSlbRSPortStatsFailTime brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.7
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsCurrentConne ctions brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsTotalConnectio ns brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.9
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.10
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.11
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsRxBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.12
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsTxBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.13
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsPeakConnecti on brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.14
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsRxThroughput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.17
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsTxThroughput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.18
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsReceiveThroug hput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.19
Syntax: CounterBasedGauge64
Read-only Real server port current connections.
Read-only Real server port total connections.
Read-only Total number of packets received by Real server port.
Read-only Total number of packets transmitted by Real server port.
Read-only Total number of bytes received by Real server port.
Read-only Total number of bytes transmitted by Real Server port.
Read-only Peak connection for Real Server port.
Read-only The Real Server's port Rx throughput (the bit rate that RS port receives) in Kbps.
Read-only The Real Server's port Tx throughput (the bit rate that RS port transmits) in Kbps.
Read-only The Real server's port Rx throughput (the bit rate RS port receives) in Kbps.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
341
Real Server Keepalive Port Statistics table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbRSPortStatsTransmitThrou ghput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.20
Syntax: CounterBasedGauge64 brcdSlbRSPortStatsResponseTime brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.21
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortStatsResponseTime
Weight brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.4.1.22
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-only The Real server's port Tx throughput (the bit rate RS port transmits) in Kbps.
Read-only The Real Server's port Response-time in micro seconds.
Read-only The Real Server's port Response-time weight.
Real Server Keepalive Port Statistics table
The brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsTable shows the Real Server Keepalive Port statistics.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsNam e brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsReq uestSent brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.3
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsRes ponseReceived brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.4
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsRes ponseTimeout brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsKee paliveStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.6
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsWait
ForResponse brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.7
Syntax: TruthValue
N/A
N/A
The Real server Name.
The Port number of the Real Server.
Read-only Total number of TCP SYN packets sent to the real server port.
Read-only Total number of TCP SYN ACK packets received from the real server port.
Read-only The Real server's keepalive port TCP response timeout.
Read-only The Real server's keepalive port status.
Read-only The Real server's keepalive port wait for response status.
342 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual Server Configuration Table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsStat uscode brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsCurr entSent brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.9
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsBrin gPortDown brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.10
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsTotal
Retries brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.11
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsTCP
RoundTripTime brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.12
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsAppl
RoundTripTime brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.13
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsCurr entTCPRoundTripTime brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.14
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsCurr entApplRoundTripTime brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.15
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbRSPortKeepAliveStatsBrin gPortDownRoundTripTime brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.2.5.1.16
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-only The Real server's keepalive port return status code.
Read-only The counter tracking number of SYN packets sent to fail a server port.
Read-only The Real server's keepalive port bring port down value.
Read-only The Real server's keepalive port total retries.
Read-only TCP Round-trip time delay of Real server's keepalive port.
Read-only Application Round-trip time delay of Real server's keepalive port.
Read-only Current TCP Round-trip time delay of Real server's keepalive port.
Read-only Current Application Round-trip time delay of Real server's keepalive port.
Read-only Bring Port down for Round-trip time of Real server's keepalive port.
Virtual Server Configuration Table
The brcdSlbVSCfgTable manages the configuration of the Virtual Server objects. The object brcdSlbVSCfgRowStatus is required to configure Virtual Server objects and should be set to create, delete, or modify.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
343
344
Virtual Server Configuration Table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbVSCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbVSCfgIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.2
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbVSCfgIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.3
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbVSCfgServerDescr brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.4
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbVSCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.5
Syntax: L4Status brcdSlbVSCfgSDAType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.6
Syntax: INTEGER
N/A The name of the Virtual Server.
Read-write The address type of the Virtual Server.
Read-write The IP address of the Virtual Server.
Read-only The description of the Virtual Server.
Read-write The administrative status of the Virtual Server.
Read-write TCP/UDP Sessions Distribution Algorithms Type:
• leastConn(1)
• roundRobin(2)
• weighted(3)
• responseTime(4)
• leastLocalSess(5)
• leastLocalConn(6)
• localWeighted(7)
• bandwidth(8)
• weightedRoundRobin(9)
• dynamicWeightedDirect(10)
• dynamicWeightedReverse(11)
• enhancedWeighted(12)
• weightedRoundRobinStatic(13)
Read-only Virtual Server Delete state.
brcdSlbVSCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.7
Syntax: L4DeleteState brcdSlbVSCfgSymPriority brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSCfgAclId brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.9
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSCfgCacheEnable brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.10
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSCfgClientMaxConnLimit brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.11
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbVSCfgClientTransRateLimit brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.12
Syntax: DisplayString
Read-write Symmetric priority configuration. Valid values are 0 - 255. The default is "0".
Read-write ACL for this Virtual IP.
Read-write Enables and disables cache for the Virtual Server. The default is
"false".
Read-write Enables client-based maximum connection rate limit.
Read-write Enables and disables client-based transaction rate limit.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual Server Configuration Table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbVSCfgDynSymPriFactor brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.13
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSCfgHostRange brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.14
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSCfgHttpRedirect brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.15
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSCfgStickyAge brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.16
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSCfgStickyAgeMultiplier brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.17
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSCfgSymActive brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.18
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSCfgTcpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.19
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSCfgTcpOptions brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.20
Syntax: INTEGER
Access Description
Read-write Dynamic symmetric priority factor.
Read-write Host range. Valid values are 0 - 4096.
Read-write Enables and disables HTTP redirect. The value 'true' indicates
HTTP redirect is enabled. The default is "false".
Read-write Sticky-age per VIP. Valid values are 2 - 60.
Read-write Sticky-age multiplier per VIP. Valid values are 1 - 120.
Read-write Symmetric Active-Active. The default is "false".
Read-write TCP age per VIP. Valid values are 2 - 60.
Read-write Enables or disables TCP option support when Syn Cookie is enabled:
• windowScale(1)
• sack(2)
• windowscaleAndsack(3)
• timestamp(4)
• timestampAndWindoSscale(5)
• sackAndTimestamp(6)
• all(7)
Read-write UDP age per VIP. Valid values are 2 - 60.
brcdSlbVSCfgUdpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.21
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSCfgVipTransparent brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.22
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSCfgVipProtected brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.23
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.1.1.24
Syntax: RowStatus
Read-write Transparent VIP allows you to configure a ServerIron ADX to transparently load balance a VIP, without owning the VIP address. The default is "false".
Read-write VIP protection by hardware. The value "true" indicates that vipProtected is enabled. The default is "false".
Read-write This represents operational status of the Virtual Server entry.
Status can be create, modify, or delete.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
345
Virtual Server Port Table
Virtual Server Port Table
The brcdSlbVSPortCfgTable manages the configuration of the Virtual Server port objects. The object brcdSlbVSPortCfgRowStatus is required to configure Virtual Server port object. It should be set to create, delete, or modify.
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbVSPortCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbVSPortCfgPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.3
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbVSPortCfgIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.4
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbVSPortCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.5
Syntax: L4Status brcdSlbVSPortCfgSticky brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.6
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgCacheEnabled brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.7
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgConcurrent brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.8
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgCsw brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.9
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbVSPortCfgCswPolicy brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.10
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbVSPortCfgCswScanDepth brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.11
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgDropAckNoData brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.12
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgDsr brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.13
Syntax: TruthValue
Access
N/A
N/A
Description
The Virtual Server name.
The port number of the Virtual Server. Valid values are 0 -
65535.
Read-write The address type of the Virtual Server.
Read-write The IP address of the Virtual Server.
Read-write Administrative status of the Virtual Server port.
Read-write Define sticky for the port. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables and disables cache. The default is "false".
Read-write Concurrent. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables and disables content switching. CSW policy should be assigned before turning on this feature.
Read-write Content switching policy name.
Read-write Maximum length of content allowed to be scanned. Valid values are 1 - 8192. The default is "3072".
Read-write Drop the ACK in TCP 3-way handshake if SynProxy is enabled and ACK has no data. The value “true” indicates that dropAckNoData is enabled. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables or disables Direct Server Return.
346 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual Server Port Table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbVSPortCfgFastDelete brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.14
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgGroupSticky brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.15
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgGroupStickyFailo ver brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.16
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgLbPriServers brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.17
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgKeepAlive brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.18
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgLbPriServBacku pStayActive brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.19
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgMinServers brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.20
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgNoGrpFailover brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.21
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgRspRewritePolic y brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.22
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbVSPortCfgSessIdSwitching brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.23
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgNoStickyExceed
Max brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.24
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgRealPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.25
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgRstOnPortFailur e brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.26
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgSmoothFactor brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.27
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-write Enables and disables DSR fast delete. The value “true” indicates that fastDelete is enabled. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables and disables group sticky. The value “true” indicates that groupSticky is enabled. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables and disables group sticky failover. The value "true” indicates that groupStickyFailoover is enabled. The default is
"false".
Read-write Enables and disables load balancing primary servers. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables and disables keep-alive TCP connections on client. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables and disables backup mechanism. The default is "false".
Read-write Define Minimum Servers. The default is "0".
Read-write Enables and disables Server Group Failover. The default is
"false".
Read-write Response rewrite policy name.
Read-write Enables and disables SSL Session ID Switching. The default is
"false".
Read-write Enables and disables No Sticky Exceed Maximum. The default is
"false".
Read-write Use real port. Valid values are 0 - 65535.
Read-write Resets or terminates client connection if port fails health check.
The default is "false".
Read-write Enter a smooth factor value between 1 and 99.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
347
348
Virtual Server Port Table
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbVSPortCfgStickyAcl brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.28
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgSwL4PbSlb brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.29
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgTcpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.30
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgTcpMss brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.31
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgTcpOnly brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.32
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.33
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpFastAge brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.34
Syntax: TruthValue t brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpFastDelCoun brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.35
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgActPriOverSticky brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.36
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpNormalAge brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.37
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortCfgUdpOnly brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.38
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgUseAliasPortStat e brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.39
Syntax: TruthValue brcdSlbVSPortCfgWaitForEndHttp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.40
Syntax: TruthValue
Read-write Sticky ACL ID. Valid values are 0 - 65535. The default is "0".
Read-write Enables and disables Switch PBSLB. The default is "false".
Read-write Set after how long the session will expire. Valid values are 2 - 60.
Read-write Set tcp-mss for this port when Syn Cookie is enabled. Valid values are 64 - 9176.
Read-write Turn on or turn off TCP only. The default is "true".
Read-write Set after how long the session will expire. Valid values are 2 - 60.
Read-write Enables and disables UDP FastAge. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables and disables UDP Fast Delete Count. The default is
"false".
Read-write Enables and disables Active Primary Sticky ACL. The default is
"false".
Read-write Enables and disables UDP normal age.
Read-write Turn on or turn off UDP only. The default is "true".
Read-write Use alias port state for traffic forwarding. The default is "false".
Read-write Enables and disables Wait for End HTTP. The default is "false".
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual Server Statistics table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbVSPortCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.41
Syntax: L4DeleteState brcdSlbVSPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.2.1.42
Syntax: RowStatus
Access Description
Read-only Delete operation state.
Read-write This represents operational status of the Virtual Server port entry. Status can be create, modify, or delete.
Virtual Server Statistics table
The brcdSlbVSStatsTable shows data in the Virtual Server Statistics table.
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbVSStatsName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbVSStatsCfgIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.2
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbVSStatsIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.3
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbVSStatsRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.4
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbVSStatsTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.5
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbVSStatsTotalConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.6
Syntax: Counter32
Access
N/A
Description
Virtual Server name.
Read-only The address type of the Virtual Server.
Read-only The IP address of the Virtual Server Stats entry.
Read-only Number of packets received by the Virtual Server.
Read-only Number of packets transmitted by the Virtual Server.
Read-only The number of client connections on the server since the
ServerIron ADX was last booted or restarted. A connection consists of two sessions, the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
Read-only Number of bytes received by the Virtual Server.
brcdSlbVSStatsRxBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.7
Syntax: Counter64 brcdSlbVSStatsTxBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.8
Syntax: Counter64 brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.9
Syntax: INTEGER
Read-only Number of bytes transmitted by the Virtual Server.
Read-only State of symmetric VIP:
• disabled(1)
• enabled(2)
• activeCapable(3)
• standby(4)
• suspect(5),active(6)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
349
350
Virtual Server Statistics table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricPriority brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.10
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricKeep brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.11
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricActives brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.12
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricInactive s brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.13
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricBestSta ndbyMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.14
Syntax: PhysAddress brcdSlbVSStatsSymmetricActiveM acAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.15
Syntax: PhysAddress brcdSlbVSStatsTrackPortList brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.16
Syntax: DisplayString brcdSlbVSStatsTrackPortState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.17
Syntax: INTEGER
Access Description
Read-only The Symmetric SLB priority configured on the ServerIron ADX.
Read-only The number of times an SSLB backup has failed to communicate with the active ServerIron ADX. By default, the counter is incremented by 1 every 400 milliseconds the backup
ADX is late responding to the active ADX keepalive message. The counter is reset to 0 each time the backup ServerIron ADX replies to a keepalive message. If the counter goes higher than the maximum number allowed (20 by default, thus 8 seconds), the standby ServerIron ADX takes over as the new active
ServerIron ADX. Normally, this field almost always contains 0."
Read-only The number of times this ServerIron ADX has become the active
ServerIron ADX.
Read-only The number of times this ADX has changed from being the active ServerIron ADX.
Read-only The MAC address of the backup ServerIron ADX with the second-highest priority. This ADX will become the active
ServerIron ADX if a failover occurs.
Read-only Symmetric sync MAC address of best known standby.
Read-only Virtual port track-group port list. SIZE (1..72).
Read-only Virtual port track-group state:
• none(1) - the track-group port list is empty
• up(2)
• suspect(3)
Read-only The Virtual Server Rx throughput (the bit rate that VS receives) in Kbps.
brcdSlbVSStatsRxThroughput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.18
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSStatsTxThroughput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.19
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSStatsCurrentRate brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.3.1.20
Syntax: Unsigned32
Read-only The Virtual Server Tx throughput (the bit rate that VS transmits) in Kbps.
Read-only The Virtual Server's current rate in connections per second.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual Server Port Statistics table
Virtual Server Port Statistics table
The brcdSlbVSPortStatsTable shows statistics for Virtual Server ports.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdSlbVSPortStatsName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbVSPortStatsPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortStatsIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.3
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbVSPortStatsIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.4
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbVSPortStatsCurrentConne ctions
brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.5
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortStatsTotalConnectio ns brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.6
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbVSPortStatsPeakConnecti ons brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.7
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortStatsRxThroughput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortStatsTxThroughput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.9
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbVSPortStatsReceiveThroug hput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.10
Syntax: CounterBasedGauge64 brcdSlbVSPortStatsTransmitThrou ghput brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.11
Syntax: CounterBasedGauge64 brcdSlbVSPortStatsRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.12
Syntax: Counter32
N/A
N/A
Read-only The address type of the Virtual Server.
Read-only IP address of the Virtual Server.
Read-only
Read-only
Read-only
Name of the Virtual Server associated with this port.
Virtual Server port. Valid values are 1 - 2048.
Determines if the port is configured for concurrent connections.
A port configured to allow concurrent connections can have more than one connection open to the same client at the same time.
The number of client connections on the server since the
ServerIron ADX was booted. A connection consists of two sessions, the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session.
The highest number of connections the VIP has had at the same time.
Read-only The Virtual Server's port Rx throughput (the bit rate that VS port receives) in Kbps.
Read-only The Virtual Server's port Tx throughput (the bit rate that VS port transmits) in Kbps.
Read-only The Virtual Server's Port Rx throughput (the bit rate VS port receives) in Kbps.
Read-only The Virtual Server's port Tx throughput (the bit rate VS port transmits) in Kbps.
Read-only The Virtual Server's port total received packets.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
351
Virtual Server Port Statistics table
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbVSPortStatsTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.13
Syntax: Counter32 brcdSlbVSPortStatsRxBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.14
Syntax: Counter64 brcdSlbVSPortStatsTxBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.4.1.15
Syntax: Counter64
Access Description
Read-only The Virtual Server's port total sent packets.
Read-only The Virtual Server's port total received bytes.
Read-only The Virtual Server's port total sent bytes.
352 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Virtual Server Bind table
Virtual Server Bind table
The brcdSlbVSBindTable shows binding to virtual servers.
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbBindingRSName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbBindingRSPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.2
Syntax: Unsigned32 ( brcdSlbBindingRSIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.3
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbBindingRSIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.4
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbBindingVSIpType
brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.5
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbBindingVSIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.6
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbBindingVSName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.7
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbBindingVSPort
brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.8
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbBindingRSPortState
brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.9
Syntax: RealServerPortState brcdSlbBindingRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.5.1.10
Syntax: RowStatus
Access
N/A
N/A
Description
The virtual server name.
The real server port to be bound to the virtual server port. Valid values are 0 - 65535.
Read-only The real server IP address type to be bound to the virtual server.
Read-only The real server IP address to be bound to the virtual server.
Read-write The virtual server IP address type for real server to be bound to.
Read-write The virtual server IP address for real server to be bound to.
Read-only The virtual server name.
Read-write The virtual server port for real server to be bound to. Valid values are 0 - 65535.
Read-only The state of the real server port after binding.
Read-write To create or delete a bind entry.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
353
Virtual Server Multi Bind table
Virtual Server Multi Bind table
The brcdSlbServerBindTable shows single binding and multi binding information of virtual servers
Name, OID, and Syntax brcdSlbServerBindingVSName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.1
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbServerBindingVSPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.2
Syntax:Unsigned32 brcdSlbServerBindingRSName brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.3
Syntax: L4ServerName brcdSlbServerBindingRSPort brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.4
Syntax: Unsigned32 brcdSlbServerBindingRSIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.5
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbServerBindingRSIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.6
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbServerBindingVSIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.7
Syntax: InetAddressType brcdSlbServerBindingVSIp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.8
Syntax: InetAddress brcdSlbServerBindingRSPortState brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.9
Syntax: RealServerPortState brcdSlbServerBindingRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.37.1.3.6.1.10
Syntax: RowStatus
Access Description read-only The virtual server name.
read-only The virtual server port to be bound to the real server.
read-only The real server name.
read-only The real server port to be bound to the virtual server port.
read-only The real server IP address type to be bound to the virtual server.
read-only The real server IP address to be bound to the virtual server.
read-write The virtual server IP address type to be bound to the real server.
read-write The virtual server IP address to be bound to the real server.
read-only The state of the real server port after binding.
read-write To create or delete bind entry.
Notifications
Name and Number brcdSlbTrapRSUp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.0.1
brcdSlbTrapRSDown brcdIp.1.1.4.37.0.2
Varbinds brcdSlbRSCfgIpType, brcdSlbRSCfgIp, snL4TrapRealServerName
brcdSlbRSCfgIpType, brcdSlbRSCfgIp, snL4TrapRealServerName
Severity
Informational
Informational
Description and message type
The SNMP trap that is generated when the Real
Server is up.
Brocade Trap: L4 Real Server Up
The SNMP trap that is generated when the Real
Server is down.
Brocade Trap: L4 Real Server Down
354 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Notifications
Name and Number Varbinds Severity brcdSlbTrapRSMaxConnection
LimitReached brcdIp.1.1.4.37.0.3
brcdSlbTrapRSPortUp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.0.4
brcdSlbTrapRSPortDown brcdIp.1.1.4.37.0.5
brcdSlbTrapVSPortUp brcdIp.1.1.4.37.0.6
brcdSlbTrapVSPortDown brcdIp.1.1.4.37.0.7
brcdSlbRSCfgIpType, brcdSlbRSCfgIp, snL4TrapRealServerName, snL4TrapRealServerCurConnec tions
brcdSlbRSPortCfgIpType, brcdSlbRSPortCfgIp, snL4TrapRealServerName,
Warning
Informational
brcdSlbRSPortCfgIpType, brcdSlbRSPortCfgIp, snL4TrapRealServerName, snL4TrapRealServerPort
brcdSlbVSCfgIpType, brcdSlbVSCfgIp, snL4TrapVirtualServerName, snL4TrapVirtualServerPort, snL4TrapVirtualServerMessage
Informational
Informational
brcdSlbVSCfgIpType, brcdSlbVSCfgIp, snL4TrapVirtualServerName, snL4TrapVirtualServerPort, snL4TrapVirtualServerMessage
Informational
Description and message type
The SNMP trap that is generated when the Real
Server reaches maximum number of connections.
Brocade Trap: L4 Real Server Max Connection
Limit
The SNMP trap that is generated when the Real
Server port is up.
Brocade Trap: L4 Real Server Port Up
The SNMP trap that is generated when the Real
Server port is down.
Brocade Trap: L4 Real Server Port Down.
The SNMP trap that is generated when the load balancing Virtual Server port is up.
Brocade Trap: L4 Virtual Server Port Up
The SNMP trap that is generated when the Virtual
Server port is down.
Brocade Trap: L4 Virtual Server Port Down
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
355
Notifications
356 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Traps and Objects to Enable Traps
Chapter
22
In this chapter
•
Objects to enable or disable standard traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
•
•
•
•
Objects to enable or disable standard traps
NOTE
By default, all traps are enabled.
The following objects from RFC 1213 are the standard objects supported in the ServerIron ADX
MIB. They are used to set SNMP traps.
Name, OID, and
Syntax
Access Description snmpInTraps
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.19 snmpOutTraps
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.29 snmpEnableAuthen
Traps
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.30
Read only
Read only
Readwrite
Shows the total number of SNMP trap PDUs that have been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol.
Shows the total number of SNMP trap PDUs that have been generated by the
SNMP protocol.
Indicates if the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication failure traps. The value of this object overrides any configuration information. This objects provides a way to disable all authentication failure traps.
NOTE: It is strongly recommended that this object be stored in the non-volatile memory so that it remains constant between re-initializations of the network management system.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
357
Objects for traps
Name, OID, and
Syntax
Access Description lldpRemTablesCha nge
1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4.
1 lldpXMedTopologyC hangeDetected
1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5.
4795.0.1
None An lldpRemTablesChange notification is sent when the value of lldpStatsRemTableLastChangeTime changes. It can be used by an NMS to trigger
LLDP remote systems table maintenance polls.
NOTE: Transmission of lldpRemTablesChange notifications are throttled by the agent, as specified by the “lldpNotificationInterval” object.
None Allows a device to transfer information related to topology changes to management applications in an asynchronous manner. Specifically, this enables notification of the fact that a new remote device was connected to the local port of an LLDP-MED network connectivity device, or that a remote device was removed from the local port. The purpose of this notification is efficient, near-real-time transmission of information regarding moves and changes to the management applications.
Information carried by the list of objects (varbind) contained in the notification allows the receiving management application to uniquely identify the local port where the topology change occurred, as well as the device capability of the remote endpoint device that was attached to or removed from the port.
Objects for traps
This section present the objects available to enable or disable traps.
Trap information
The following objects provide general information on traps.
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgTrpRcvrCurEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.1.16
Syntax: Integer snAgGblTrapMessage brcdIp.1.1.2.1.44
Syntax: DisplayString
Access Description
Read only Shows the total number of entries that are currently in the
Trap Receiver Table. There can be up to 255 entries.
Read only Shows a generic trap message.
Trap receiver table (IPv4)
This table allows you to configure trap receivers on IPv4 devices.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgTrpRcvrTable brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1
snAgTrpRcvrEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1
snAgTrpRcvrIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.1
Syntax: Integer32
None The Trap Receiver Table
None A row in the Trap Receiver Table. The column
“snAgTrpRcvrStatus” is used to
create and delete rows in the table. Creation requires a SET PDU with objects snAgTrpRcvrIndex, snAgTrpRcvrIpAddr, snAgTrpRcvrCommunityOrSecurityName and snAgTrpRcvrStatus.
Read only
Shows the index in the Trap Receiver Table.
Valid values: 1 – 10
358 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Objects for traps
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgTrpRcvrIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.2
Syntax: IpAddress snAgTrpRcvrCommuni tyOrSecurityName brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.3
Syntax: OctetString snAgTrpRcvrStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.4
Syntax: Integer
Readwrite
Readwrite
Readwrite
Indicates the IP address of the SNMP manager that will receive the trap.
Indicates the community string to use to access the trap receiver. This object can have up to 32 octets. snAgTrpRcvrUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer snAgTrpRcvrSecurityM odel brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.6
Syntax: Integer snAgTrpRcvrSecurityL evel brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.7
Syntax: Integer
Readwrite read-w rite read-w rite
Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are:
• ignore(5) – Do not send traps to this entry at this time
• delete(3) – Delete the row. (See note below regarding deleting a trap receiver.)
• create(4) – Create a new row
If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(5) returns error "badValue".
Deleted rows are deleted immediately.
The following values can be returned on reads:
• other(1) – Some other case
• valid(2) – Row exists and is valid
• ignore(5) – Do not send traps to this entry at this time
Indicates the UDP port number of the trap receiver.
Valid values: 0 – 65535
Default: 162
Allows configuration of security model (v1, v2c or 3).
Allows configuration of the security level (noauth, auth or auth+priv).
NOTE
To delete a trap receiver, the agent needs the following varbinds in the setRequest PDU: snAgTrpRcvrIpAddr, snAgTrpRcvrCommunityOrSecurityName, and snAgTrpRcvrStatus. The snAgTrpRcvrStatus object must be set to delete(3).
Trap receiver table
This table allows you to configure trap receivers for the devices
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryTrapReceiverTable brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1
fdryTrapReceiverEntry brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1
fdryTrapReceiverIndex brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.1
Syntax: Unsigned32
None
None
None
The Trap Receiver Table.
An entry in the Trap Receiver Table. This table uses a running index as the index to the table.
The index to the Trap Receiver Table.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
359
360
Objects for traps
Name, OID, and Syntax fdryTrapReceiverAddrType brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.2
Syntax: InetAddressType
Access Description
Read-create The IP address type. Supported address types are:
• ipv4(1)
• ipv6(2)
Default: ipv4
Read-create The IP address of the SNMP manager that will receive the trap.
fdryTrapReceiverAddr brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.3
Syntax: InetAddress fdryTrapReceiverCommunityOrS ecurityName brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.4
Syntax: OctetString
(size(0..32)) fdryTrapReceiverUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.5
Syntax: Integer32
(0..65535) fdryTrapReceiverSecurityModel brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.6
Syntax: SecurityModel fdryTrapReceiverSecurityLevel brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.7
Syntax: SecurityLevel fdryTrapReceiverRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.8
Syntax: RowStatus
Read-create The community string to use to access the trap receiver. This object can have up to 32 octets. In the case of USM (SNMPv3) security model, this object is used to provide the security name.
Read-create The UPD port number of the trap receiver.
Valid value: 0 – 65535
Default: 162
Read-create The version of trap format to be used.
Default: v1
Read-create Used for USM (SNMPv3) security model to specify the level of security. The security name is provided by fdryTrapReceiverCommunityOrSecurityName.
Default: noAuth
Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object.
General chassis and agent traps
The following objects enable or disable traps related to the device’s power supply, fan, and interface links.
Name, OID, and Syntax snChasEnablePwrSupplyTrap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.12
Syntax: Integer snChasEnableFanTrap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.16
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Readwrite
Readwrite
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate power supply failure traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
For chassis devices only.
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate fan failure traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Objects for traps
Name, OID, and Syntax snAgGblEnableColdStartTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.21
Syntax: Integer snAgGblEnableLinkUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.22
Syntax: Integer snAgGblEnableLinkDownTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.23
Syntax: Integer snAgGblEnableModuleRemove dTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.43
Syntax: Integer
Readwrite snChasEnableTempWarnTrap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.21
Syntax: Integer snAgentEnableMgmtModRedu nStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.4
Syntax: Integer snAgTrapHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.2.1.58
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Readwrite
Readwrite
Readwrite snAgGblEnableModuleInserted
Trap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.42
Syntax: Integer
Readwrite
Readwrite
Readwrite
Readwrite
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate cold start traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate link up traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate link down traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate traps for hardware modules that have been inserted in the chassis:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate traps for hardware modules that have been removed from the chassis:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate temperature warning traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate management module redundancy state change traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
The number of seconds that traps will be held during device initialization. Traps are buffered while the device initialized; they are sent once the device is back online.
Valid value: 1 - 600
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
361
362
Objects for traps
Enable VRRP traps
Name, OID, and Syntax snVrrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.2.12.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Readwrite
Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate VRRP interface state change traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
NOTE: The standard MIB “vrrpNotificationCntl” will work exactly the same as the IronWare Proprietary MIB "snVrrpIfStateChangeTrap”.
Enable FSRP traps
Name, OID, and Syntax snFsrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.2.7.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate
FSRP interface state change traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Enable VSRP traps
Name, OID, and Syntax snVsrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.2
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Readwrite
Indicates if the SNMP agent will generate a trap when an interface state change occur:
• disabled(0) – No trap will be generated.
• enabled(1) – The TRAP_VRRP_IF_STATE_CHANGE will be generated.
Since only one of the virtual router protocols (VRRP, VRRPE, or VSRP) can be enabled at any one time, they all generate the same trap.
Default is enabled(1).
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Objects for traps
Enable OSPF trap objects
The following are support objects for the OSPF traps.
Name, OID, and Syntax snOspfSetTrap brcdIp.1.2.1.14.16.1.1
Syntax: OctetString snOspfConfigErrorType brcdIp.1.2.4.15.2
Syntax: Integer snOspfPacketType brcdIp.1.2.4.15.3
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if specific OSPF traps are enabled.
This object contains four octets, serving as a bit map for the trap events defined by the OSPF traps. A value of 1 in the bit field indicates that the trap is enabled. The right-most bit (least significant) represents Trap 0.
Read only Indicates the potential types of configuration conflicts used by the ospfConfigError and ospfConfigVirtError traps.
• badVersion(1)
• areaMismatch(2)
• unknownNbmaNbr(3) – Router is eligible
• unknownVirtualNbr(4)
• authTypeMismatch(5)
• authFailure(6)
• netMaskMismatch(7)
• helloIntervalMismatch(8)
• deadIntervalMismatch(9)
• optionMismatch(10)}
Read only Indicates the OSPF packet type in the trap.
•
hello(1)
•
dbDescript(2)
•
lsReq(3)
•
lsUpdate(4)
•
lsAck(5)}
Read only Shows the IP address of an inbound packet that cannot be identified by a neighbor instance. snOspfPacketSrc brcdIp.1.2.4.15.4
Syntax: IpAddress snOspfTrapsGenerationMode brcdIp.1.2.4.15.5
Syntax: RtrStatus
Read-write Indicates if this router has been enabled to generate OSPF traps.
• disabled(0) – OSPF traps cannot be generated by this router,
even if the object “snOspfSetTrap”
is set to generate traps.
• enabled(1) – OSPF traps can be generated by the router.
This object provides global control on the generation of traps.
Enable switch group traps
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwEnableBridgeNewRootTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.25
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates If the SNMP agent process is enabled to generate bridge new root traps.
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
363
364
Objects for traps
Name, OID, and Syntax snSwEnableBridgeTopoChangeTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.26
Syntax: Integer snSwEnableLockedAddrViolationTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.27
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate bridge topology change traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate locked address violation traps:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Default: enabled(1)
Objects to enable layer 4 traps
The following objects enable or disable traps for Layer 4 functionalities.
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4EnableMaxSessionLimitR eachedTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.30
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableTcpSynLimitReach edTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.31
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableRealServerUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.32
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableRealServerDownTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.33
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableRealServerPortUpT rap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.34
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableRealServerPortDo wnTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.35
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableRealServerMaxCon nLimitReachedTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.36
Syntax: Integer
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps if the maximum number of connections has been reached:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps if the maximum number of TCP SYN has been reached:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server is up:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server is down:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server TCP port is up:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server TCP port is down:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server reaches its maximum number of connections:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Objects for traps
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4EnableBecomeStandbyTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.37
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableBecomeActiveTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.38
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIp
UpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.43
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIp
DownTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.44
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIp
PortUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.45
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIp
PortDownTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.46
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableGslbRemoteGslbSi
DownTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.47
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableGslbRemoteGslbSi
UpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.48
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the Server Load Balancing switch changes its state from active to standby:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the Server Load Balancing switch changes its state from standby to active:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address passes its
Layer 4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to
UP:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps whenever the GSLB determines that the IP address belonging to a domain name for which the ServerIron is providing GSLB is DOWN:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address passes its
Layer 4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to
UP:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address fails its Layer
4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to DOWN:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the connection from this site to the remote GSLB ServerIron is
DOWN:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the connection from this site to the remote GSLB ServerIron is UP:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
365
Standard traps
Name, OID, and Syntax snL4EnableGslbRemoteSiDow nTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.49
Syntax: Integer snL4EnableGslbRemoteSiUpTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.50
Syntax: Integer
Access Description
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the GSLB connection from this GSLB to the remote ServerIron is
DOWN:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the GSLB connection from this GSLB to remote the ServerIron is
UP:
• disabled(0)
• enabled(1)
Standard traps
This section present the standard traps supported on devices.
System status traps
Brocade supports the following traps from RFC 1215:
Trap Name and Number coldStart
1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1
warmStart
1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2
linkDown
1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3
linkUp
1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.4
authenticationFailure
1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.5
Varbind
(None)
(None) ifIndex(1) ifDescr(2) ifIndex(1) ifDescr(2)
(none)
Description
Indicates that the sending protocol entity is reinitializing itself: the agent's configuration or the protocol entity implementation may be altered.
Indicates that the sending protocol entity is reinitializing itself; however, the agent configuration nor the protocol entity implementation is not altered.
A failure in one of the communication links.
For example,
Interface <port-name> <port-num>, state down
The communication link is up.
For example,
Interface <port-name> <port-num>, state up
Indicates that the sending protocol entity is the addressee of a protocol message that is not properly authenticated. While implementations of the SNMP must be capable of generating this trap, they must also be capable of suppressing the emission of such traps through an implementation-specific mechanism.
Traps for spanning tree protocol
Brocade supports for the following traps for Spanning Tree Protocol from RFC 1493.
366 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Standard traps
:
Trap Name and Number newRoot
1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.1
topologyChange
1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.2
Description
Indicates that the sending agent has become the new root of the
Spanning Tree. The trap is sent by a bridge soon after its election as the new root, for example, upon expiration of the Topology Change
Timer immediately subsequent to its election.
Is sent by a bridge when any of its configured ports transitions from the
Learning state to the Forwarding state, or from the Forwarding state to the Blocking state. The trap is not sent if a newRoot trap is sent for the same transition.
Traps for alarms
The ServerIron ADX software supports the following traps for alarms from RFC 1757:
Name, OID, and Syntax Description alarmRisingThreshold
1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3.1.1.7
Syntax: Integer32 alarmFallingThreshold
1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3.1.1.8
Syntax: Integer32
A threshold for the sampled statistic. This object generates an event when the current sampled value is greater than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was less than this threshold. This object also generates an event if the first sample after this entry becomes valid is greater than or equal to this threshold and the associated alarmStartupAlarm is equal to risingAlarm(1) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3).
After a rising event is generated, another such event will not be generated until the sampled value falls below this threshold and reaches the alarmFallingThreshold.
A threshold for the sampled statistic. This object generates an event when the current sampled value is less than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was greater than this threshold. This object also generates an event if the first sample after this entry becomes valid is less than or equal to this threshold and the associated alarmStartupAlarm is equal to fallingAlarm(2) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3).
After a falling event is generated, another such event will not be generated until the sampled value rises above this threshold and reaches the alarmRisingThreshold.
PW traps
The following are the PW traps. Additional MPLS related traps are listed in the section “MPLS
notifications” on page 388, and “MPLS LSP notification” on page 389.
Trap Name Supported Varbind pwUp brcdIp.3.1.2.0
.2
Yes
Description and Trap Message pwOperStatus (for start of range) pwOperStatus (for end of range) fdryPWServiceType
This notification is generated when the pwOperStatus object for one or more contiguous entries in pwTable are about to enter the up(1) state from some other state.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
367
368
Standard traps
Trap Name Supported Varbind pwDown brcdIp.3.1.2.0
.1
Yes pwDeleted brcdIp.3.1.2.0
.3
Yes
Description and Trap Message pwOperStatus (for start of range) pwOperStatus (for end of range) fdryPWServiceType
This notification is generated when the pwOperStatus object for one or more contiguous entries in pwTable are about to enter the down(2) state from some other state. The included values of pwOperStatus MUST all be set equal to this down(2) state.
pwID pwPeerAddrType pwPeerAddr fdryPWServiceType pwName
This notification is generated when the PW has been deleted.
NOTE: The varbind pwname is an extension added by Brocade; it is not a part of the Draft PW MIB Version 11.
MPLS L3VPN traps
The following table lists the MPLS L3 VPN traps.
Trap Name mplsL3VpnVrfUp
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.1
mplsL3VpnVrfDown
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.2
Supported Varbind
Yes
Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRouteMidThreshExceeded
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.3
No
Description mplsL3VpnIfConfRowStatus, mplsL3VpnVrfOperStatus
Generated when ifOperStatus of any interface within the VRF changes to up state mplsL3VpnIfConfRowStatus, mplsL3VpnVrfOperStatus
Generated when ifOperStatus of any interface within the VRF changes to down state.
mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes
, mplsL3VpnVrfConfMidRteThresh
This notification is generated when the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds the value indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfMidRouteThreshold. A single notification MUST be generated when this threshold is exceeded, and no other notifications of this type should be issued until the value of mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes has fallen below that of mplsL3VpnVrfConfMidRteThresh
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Standard traps
Trap Name mplsL3VpnVrfNumVrfRouteMaxThreshE xceeded
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.4
Supported Varbind
No
Description mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes
, mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh
This notification is generated when the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfMaxRouteThreshold. In cases where mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh is set to the same value as mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes, mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh need not be exceeded; rather, just reached for this notification to be issued.
Note that the mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime object denotes the interval at which the this notification will be reissued after the maximum value has been exceeded (or reached if mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes and mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh are equal) and the initial notification has been issued. This value is intended to prevent continuous generation of notifications by an agent in the event that routes are continually added to a
VRF after it has reached its maximum value. The default value is 0 minutes.
If this value is set to 0, the agent should only issue a single notification at the time that the maximum threshold has been reached, and should not issue any more notifications until the value of routes has fallen below the configured threshold value."
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
369
Standard traps
Trap Name mplsL3VpnNumVrfSecIllglLblThrshExcd
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.5
Supported Varbind
No mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns
Description
This notification is generated when the number of illegal label violations on a VRF as indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns has exceeded mplsL3VpnIllLblRcvThrsh.
The threshold is not included in the varbind here because the value of mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns should be one greater than the threshold at the time this notification is issued.
370 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Standard traps
Trap Name mplsL3VpnNumVrfRouteMaxThreshClea red
1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.6
Supported Varbind
No
Description mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes
, mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh
This notification is generated only after the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsVrfMaxRouteThreshold, and then falls below this value. The emission of this notification informs the operator that the error condition has been cleared without the operator having to query the device.
Note that the mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime object denotes the interval at which the mplsNumVrfRouteMaxThreshExceede d notification will be reissued after the maximum value has been exceeded
(or reached if mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes and mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh are equal) and the initial notification has been issued. Therefore, the generation of this notification should also be emitted with this same frequency (assuming that the error condition is cleared). Specifically, if the error condition is reached and cleared several times during the period of time specified in mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime, only a single notification will be issued to indicate the first instance of the error condition as well as the first time the error condition is cleared. This behavior is intended to prevent continuous generation of notifications by an agent in the event that routes are. This notification is generated only after the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsVrfMaxRouteThreshold, and then falls below this value. The emission of this notification informs the operator that the error condition has been cleared without the operator having to query the device.continually added and removed to/from a VRF after it has reached its maximum value. The default value is 0. If this value is set to
0, the agent should issue a notification whenever the maximum threshold has been cleared."
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
371
ServerIron ADX traps
ServerIron ADX traps
This section presents the ServerIron ADX traps supported on devices running ServerIron ADX software.
NOTE
The Traps in the ServerIron ADX MIBs include the following lines in their description:
--#TYPE "Brocade Trap: Power Supply Failure"
--#SUMMARY "Power supply fails, error status %d."
--#ARGUMENTS { 0 }
--#SEVERITY MINOR
--#STATE OPERATIONAL
These lines are used by the HP OpenView network management system.
General traps
The table below lists the general traps generated by devices. Refer to the previous sections in this chapter to determine if traps for a feature need to be enabled (for example, OSPF traps need to be enabled.)
Trap Name and Number Varbinds snTrapChasPwrSupply brcdIp.0.1
NOTE: This has been replaced by
and
snChasPwrSupply
Status
Severity
Minor snTrapLockedAddressViolation brcdIp.0.2 snSwViolatorPortN umber snSwViolatorMacA ddress
Minor
Description and Trap Message
The power supply failed or is not operating normally.
The value is a packed bit string; the power supply statuses are encoded into four bits (a nibble). The following shows the meaning of each bit:
(bit 0 is the least significant bit).
Bit position and Meaning
4 to 31= Reserved
3 = Power Supply 2 DC (0=bad, 1=good).
2 = Power Supply 1 DC (0=bad, 1=good).
1 = Power Supply 2 present status
(0=present, 1=not-present).
0 Power Supply 1 present status
(0=present, 1=not-present).
Sample Trap Message:
Power supply fails, error status <snChasPwrSupplyStatus>
The number of source MAC addresses received from a port is greater than the maximum number of addresses configured for that port.
Sample Trap Message:
Lock address violation on Port
<snSwViolatorPortNumber> with
MAC Address
<snSwViolatorMacAddress>
372 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number Varbinds snTrapLockedAddressViolation
2 brcdIp.0.32
snAgGblTrapMess age snTrapModuleInserted brcdIp.0.28
snTrapModuleRemoved brcdIp.0.29
snTrapChasPwrSupplyFailed brcdIp.0.30
snTrapChasFanFailed brcdIp.0.31
snTrapChasFanNormal brcdIp.0.49
snTrapTemperatureWarning brcdIp.0.36
snAgentBrdIndex snAgentBrdIndex snChasPwrSupplyI ndex snChasPwrSupply
Description snChasFanIndex snChasFanDescrip tion snChasFanIndex snChasFanDescrip tion snTrapMgmtModuleRedunStat eChange brcdIp.0.35
snAgGblTrapMess age snAgGblTrapMess age
Severity Description and Trap Message
Minor The number of source MAC addresses received from a port is greater than the maximum number of addresses configured for that port.
Sample Trap Message:
Locked address violation at interface Ethernet <port>, address <mac>
Informational A module was inserted into the chassis while the system is running.
This trap is supported on the
Sample Trap Message:
Module <snAgentBrdIndex> was inserted to the chassis during system running
Informational A module was removed from the chassis while the system is running.
Sample Trap Message:
Module <snAgentBrdIndex> was removed from the chassis during system running
Minor
Minor
Minor
Warning
Critical
A power supply in the device failed.
Sample Trap Message:
Power supply
<snChasPwrSupplyIndex>
<snChasPwrSupplyDescription>)fa iled
The SNMP trap generated when a fan fails to operate normally.
Sample Trap Message:
Fan <snChasFanIndex>
(<snChasFanDescription>) failed
The status of a fan has changed from fail to normal.
Fan <snChasFanIndex>
(<snChasFanDescription>) ok
The management module changed its redundancy state.
Sample Trap Message:
Management module at slot
<slot-num> state changed from
<old-state> to <new-state>
The actual temperature reading is above the warning temperature threshold.
Sample Trap Message:
Temperature <actual-temp> C degrees, warning level
<warning-temp> C degrees, shutdown level <shutdown-temp>
C degrees
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
373
374
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapAccessListDeny brcdIp.0.37
snTrapMacFilterDeny brcdIp.0.38
snTrapDuplicateIp brcdIp.0.56
snTrapNoBmFreeQueue brcdIp.0.61
NOTE: This trap is hidden in file. Available only when "debug hw" is configured.
Varbinds snAgGblTrapMess age snAgGblTrapMess age
Severity Description and Trap Message
Warning
Warning
Major
A packet was denied by an access list.
Sample Trap Message (for RIP): rip filter list <id> in rip denied <IP>, <n> event(s)
A packet was denied by a MAC address filter.
Sample Trap Message mac filter group denied packets on port <n> src macaddr <mac>,
<n> packets
A duplicate IP address was detected.
Sample Trap Message:
Duplicate IP address detect.
Warning There are no free queues available in the buffer manager.
Sample Trap Message:
Slot <slot-num>
{M1|M2|M3|M4|M5|MiniG} Free
Queue decreases less than the desirable values 3 consecutive times.
Informational An SMC DMA packet has been dropped.
Sample Trap Message:
Slot <slot-num> SMC <dma-id>
DMA Drop Counter is
<drop-count>.
snTrapSmcDmaDrop brcdIp.0.62
NOTE: This trap is hidden in file. Available only when "debug hw" is configured.
snTrapSmcBpDrop(63) brcdIp.0.63
NOTE: This trap is hidden in file. Available only when "debug hw" is configured.
snTrapBmWriteSeqDrop(64) brcdIp.0.64
NOTE: This trap is hidden in file. Available only when "debug hw" is configured.
snTrapRunningConfigChanged brcdIp.0.73
snAgGblTrapMess age
Informational An SMC BackPlane packet has been dropped.
Sample Trap Message:
Slot <slot-num> BP <dma-id> DMA
Drop Counter is <drop-count>.
Informational A BM write-sequence packet has been dropped.
Sample Trap Message:
Slot <slot-num> Write Sequence
Drop <drop-count> within 30 seconds.
Informational The running configuration has been changed.
NOTE: For Terathon devices, this trap is generated if the running configuration was changed through
TFTP or Secure Copy.
Sample Trap Message:
Running-config was changed by user1 from telnet client
192.168.2.129.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapStartupConfigChanged brcdIp.0.74
snTrapUserLogin brcdIp.0.75
snTrapUserLogout brcdIp.0.76
snTrapChasPwrSupplyOK brcdIp.0.81
snTrapClientLoginReject brcdIp.0.110
Varbinds snAgGblTrapMess age snTrapLocalUserConfigChange brcdIp.0.111 snAgGblTrapMess age snTrapVlanConfigChange brcdIp.0.112 snTrapAclConfigChange brcdIp.0.113
snAgGblTrapMess age snAgGblTrapMess age snChasPwrSupplyI ndex, snChasPwrSupply
Description snAgGblTrapMess age snAgGblTrapMess age snAgGblTrapMess age snTrapMacFilterConfigChange brcdIp.0.114
snAgGblTrapMess age
Severity Description and Trap Message
Informational The start-up configuration has been changed.
Sample Trap Message:
Startup-config was changed from console.
Informational A user logged in to a device.
Sample Trap Message: user1 login to USER EXEC mode.
Informational A user logged out of a device.
Sample Trap Message: user1 logout from USER EXEC mode.
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when a power supply operational status changed from failure to normal
Sample Trap Message:
Power supply <device> OK
Informational A login by a Telnet or SSH client failed.
Format: telnet|SSH access [by
<username>] from src IP <ip>, src MAC <mac> rejected, <n> attempt(s)
Informational The configuration of a local user account has been changed.
Format: user <name> added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp
Informational A VLAN configuration has been changed.
Format: vlan <vlan-id> added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session
Informational An ACL configuration has been changed.
Format:
ACL <acl-id> added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session
Informational A MAC filter configuration has been changed.
Format:
MAC Filter <added|deleted> from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session (filter id=<id>, src mac=<mac>|any, dst mac=<mac>|any)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
375
376
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapSNMPConfigChange brcdIp.0.115
snTrapSyslogConfigChange brcdIp.0.116
snTrapServerStatusChange brcdIp.0.118
snTrapPortPriorityChange brcdIp.0.122
Varbinds snAgGblTrapMess age snAgGblTrapMess age snTrapPasswordConfigChange brcdIp.0.117
snAgGblTrapMess age snAgGblTrapMess age snAgGblTrapMess age
Severity Description and Trap Message
Informational SNMP configuration has been changed.
Format:
[read-only community|read-write community|contact|location|user
|group|view|engineId|trap host]
"<value>" deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session
NOTE: A contact, location, user, group, view, trap host name may be displayed for
<value>.
Informational Syslog configuration has been changed.
Format:
Syslog server <ip-address> deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp or
Syslog operation enabled|disabled from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp
Informational The enable or line password has been changed
Format:
Enable
<super|port-config|read-only> password deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp or
Line password deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp
Informational SNMP trap server has been enabled or disabled.
Format:
SSH|Telnet server enabled|disabled from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session [by <user> <username>]
Informational This trap is generated when a port’s priority is changed.
Format:
Port <port-number> priority changed to <new-priority>
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
General traps
The following table presents the general traps for the ServerIron ADX devices.
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapChasFanOK brcdIp.0.1000
snTrapTemperatureOK brcdIp.0.1001
snTrapCAMOverflow brcdIp.0.1002
snTrapChassisFanSpeedM edium brcdIp.0.1201
snTrapChassisFanSpeedM edHigh brcdIp.0.1202
snTrapChassisFanSpeedHi gh brcdIp.0.1203
snChasFanIndex, snChasFanDescripti on snAgGblTrapMessa ge snAgGblTrapMessa ge snTrapChassisFanSpeedLo w brcdIp.0.1200
snAgGblTrapMessa ge snAgGblTrapMessa ge snAgGblTrapMessa ge snAgGblTrapMessa ge
Minor One of the following occurred on the device:
•
A fan’s operational status changed from failure to normal
•
Fan speed changed due to a decrease in the operationg temperature
Sample Trap Message:
Right fan tray (fan1) OK
Critical The actual temperature reading on the device is below the warning temperature threshold.
Samples of Trap Messages:
Switch Fabric 2 temperature
30.2 C degrees is normal
Switch Fabric 2 temperature
30.2 C degrees is normal
Linecard Module %d PCB temperature 30.2 C degrees is normal
Linecard Module %d XPP temperature 30.2 C degrees is normal
Active mgmt CPU temperature 30.2
C degrees is normal
Standby mgmt CPU temperature
30.2 C degrees is normal
Alerts One of the IP CAM level is full.
Sample Trap Message:
NO MORE FREE CAM SPACE for IP level <level>.
Informational The speed of all chassis fans changed to low.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Set fan speed to LOW
(50%%)
Informational The speed of all chassis fans changed to medium.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Set fan speed to MED
(75%%)
Informational The speed of all chassis fans changed to medium high.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Set fan speed to MED-HI
(90%%)
Informational The speed of all chassis fans changed to high.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Set fan speed to HI
(100%%)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
377
378
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapIfIndexAssignmentC hanged brcdIp.0.172
Varbinds snAgGblTrapMessa ge snTrapModuleStatusChang e brcdIp.0.176
snChasUnitIndex, snAgentBrdIndex, snAgentBrdModule
Status, and snAgGblTrapMessa ge snTrapl2CAccessLog brcdIp.0.184
snAgGblTrapMessa ge
Severity Description and Trap Message
Informational Generated when the Interface Index (ifIndex) assignment for a physical interface is changed.
Sample Trap Message:
System: IfIndex assignment was changed
Notification The operational state of a module changed.
The management entity receiving the notification can identify the module and the event by referencing snChasUnitIndex, snAgentBrdIndex, snAgentBrdModuleStatus.
If the module is down, the varbind snAgGblTrapMessage contains a text string that describes the cause.
If the module is up, nothing is displayed for snAgGblTrapMessage.
Sample Trap Message:
For module UP: System: Module up in slot <slot-number>
For module DOWN: System: Module down in slot <slot-number>, reason
<reason. Error Code <error-code>
For standby MP up: System: Standby
Management Module was ready
For standby MP down: System: Standby
Management Module was down, reason <reason>. Error Code
<error-code>
Notification This trap is generated to provide information about state of the I2C access of the management module.
Sample Trap Message: last good i2c access, Mux index
0, Mux tap 0, ID 0x9, Addr 0x1,
(SNM2TEMP) bad i2c access (GIEI = set),
Severity Minor, Mux index 0, Mux tap2, ID 0x9, Addr 0x1,
(SNM3TEMP)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Traps for traffic manager
Trap Name and Number snTrapTMEgressDataError brcdIp.0.1020
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snAgGblTrapMessage Major This trap is generated when the system detects egress data errors on the Traffic
Manager.
Sample Trap Message:
Health Monitoring : TM Egress data errors detected on LP
<num>/TM <num> snAgGblTrapMessage Informational TM logging started, triggerred by an event.
snTrapTMLoggingStart brcdIp.0.1015
snTrapTMLoggingStop brcdIp.0.1016
snAgGblTrapMessage Informational TM logging stopped because the storage full.
snTrapTMLoggingRestart brcdIp.0.1017
snAgGblTrapMessage Informational TM logging restarted after the log was cleared snTrapSFMLinkDown brcdIp.0.1100
snTrapSFMLinkUp brcdIp.0.1101
snTrapSFMAccessError brcdIp.0.1102
snTrapSFMStatusChange brcdIp.0.1103
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning snAgGblTrapMessage Informational A link from LP Traffic Manager to SFM
Fabric Element is up.
Sample Trap Message:
Fabric Monitoring Link Up : SFM
<num>/FE <num>/Link <num>, LP
<num>/TM <num> snAgGblTrapMessage Major
A link from LP Traffic Manager to SFM
Fabric Element is down.
Sample Trap Message:
Fabric Monitoring Link Down : SFM
<num>/FE <num>/Link <num>, LP
<num>/TM <num> snAgentBrdIndex, snAgentBrdModuleSt atus, snAgGblTrapMessage
Notification
This trap is generated when the system fails to access an SFM Fabric Element.
Sample Trap Message:
Health Monitoring: FE access failure on
SFM <num>/FE <num>
The SNMP notification that is generated when there is a change in the operational state of the Switch Fabric Module (SFM).
Sample Trap Message:
System: Health Monitoring: SFM <num> powered off due to failure detection"
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
379
380
ServerIron ADX traps
Packet over SONET traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapPosMonitoringWarning brcdIp.0.1006
NOTE: On ServerIron ADX devices, this OID is assigned to
“snTrapL4VirtualServ erPortDown” object.
snTrapPosMonitoringAlarm brcdIp.0.1007
Varbinds snAgGblTrapMes sage, ifIndex snAgGblTrapMes sage snTrapPosMonitoringError brcdIp.0.1008
NOTE: On ServerIron ADX devices, this OID is assigned to
“snTrapifLinkDownRe moteFault” object.
snAgGblTrapMes sage
Severity Description and Trap Message
Informational This is the SNMP trap that is generated if there is a warning during POS alarm monitoring. The first varbind, snAgGblTrapMessage, will have a detailed message on the cause of event. The second optional varbind, ifIndex, points to the affected interface originating this event. If an event does not have associated port, or has multiple associated ports, then ifIndex will have maximum value 0x7ffffff.
Sample Trap Message:
Foundry Trap: POS Monitoring
Warning
Alert An alarm up or alarm down incident occurred during POS alarm monitoring.
Sample Trap Message:
Foundry Trap: POS Monitoring
Alarm
Informational This SNMP trap that is generated if there is an error during POS alarm monitoring. The first varbind, snAgGblTrapMessage, will have a detailed message on the cause of event. The second optional varbind, ifIndex, points to the affected interface originating this event. If an event does not have associated port, or has multiple associated ports, then ifIndex will have maximum value 0x7ffffff.
Sample Trap Message:
Foundry Trap: POS Monitoring
Error
MAC-based VLAN traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapMacBasedVlanDisabl ed brcdIp.0.148
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapMacBasedVlanEnable d brcdIp.0.147
snAgGblTrapMessage Minor snAgGblTrapMessage Minor
MAC-Based VLAN is enabled.
Sample Trap Message:
SNTrapMacBasedVlanEnabled: Mac
Based Vlan Enabled on port <port id>.
MAC-Based VLAN is disabled.
Sample Trap Message:
SNTrapMacBasedVlanDisabled: Mac
Based Vlan Disabled on port <port id>.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
VRRP trap
Only devices that support VRRP can use the following trap:
Trap Name and Number snTrapVrrpIfStateChange brcdIp.0.34
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snAgGblTrapMessage Warning A VRRP routing device changed state from master to backup or vice-versa.
Sample Trap Message:
VRRP intf state changed, intf
<port>, vrid <id>, state
<new-state>.
FSRP trap
Only devices that support FSRP can use the FSRP trap object.
Trap Name and Number snTrapFsrpIfStateChange brcdIp.0.33
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snAgGblTrapMessage Informational An FSRP routing device changed state from active to standby or vice-versa.
Sample Trap Message:
SRP_FSRP intf state changed, intf <port>, addr <ip>, state
<new-state>.
VSRP traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapVsrpStateChange brcdIp.0.
snTrapVsrpCamError brcdIp.0.
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snAgGblTrapMessage Informational An VSRP routing device changed its state snAgGblTrapMessage Informational A VSRP CAM error has occurred.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
381
382
ServerIron ADX traps
OSPF traps
NOTE
You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps for the following objects: ospfIfStateChange trap ospfNbrStateChange trap ospfVirtIfStateChange trap ospfVirtNbrStateChange trap
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapOspfIfStateChange
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.3
snTrapOspfVirtIfStateChan ge
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.4
snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfIfStatusState
(The new state)
Informational There has been a change in the state of a non-virtual OSPF interface. This trap should be generated when the interface state regresses (e.g., goes from Dr to
Down) or progresses to a terminal state
(i.e., Point-to-Point, DR Other, Dr, or
Backup).
NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the
"router ospf" mode to see traps.
Sample Trap Message:
OSPF router id
<snOspfRouterId>, interface
<snOspfIfStatusIpAddress> state changed to
<snOspfIfStatusState>.
snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI
D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfVirtIfStatusState
(The new state)
Informational There has been a change in the state of an
OSPF virtual interface. This trap should be generated when the interface state regresses (e.g., goes from Point-to-Point to
Down) or progresses to a terminal state
(i.e., Point-to-Point).
NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the
"router ospf" mode to see traps.
Sample Trap Message:
OSPF router id
<snOspfRouterId>, virtual interface area id
<snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID> neighbor
<snOspfVirtIfStatusNeighbor> state changed to
<snOspfVirtIfStatusState>.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snOspfNbrStateChange
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.5
snOspfVirtNbrStateChang e
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.6
snOspfIfConfigError
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.7
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfNbrIpAddr snOspfNbrRtrId snOspfNbrState (The new state) snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtNbrArea snOspfVirtNbrRtrId snOspfVirtNbrState
(The new state) snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfConfigErrorType
(Type of error) snOspfPacketType
Informational There has been a change in the state of a non-virtual OSPF neighbor. This trap should be generated when the neighbor state regresses (e.g., goes from Attempt or
Full to 1-Way or Down) or progresses to a terminal state (e.g., 2-Way or Full). When an neighbor transitions from or to Full on non-broadcast multi-access and broadcast networks, the trap should be generated by the designated router. A designated router transitioning to Down will be noted by ospfIfStateChange.
NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the
"router ospf" mode to see traps.
Sample Trap Message:
OSPF router id
<snOspfRouterId> neighbor area
<snOspfNbrIpAddr>,neighbor router id <snOspfNbrRtrId> state changed to
<snOspfNbrState>.
Informational There has been a change in the state of an
OSPF virtual neighbor. This trap should be generated when the neighbor state regresses (e.g., goes from Attempt or Full to 1-Way or Down) or progresses to a terminal state (e.g., Full).
NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the
"router ospf" mode to see traps.
Sample Trap Message:
OSPF router id
<snOspfRouterId> virtual neighbor area
<snOspfVirtNbrArea>, virtual neighbor router id
<snOspfVirtNbrRtrId> state changed to
<snOspfVirtNbrState>.
Major A packet has been received on a non-virtual interface from a router whose configuration parameters conflict with this router’s confi guration parameters.
NOTE: The event optionMismatch should cause a trap only if it prevents an adjacency from forming.
Trap Message:
Configuration error type
<snOspfConfigErrorType> with packet type <snOspfPacketType> has been received on interface
<snOspfIfStatusIpAddress>, router id <snOspfRouterId> from <snOspfPacketSrc>
.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
383
384
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snOspfVirtIfConfigError
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.8
Varbinds snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI
D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfConfigErrorType
(Type of error) snOspfPacketType
Severity
Major snOspfIfAuthFailure
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.9
snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfConfigErrorType
(authTypeMismatch or authFailure snOspfPacketType
Minor snOspfVirtIfAuthFailure
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.10
snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI
D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfConfigErrorType
(authTypeMismatch or authFailure) snOspfPacketType
Minor
Description and Trap Message
A packet has been received on a virtual interface from a router whose configuration parameters conflict with this router’s configuration parameters.
NOTE: The event optionMismatch should cause a trap only if it prevents an adjacency from forming.
Trap Message:
Configuration error type
<snOspfConfigErrorType> with packet type <snOspfPacketType> has been received on virtual interface area id
<snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID>, router id <snOspfRouterId> from neighbor
<snOspfVirtIfStatusNeighbor>.
A packet has been received on a non-virtual interface from a router whose authentication key or authentication type conflicts with this router’s authentication key or authentication type.
Trap Message:
OSPF authentication failed.
Router ID <snOspfRouterId>,
Interface
<snOspfIfStatusIpAddress>, packet src <snOspfPacketSrc>, error type
<snOspfConfigErrorType> and packet type
<snOspfPacketType>.
A packet has been received on a virtual interface from a router whose authentication key or authentication type conflicts with this router’s authentication key or authentication type.
Trap Message:
OSPF authentication failed.
Router ID <snOspfRouterId>, virtual interface
<snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID>,
Neigbor
<snOspfVirtIfStatusNeighbor>,
Error type
<snOspfConfigErrorType> and packet type
<snOspfPacketType>.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snOspfIfRxBadPacket
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.11
Varbinds Severity snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfPacketType
Warning snOspfVirtIfRxBadPacket
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.12
snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI
D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfPacketType
Warning snOspfTxRetransmit
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.13
snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfNbrRtrId
(Destination) snOspfPacketType snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId
Warning ospfVirtIfTxRetransmit
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.14
snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI
D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfPacketType snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId
Warning
Description and Trap Message
An OSPF packet has been received on a non-virtual interface that cannot be parsed.
Trap Message:
OSPF Router Id
<snOspfRouterId>, interface
<snOspfIfStatusIpAddress> receive bad packet (type
<snOspfPacketType>) from
<snOspfPacketSrc>.
An OSPF packet has been received on a virtual interface that cannot be parsed.
Trap Message:
OSPF router id
<snOspfRouterId>, virtual interface
<snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID> received bad packet (type
<snOspfPacketType>) from neighbor
<snOspfVirtIfStatusNeighbor>.
An OSPF packet has been retransmitted on a non- virtual interface. All packets that may be re- transmitted are associated with an LSDB entry. The LS type, LS ID, and
Router ID are used to identify the LSDB entry.
Trap Message:
OSPF router id
<snOspfRouterId> interface
<snOspfIfStatusIpAddress> retransmitted packet type
<snOspfPacketType>,LSDB type
<snOspfLsdbType>, LSDB LS ID
<snOspfLsdbLsId> and LSDB router id <snOspfLsdbRouterId> to Neighbor router id
<snOspfNbrRtrId>.
An OSPF packet has been retransmitted on a virtual interface. All packets that may be retransmitted are associated with an
LSDB entry. The LS type, LS ID, and Router
ID are used to identify the LSDB entry.
Trap Message:
OSPF router id
<snOspfRouterId>, virtual interface area id snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID> retransmitted packet type
<snOspfPacketType>,LSDB type
<snOspfLsdbType>, LSDB LS ID
<snOspfLsdbLsId> and LSDB router id <snOspfLsdbRouterId> to Neighbor
<snOspfVirtIfStatusNeighbor>.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
385
386
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snOspfOriginateLsa
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.15
snOspfMaxAgeLsa
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.16
snOspfLsdbOverflow
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.17
Varbinds snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfLsdbAreaId
(0.0.0.0 for AS
Externals) snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfLsdbAreaId
(0.0.0.0 for AS
Externals) snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfExtLsdbLimit snOspfLsdbApproachingO verflow
1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.18
snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfExtLsdbLimit
Severity Description and Trap Message
Informational This router originated a new LSA. This trap should not be invoked for simple refreshes of LSAs (which happens every 30 minutes), but instead will only be invoked when an LSA is (re-originated due to a topology change. Additionally, this trap does not include LSAs that are being flushed because they have reached
MaxAge
Trap Message:
New LSA (area id
<snOspfLsdbAreaId>, type
<snOspfLsdbType>, LS Id
<snOspfLsdbLsId> and router id
<snOspfLsdbRouterId>) has been originated by router id
<snOspfRouterId>
.
Warning One of the LSA in the router’s link-state database has aged to MaxAge.
Trap Message:
The LSA (area id
<snOspfLsdbAreaId>, type
<snOspfLsdbType>, LS Id
<snOspfLsdbLsId> and router id
<snOspfLsdbRouterId>) in router id <snOspfRouterId> link-state database has aged to maximum age.
Warning The number of LSAs in the router’s link-state database has exceeded the ospfExtLsdbLimit.
Trap Message:
The number of LSAs in the OSPF router id <snOspfRouterId> link-state database has exceeded <snOspfExtLsdbLimit>.
Informational The number of LSAs in the router’s link-state database has exceeded ninety percent of the ospfExtLsdbLimit.
Trap Message:
The number of LSAs in the OSPF router id <snOspfRouterId> link-state database has exceeded ninety percent of
<snOspfExtLsdbLimit>.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
ICMP traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapIcmpLocalExceedBur st brcdIp.0.51
snTrapIcmpTransitExceedBu rst brcdIp.0.52
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snAgGblTrapMessage Warning Incoming ICMP exceeded the maximum local burst packets.
Trap Message:
Local ICMP exceeds <num> burst packets, stopping for <num> seconds!!
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning Transit ICMP exceeded the maximum transit burst.
Trap Message:
Transit ICMP in interface
<port-num> exceeds <num> burst packets, stopping for <num> seconds!!
TCP trap
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapTcpLocalExceedBurst brcdIp.0.53
t snTrapTcpTransitExceedBurs brcdIp.0.54
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning Incoming TCP SYN exceeded the maximum local burst packets.
Trap Message:
Local TCP exceeds <num> burst packets, stopping for <num> seconds!!
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning Transit TCP exceeded the maximum transit burst packets.
Trap Message:
Transit TCP in interface
<port-num> exceeds <num> burst packets, stopping for <num> seconds!!
This trap is generated when the number of source MAC addresses received from a port is greater than the maximum number of MAC addresses configured for that port. The trap message displays the port name and port number.
Trap Message:
Locked address violation at
<port-name> <port-num>, address
<mac>
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
387
388
ServerIron ADX traps
BGP traps
Trap Name and Number Varbinds snTrapBgpPeerUp brcdIp.0.65
snTrapBgpPeerDown brcdIp.0.66
Severity Description and Trap Message snAgGblTrapMessage Informational The BGP peer is up.
Trap Message:
BGP Peer <IP> UP(ESTABLISHED) snAgGblTrapMessage Informational The BGP peer is down.
Trap Message:
BGP Peer <IP> DOWN
(<reason-string>)\n
Port security traps
The Port Security feature enables a device to learn a limited number of “secure” MAC addresses on an interface. The interface will forward only those packets with source MAC addresses that match these secure addresses. If the interface receives MAC addresses that are included in its secure
MAC list, the device generates the following traps:
NOTE
This trap applies to ports that have the Port Security feature enabled.
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity snTrapPortSecurityViolation brcdIp.0.77
snAgGblTrapMessage Minor snTrapPortSecurityShutdow n brcdIp.0.78
snAgGblTrapMessage Minor
Description and Trap Message
Packets from unknown MAC address are dropped.
Sample Trap Message:
Brocade Trap: Port
Security Violation
The port is disabled for the amount of time configured using the violation shutdown
<minutes> port security CLI command.
Sample Trap Message:
Brocade Trap: Port
Security Violation Cause
Shutdown
MRP traps
Trap Name and Number Varbinds snTrapMrpStateChange brcdIp.0.79
snAgGblTrapMessage snTrapMrpCamError brcdIp.0.80
snAgGblTrapMessage
Severity Description and Trap Message
Informational An MRP state occurred.
Warning An MRP CAM error occurred.
MPLS notifications
NOTES:
The following objects are in the MIB but they are not supported:
• snTrapMplsProblem (brcdIp.0.57)
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
• snTrapMplsException (brcdIp.0.58)
• snTrapMplsAudit (brcdIp.0.59)
• snTrapMplsDeveloper (brcdIp.0.60)
Name and Number fdryVplsCreated brcdIp.1.2.15.2.0.1
fdryVplsDeleted brcdIp.1.2.15.2.0.2
fdryPwCreated brcdIp.1.2.15.2.0.3
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message vplsConfigName fdryVplsVcId vplsConfigName fdryVplsVcId fdryPwServiceType
(vll(1), vlllocal(2), vpls(3)) pwName (the instance name) pwID (VD ID)
Informational Generated when an entry is created in the fdryVplsTable.
It is not generated during system boot up time.
Informational An entry in the fdryVplsTable has been marked for deletion. It indicates the deletion of an existing VPLS instance.
Informational Generated when an instance of VLL or VLL-Local pseudo-wire entry is created in the pwTable. The varbind fdryPwServiceType shows the service type that originated this notification.
This notification is not used for VPLS service
This notification is not generated during device boot up.
MPLS LSP notification
The following traps are generated for the MPLS LSP feature.
NOTE
Do not use these traps if you are using the snTrapTMLogging traps.
Trap Name and Number snMplsLspUp brcdIp.0.1010
snMplsLspDown brcdIp.0.1011
snMplsLspChange brcdIp.0.1012
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message mplsLspName, mplsLspPathNa me mplsLspName, mplsLspPathNa me mplsLspName, mplsLspPathNa me
Informational The specified LSP is up. The current active path for the LSP is the value of mplsLspPathName.
Informational The specified LSP is down, because the current active path specified by the mplsLSPPathName went down.
Informational The specified the specified LSP has switched traffic to the new active path ”toLspPath”. The
LSP maintains an UP state before and after the switchover.
Traps for CAM overflow
Brocade supports the following traps for CAM Overflow.
Trap Name and Number snTrapCAMOverflow brcdIp.0.1002
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snAgGblTrapMessage Alerts Displays the SNMP trap that is generated when any CAM partition becomes full.
Trap Message:
CAM partition full
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
389
390
ServerIron ADX traps
Traps for bidirectional forwarding (BFD)
Brocade supports the following traps for Bidirectional Forwarding.
.
Trap Name and
Number bfdSessUp brcdIp.3.3.1.0.1
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message bfdSessDown brcdIp.3.3.1.0.2
bfdSessDiag, -- low range value bfdSessDiag -- high range value bfdSessDiag, -- low range value 678: bfdSessDiag -- high range value
Notification This notification is generated when the bfdSessState object for one or more contiguous entries in bfdSessTable are about to enter the up(2) state from some other state.
The included values of bfdSessDiag MUST both be set equal to this new state (i.e: up(1)).
The two instances of bfdSessDiag in this notification indicate the range of indexes that are affected.
NOTE: All the indexes of the two ends of the range can be derived from the instance identifiers of these two objects. For the cases where a contiguous range of sessions have transitioned into the up(1) state at roughly the same time, the device
SHOULD issue a single notification for each range of contiguous indexes in an effort to minimize the emission of a large number of notifications. If a notification has to be issued for just a single bfdSessEntry, then the instance identifier (and values) of the two bfdSessDiag objects MUST be the identical.
Notification This notification is generated when the 683: bfdSessState object for one or more contiguous 684: entries in bfdSessTable are about to enter the down(4)
685: or adminDown(5) states from some other state. The included 686: values of bfdSessDiag MUST both be set equal to this 687: new state (i.e: down(4) or adminDown(5)). The two instances 688: of bfdSessDiag in this notification indicate the range 689: of indexes that are affected.
NOTE: All the indexes 690: of the two ends of the range can be derived from the 691: instance identifiers of these two objects. For 692: cases where a contiguous range of sessions 693: have transitioned into the down(4) or adminDown(5) states 694: at roughly the same time, the device
SHOULD issue a single 695: notification for each range of contiguous indexes in 696: an effort to minimize the emission of a large number 697: of notifications. If a notification has to be 698: issued for just a single bfdSessEntry, then 699: the instance identifier (and values) of the two
700: bfdSessDiag objects MUST be the identical.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Traps for wireless features
NOTE
The traps in the sections below are available on devices that support the wireless features, such as automatic discovery and configuration (ADC), wireless mobility, and others.
Wireless feature traps
The IronPoint–FES generates the following general traps for wireless feature support. See the sections below on specific wireless features to determine what traps are generated for that feature.
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity snTrapWirelessStationStateC hange brcdIp.0.127
snAgGblTrapMessage Notification snTrapWirelessSappStateCh ange brcdIp.0.129
snAgGblTrapMessage Notification
Description and Trap Message
The state of the wireless station (client) that is associated with this IronPoint–FES through the access point has changed.
Trap Message
<date-time>:N: New Station
<mac-address> discovered | removed
The state of the communication between an access point and this IronPoint–FES has changed.
Trap Message
<date-time>:N:AP
<AP-IP-address> has changed state from <old-state> to<new-state>
Wireless mobility traps
The following traps are generated by the IronPoint–FES for Wireless Mobility.
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity snTrapWirelessIsrpPeerState
Change brcdIp.0.126
snAgGblTrapMessage Notification snTrapWirelessStationRoami ngEventTriggered brcdIp.0.128
snAgGblTrapMessage Notification
Description and Trap Message
The state of an IronPoint–FES peer has changed.
Trap Message
<date-time>:N:Mobility Peer
<IronPoint–FES-IP-address> has changed state from
<old-state> to <new-state>
A wireless station (client) roamed from or to the access point that is attached to this
IronPoint–FES.
Trap Message
<date-time>:N:Station
0009.5b66.eac6 has roamed to switch <IronPoint–
FES-IP-address>
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
391
392
ServerIron ADX traps
ADC trap
The following SNMP trap is generated for the ADC feature.
Trap Name and Number snTrapPnPStatusChange brcdIp.0.125
Varbinds Severity snAgGblTrapMessage Notification
Description and Trap Message
The access point’s ADC status changed.
Trap Message
<date-time>:N:PnP status of AP
MAC address <mac-address> at port <port-number> has changed from <old state> to <new-state>
Automatic port disablement traps
The following traps are generated for the Automatic Port Deactivation feature.
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapAutoPortDisableTrigg er brcdIp.0.123
snTrapAutoPortDisableRelea se brcdIp.0.124
snAgGblTrapMessage Notification The specified interface has been deactivated and disabled.
Trap Message
Automatic port disable was triggered at port <port-number> snAgGblTrapMessage Notification The disabled interface has been released and re-enabled.
Trap Message
Automatic port disable was released at port <port-number>
SNMP traps for RSVP-signaled LSP state
SNMP traps that identify when an RSVP-Signaled LSP goes up and down and also when an LSP switches traffic to a new active path.
Trap Name and Number snMplsLspUp brcdIp.0.139
snMplsLspUp brcdIp.0.140
snMplsLspChange brcdIp.0.141
Varbinds mplsLspName mplsLspPathN ame mplsLspName mplsLspPathN ame mplsLspName mplsLspPathN ame
Severity System Message Format
Informational Informs that the specified RSVP-signaled LSP using the specified active path is up.
Informational Informs that the specified RSVP-signaled LSP is down because the current active path went down.
Informational Informs that the specified RSVP-signaled LSP has switched traffic to the specified new active path. The LSP maintains an up state before and after the switch over.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
UDLD traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapUDLDLinkDown brcdIp.0.145
snTrapUDLDLinkUp brcdIp.0.146
Varbinds Severity System Message Format ifIndex snAgGblTrapMes sage ifIndex snAgGblTrapMes sage
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when UDLD port link status has changed to down.
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when UDLD port link status has changed to up.
BPDU guard and root guard traps
The following are traps for BPDU Guard and Root Guard.
Trap Name and Number snTrapStpRootGuardDetect brcdIp.0.150
snTrapStpRootGuardExpire brcdIp.0.151
snTrapStpBPDUGuardDetect brcdIp.0.152 snTrapMstpBPDUGuardDetect brcdIp.0.153
snTrapErrorDisableAction brcdIp.0.154
snTrapStpRootGuardExpire brcdIp.0.160
Varbinds ifIndex, snVLanByPortCfg
VLanId, snAgGblTrapMes sage ifIndex, snVLanByPortCfg
VLanId, snAgGblTrapMes sage ifIndex, snVLanByPortCfg
VLanId, snAgGblTrapMes sage ifIndex, snAgGblTrapMes sage ifIndex, snAgGblTrapMes sage ifIndex, snVLanByPortCfg
VLanId, snAgGblTrapMes sage
Severity Description and Trap Message
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when a
Root-Guarded port receives superior BPDU.
Trap Message
Brocade Trap: Stp root guard detect
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when a port’s Root-Guard expires.
Trap Message
Brocade Trap: Stp root guard expire
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when a
BPDU-guarded is disabled because it received a BPDU.
Trap Message
Brocade Trap: STP BPDU guard
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when a
BPDU-guarded port receiveds a BPDU.
Trap Message
Brocade Trap: MSTP BPDU guard.
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when
Interface error-disable is hit or recovery times out.
Trap Message
Brocade Trap: Error-disable hit or recovery times out.
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when a port is re-enabled after it has been disabled because it received a BPDU packet and
BPDU Guard is enabled.
Trap Message
Brocade Trap: STP BPDU Guard
Expire.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
393
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapSTPRootGuard Violation brcdIp.0.1204
snTrapRSTPRootGuard Violation brcdIp.0.1205
Varbinds snAgGblTrapMes sage snAgGblTrapMes sage
Severity Description and Trap Message
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when STP
Root Guard Violation occurs on a port.
Trap Message
Brocade Trap: STP Root Guard Violation
Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when
RSTP Root Guard Violation occurs on a port.
Trap Message
Brocade Trap: RSTP Root Guard Violation
Traps for optics
Trap Name and Number snTrapOpticalMonitoringAlarm brcdIp.0.1004
Varbinds snTrapOpticalMonitoringWarning brcdIp.0.1003
snAgGblTrapMessag e snAgGblTrapMessag e
Severity Description and Trap Message
Warning A warning occurred during optical monitoring.
Sample Trap Message:
Latched high Temperature alarm, port <slot>/<port>
Alerts An alarm occurred during optical monitoring due to a low temperature in the device.
Sample Trap Message:
Latched low Temperature alarm, port <slot>/<port>
394 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapOpticalMonitoringError brcdIp.0.1005
snTrapTMLoggingStart brcdIp.0.1015
snTrapTMLoggingStop brcdIp.0.1016
snTrapTMLoggingRestart brcdIp.0.1017
Varbinds snAgGblTrapMessag e snTrapXfpSfpIncompatibleOptics brcdIp.0.1009
snAgGblTrapMessag e snAgGblTrapMessag e snAgGblTrapMessag e snAgGblTrapMessag e
Severity Description and Trap Message
Informati onal
Alerts
An error occurred during optical monitoring.
Samples of Trap Message:
OPTICAL MONITORING: sys_create_timer failed, slot
<n>, port mask <portmask>
OPTICAL MONITORING: sys_set_timer failed, slot
<n>, port mask <portmask>
OPTICAL MONITORING: THRESHOLDS
READ FAILED, port
<slot>/<port>
OPTICAL MONITORING: AUX AD
TYPE READ FAILED, port
<slot>/<port>"
OPTICAL MONITORING: INT UNMASK
ALL WRITE FAILED, port
<slot>/<port>
OPTICAL MONITORING: INT MASK
WRITE FAILED, port
<slot>/<port>
OPTICAL MONITORING:: OPTICAL
INT MASK WRITE FAILED, port
<slot>/<port>
OPTICAL MONITORING: port
<slot>/<port>: sys_create_timer failed
OPTICAL MONITORING: port
<slot>/<port>: sys_create_timer2 failed
OPTICAL MONITORING: port
<slot>/<port>: sys_set_timer failed
OPTICAL MONITORING: port
<slot>/<port>, failed to get latched flags(<n>)
OPTICAL MONITORING: port
<slot>/<port>: sys_set_timer1 failed
The optics are incompatible with the port configuration.
Sample Trap Message:
Foundry Trap: Optical
Incompatibility Error
TM logging started, triggerred by an event.
Informati onal
Informati onal
Informati onal
TM logging stopped because the storage full.
TM logging restarted after the log was cleared
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
395
396
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapSFMLinkDown brcdIp.0.1100
snTrapSFMLinkUp brcdIp.0.1101
Varbinds snAgGblTrapMessag e snAgGblTrapMessag e snTrapXfpSfpNotFoundryOptics brcdIp.0.1018
snTrapOpticalMonitoringFoundry
OpticsNotCapable brcdIp.0.157
snAgGblTrapMessag e snAgGblTrapMessag e
Severity Description and Trap Message
Warning A link from LP Traffic Manager to SFM
Fabric Element is down.
Sample Trap Message:
Fabric Monitoring Link Down : SFM
<num>/FE <num>/Link <num>, LP
<num>/TM <num>"
Informati onal
Alerts
A link from LP Traffic Manager to SFM
Fabric Element is up.
Sample Trap Message:
Fabric Monitoring Link Up : SFM <num>/FE
<num>/Link <num>, LP <num>/TM
<num>"
The SNMP trap that is generated if optics vendor is not from Brocade.
Alerts The SNMP trap that is generated if optical monitoring is enabled but the device optic is not capable.
Sample Trap Message:
Brocade Trap: Optical
Monitoring Optics Not Capable
Traps for stacking
Trap Name and Number snTrapStackingUnitAdded brcdIp.0.164 snTrapStackingUnitDeleted brcdIp.0.165 snTrapStackingChasPwrSup plyOK brcdIp.0.166
Varbinds snTrapStackingMasterElecte d brcdIp.0.163 snChasUnitIndex, snAgGblTrapMessage
Minor snChasUnitIndex, snAgGblTrapMessage
Minor snChasUnitIndex, snAgGblTrapMessage
Severity Description and Trap Message
Minor snChasUnitIndex, snChasPwrSupplyInde x, snAgGblTrapMessage
Minor
The SNMP trap that is generated when a unit is elected as Master unit for the stacking system.
Sample Trap Message
Stack unit <unitNumber> has been elected as ACTIVE unit of the stack system
The SNMP trap that is generated when a unit has been added to the stacking system.
Sample Trap Message:
Stack: Stack unit <unitNumber> has been added to the stack system
The SNMP trap that is generated when a unit has been deleted from the stacking system.
Sample Trap Message:
Stack: Stack unit <unitNumber> has been deleted to the stack system
The SNMP trap that is generated when a power supply operational status changed from failure to normal for a stacking system.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Stack unit <unitNumber>
Power supply
<snChasPwrSupplyIndex> is up
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapStackingChasPwrSup plyFailed brcdIp.0.167 snTrapStackingChasFanNor mal brcdIp.0.168 snTrapStackingChasFanFaile d brcdIp.0.169 snChasUnitIndex, snChasFanIndex, snChasFanDescriptio n snTrapStackingTemperature
Warning brcdIp.0.171
Varbinds snChasUnitIndex, snChasPwrSupplyInde x, snAgGblTrapMessage snChasUnitIndex, snChasFanIndex, snChasFanDescriptio n snChasUnitIndex, snAgGblTrapMessage
Severity Description and Trap Message
Minor
Minor
Minor snTrapStackingManagement
MACChanged brcdIp.0.170
snAgGblTrapMessage Minor
Minor
The SNMP trap that is generated when a power supply operational status changed from normal to failure for a stacking system.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Stack unit <unitNumber>
Power supply
<snChasPwrSupplyIndex> is down
The SNMP trap that is generated when a fan operational status changed from failure to normal for a stacking system.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Stack unit <unitNumber>
Fan <snChasFanIndex>
(<snChasFanDescription>), ok
The SNMP trap that is generated when a fan fails to operate normally for a stacking system.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Stack unit <unitNumber>
Fan <snChasFanIndex>
(<snChasFanDescription>), failed
The SNMP trap that is generated when the managemnet MAC address of a stacking system has been changed.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Management MAC address changed to <mac_address>
The SNMP trap that is generated when the actual temperature reading is above the warning temperature threshold for a stack sytem.
Sample Trap Message:
System: Stack unit <unitNumber>
Temperature <actual-temp> C degrees, warning level
<warning-temp> C degrees, shutdown level <shutdown-temp> C degrees
Trap specific to FWS
Trap Name and Number snTrapNoFreeTcamEntry brcdIp.0.162
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snAgGblTrapMessage Alerts The SNMP trap that is generated when system is running out of TCAM spaces allocated for routing entries.
Sample Trap Message:
System: No free TCAM entry. System will be unstable
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
397
398
ServerIron ADX traps
Software licensing traps
These traps apply to devices that support software licensing.
Layer 4 traps
The following table presents the traps that can be generated for Layer 4 functionalities.
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapL4MaxSessionLimitR eached brcdIp.0.19
snTrapL4TcpSynLimitReach ed brcdIp.0.20
snTrapL4RealServerUp brcdIp.0.21
snTrapL4RealServerDown brcdIp.0.22
snTrapL4RealServerPortUp brcdIp.0.23
snTrapL4RealServerPortDow n brcdIp.0.24
t t snL4MaxSessionLimit snL4TcpSynLimit snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me
Warning The maximum number of connections has been reached.
Trap Message:
SLB maximum number of connections
<snL4MaxSessionLimit> has been reached.
Warning The TCP SYN limits have been reached.
Trap Message:
SLB TCP Syn limits
<snL4TcpSynLimit> have been reached.
Informational The load balancing real server is up.
Trap Message:
SLB real server
<snL4TrapRealServerIP>
<snL4TrapRealServerName> is up.
snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerPor snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerPor
Informational The load balancing real server is down.
Trap Message:
SLB real server
<snL4TrapRealServerIP>
<snL4TrapRealServerName> is down.
Informational The load balancing real server TCP port is up.
Trap Message:
SLB real server port
<snL4TrapRealServerIP>
<snL4TrapRealServerName>
<snL4TrapRealServerPort> is up
Informational The load balancing real server TCP port is down.
Trap Message:
SLB real server port
<snL4TrapRealServerIP>
<snL4TrapRealServerName>
<snL4TrapRealServerPort> is.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapL4BecomeStandby brcdIp.0.26
snTrapL4BecomeActive brcdIp.0.27
Varbinds snTrapL4RealServerMaxCon nectionLimitReached brcdIp.0.25
snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerCu rConnections
Severity
Warning snTrapL4RealServerRespon seTimeLowerLimit brcdIp.0.67
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning snTrapL4RealServerRespon seTimeUpperLimit brcdIp.0.68
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning
Warning
Warning snTrapL4GslbRemoteUp brcdIp.0.39
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning snTrapL4GslbRemoteDown brcdIp.0.40
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning snTrapL4GslbRemoteControl lerUp brcdIp.0.41
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning
Description and Trap Message
The real server reached its maximum number of connections.
Trap Message:
SLB real server
<snL4TrapRealServerIP>
<snL4TrapRealServerName> maximum connection
<snL4TrapRealServerCurConnec tions> has been reached.
The real server average response time exceeded the lower threshold.
Trap Message:
Port <port-num> on server
<server-name>: <IP>: Avg response time <num> has exceeded lower threshold
The real server average response time exceeded the upper threshold.
Trap Message:
Port <port-num> on server
<server-name>: <IP>: Avg response time <num> has exceeded upper threshold;
Bringing down the port...
The Server Load Balancing switch changed its state from active to standby.
Trap Message:
SLB changes state from active to standby.
The Server Load Balancing switch changed its state from standby to active.
Trap Message:
SLB changes state from standby to active.
The connection to the remote ServerIron is up.
Trap Message:
L4 gslb connection to site
<name> SI <agent IP> <SI name> is up
The connection to the remote ServerIron is down.
Trap Message:
L4 gslb connection to site
<name> SI <agent IP> <SI name> is down
The connection to the GSLB ServerIron is up.
Trap Message:
L4 gslb connection to gslb SI
<IP> is up
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
399
400
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number Varbinds snTrapL4GslbRemoteControl lerDown brcdIp.0.42
snAgGblTrapMessage
Severity
Warning snTrapL4GslbHealthCheckIp
Up brcdIp.0.43
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning snTrapL4GslbHealthCheckIp
Down brcdIp.0.44
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning snTrajjjpL4GslbHealthCheck
IpPortUp brcdIp.0.45
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning snTrapL4GslbHealthCheckIp
PortDown brcdIp.0.46
snAgGblTrapMessage Warning snTrapL4FirewallBecomeSta ndby brcdIp.0.47
snTrapL4FirewallBecomeAct ive brcdIp.0.48
snTrapL4FirewallPathUp brcdIp.0.49
Major
Major
Minor
Description and Trap Message
The connection to the GSLB ServerIron is down.
Trap Message:
L4 gslb connection to gslb SI
<IP> is down
The GSLB health check for an address changed from the down to the active state.
Trap Message:
L4 gslb health-check <IP> of
<subname>.<zonename> status changed to up
The GSLB health check for an address changed from the active to the down state.
Trap Message:
L4 gslb health-check <IP> of
<subname>.<zonename> status changed to down
A port for a health check address is up.
Trap Message:
L4 gslb health-check <IP> of
<subname>.<zonename> port
<server-port> is up
A port for a health check address is down.
Trap Message:
L4 gslb health-check <IP> of
<subname>.<zonename> port
<server-port> is down
The Server Load Balancing switch firewall changed its state from active to standby.
Trap Message: firewall group #<group> become standby
The Server Load Balancing switch firewall changed its state from standby to active.
Trap Message: firewall group #<group> become active
The Server Load Balancing switch firewall path is up.
Trap Message: firewall path up target <IP> nexthop <IP> path <num> port
<num>
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapL4FirewallPathDown brcdIp.0.50
snTrapL4ContentVerification brcdIp.0.55
snTrapL4TcpAttackRateExce edMax brcdIp.0.69
snTrapL4TcpAttackRateExce edThreshold brcdIp.0.70
snTrapL4ConnectionRateExc eedMax brcdIp.0.71
snTrapL4ConnectionRateExc eedThreshold brcdIp.0.72
snTrapL4VirtualServerPortU p brcdIp.0.1005
snAgGblTrapMessage snAgGblTrapMessage snAgGblTrapMessage snAgGblTrapMessage snL4TrapVirtualServerI
P, snL4TrapVirtualServer
Name, snL4TrapVirtualServerP ort, snL4TrapVirtualServer
Message
Minor The Server Load Balancing switch firewall path is down.
Trap Message:
Firewall path down target
<IP> nexthop <IP> path <num> port <num>
Informational The HTTP match list pattern has been found.
Trap Message:
HTTP match-list pattern is found.
Critical
Warning
Critical
The TCP attack rate exceeds the configured maximum TCP attack rate.
Trap Message:
L4 TCP Attack Rate Exceed Max
The TCP attack rate exceeds 80% of the configured maximum.
Trap Message:
L4 TCP Attack Rate Exceed Threshold
Layer 4 connection rate exceeds the configured maximum.
Trap Message:
L4 Connection Rate Exceed Max
Warning The Layer 4 connection rate exceeds
80% of the configured maximum.
Trap Message:
L4 Connection Rate Exceed
Threshold
Informational This is the SNMP trap that is generated when the load balancing virtual server port is up.
Trap Message:
Foundry Trap: L4 Virtual
Server Port Up
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
401
402
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapL4VirtualServerPortD own brcdIp.0.1006
Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snL4TrapVirtualServerI
P, snL4TrapVirtualServer
Name, snL4TrapVirtualServerP ort, snL4TrapVirtualServer
Message
Informational This SNMP trap that is generated when the load balancing virtual server port is down.
Trap Message:
Foundry Trap: L4 Virtual Server Port
Down snTrapifLinkDownRemoteFa ult brcdIp.0.1008
snAgGblTrapMessage Informational On ServerIron ADX devices, This is the
SNMP trap that is generated when physical interface link down due to remote fault.
Trap Message:
Foundry Trap: Port Link Down Remote
Fault
SLB Real Server connection traps
Trap Name and Number snTrapLicenseAdded brcdIp.0.187
snTrapLicenseRemoved brcdIp.0.188
snTrapLicenseExpires brcdIp.0.189
snTrapLicenseExpired brcdIp.0.190
Varbinds fdryLicenseType, snAgGblTrapMessage fdryLicenseType, snAgGblTrapMessage fdryLicenseType, snAgGblTrapMessage fdryLicenseType, snAgGblTrapMessage
Severity Description and Trap Message
Notifica tion
Notifica tion
Notifica tion
Notifica tion
This SNMP trap is generated when a new license is added to the system.
This SNMP trap is generated when a license is removed from the system.
This SNMP trap that is generated when a trial license is about to expire. This trap is generated daily for the last 3 days of the license, and every
2 hours on the day when the license expires.
This SNMP trap that is generated when a trial license has expired.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
ServerIron ADX traps
Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapBrcdSlbRSMaxConnLimitW arn brcdIp.0.1220
snTrapBrcdSlbRSPortMaxConnLi mitWarn brcdIp.0.1221 snTrapBrcdSlbRSMaxConnRateLi mitWarn brcdIp.0.1222
snTrapBrcdSlbRSPortMaxConnRa teLimitWarn brcdIp.0.1223
snTrapBrcdChaiScriptEvent brcdIp.0.1224
snTrapBrcdSlbRSPortRespThresh oldExceed brcdIp.0.1225
snL4TrapRSIpType, snL4TrapRSIp, snL4TrapRealServerN ame, snL4TrapRSCurConn, snL4TrapRSMaxConn
LimitThresh, snL4TrapAsmCpuSlot snL4TrapRSIpType, snL4TrapRSIp, snL4TrapRealServerN ame, snL4TrapRealServerP ort, snL4TrapRSPortCurC onn, snL4TrapRSPortMaxC onnLimitThresh, snL
4TrapAsmCpuSlot snL4TrapRSIpType, snL4TrapRSIp, snL4TrapRealServerN ame, snL4TrapRSCurConn
Rate, snL4TrapRSMaxConn
RateLimitThresh, snL4TrapAsmCpuSlot
Notificatio n
Notificatio n
Notificatio n snL4TrapRSIpType, snL4TrapRSIp, snL4TrapRealServerN ame, snL4TrapRealServerP ort, snL4TrapRSPortCurC onnRate, snL4TrapRSPortMaxC onnRateLimitThr esh, snL4TrapAsmCpuSlot
Notificatio n snAgGblTrapMessage Notificatio n snL4TrapRSIpType, snL4TrapRSIp, snL4TrapRealServerN ame, snL4TrapRealServerP ort, snL4TrapRSPortResp
Thresh
The SNMP trap that is generated when the number of connections of Real
Server reaches the defined Max
Connection Limit threshold.
The SNMP trap that is generated when the number of connections of Real
Server's Port reaches the defined Max
Connection Limit threshold.
The SNMP trap that is generated when the connection rate of Real Server reaches the defined Max Connection
Rate Limit threshold.
The SNMP trap that is generated when the connection rate of Real Server's Port reaches the defined Max Connection
Rate Limit threshold.
Notificatio n
The SNMP trap that is generated when there is a script event that got triggered in Open Script.
The SNMP trap that is generated when the response time of real server port exceeds the configured threshold.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
403
404
ServerIron ADX traps
Varbind information for Real Server traps
Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4TrapRSCurConn brcdIp.1.1.4.13.11
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapRSPortCurConn brcdIp.1.1.4.13.12
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapRSCurConnRate brcdIp.1.1.4.13.13
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapRSPortCurConnRate brcdIp.1.1.4.13.14
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapRSMaxConnLimitThre sh brcdIp.1.1.4.13.15
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapRSPortMaxConnLimit
Thresh brcdIp.1.1.4.13.16
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapRSMaxConnRateLimit
Thresh brcdIp.1.1.4.13.17
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapRSPortMaxConnRate
LimitThresh brcdIp.1.1.4.13.18
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapRSPortRespThresh brcdIp.1.1.4.13.19
SYNTAX Unsigned32 snL4TrapAsmCpuSlot brcdIp.1.1.4.13.20
SYNTAX OCTET STRING snL4TrapRSIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.13.21
SYNTAX InetAddressType snL4TrapRSIp brcdIp.1.1.4.13.22
SYNTAX InetAddress
Read-only Number of connections of Real Server.
Read-only Number of connections of Real Server Port.
Read-only Connection Rate of Real Server.
Read-only Connection Rate of Real Server Port.
Read-only Defined Max Connection Limit threshold of Real Server.
Read-only Defined Max Connection Limit threshold of Real Server Port.
Read-only Defined Max Connection Rate Limit threshold of Real Server.
Read-only Defined Max Connection Rate Limit threshold of Real Server Port.
Read-only The response threshold of real server port.
Read-only ASM App CPU / slot.
Read-only Address type of the Real Server..
Read-only IP Address of the Real Server.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Examples
Examples
RMON event traps
The following is an example of how to generate an SNMP trap for an RMON event.
If you want to configure a device to send an SNMP trap when CPU utilization is exceeds 50 percent, do the following:
1. Configure an RMON alarm with an ID of 1 that checks for snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg every 300 sec. In every sample, check if the CPU utilization falls exceeds 50 percent. If it does, send an event(id 1) with owner name as "Tom". The event trigger is re-armed, when the falling-threshold value falls below 45%
Brocade(config)# rmon alarm 1 snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg.0 300 absolute rising-threshold 50 1 falling-threshold 45 65535 owner Tom
2. Configure an RMON event with an ID of 1, which sends an send a SNMP trap that contains the community string "public", some description, and owner Tom whenever CPU utilization exceeds
50 percent.
Brocade(config)# rmon event 1 description "CPU Utilization exceeds 50%" trap public owner Tom
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
405
Examples
406 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
Using SNMP to Upgrade Software
Appendix
A
In this appendix
•
Upgrading switching processors on a chassis device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Upgrading switching processors on a chassis device
Use this procedure to upgrade the Switching Processors on the following types of modules:
•
Velocity Management Module (VM1)
•
OC-3, OC-12, and OC-48 non-Network Processor Architecture (NPA) POS modules
•
OC-48 NPA POS modules
•
ATM modules
To upgrade flash code on the Switching Processors.
1. Configure a read-write community string on the device, if one is not already configured. To configure a read-write community string, enter the following command from the global CONFIG level of the CLI: snmp-server community string ro | rw where string is the community string and can be up to 32 characters long.
2. On the device, enter the following command from the global CONFIG level of the CLI: no snmp-server pw-check
This command disables password checking for SNMP set requests. This command disables password checking for SNMP set requests. If password checking is enabled (the default) and a third-party SNMP management application does not add a password to the password field when it sends SNMP set requests to a device, the device rejects the request.
3. From the command prompt in the UNIX shell, enter the following command:
/usr/OV/bin/snmpset -c rw-community-string brcdIp-ip-addr brcdIp.1.1.2.1.5.0 ipaddress tftp-ip-addr brcdIp.1.1.2.1.6.0 octetstringascii file-name brcdIp.1.1.2.1.56.0 integer module-type brcdIp.1.1.2.1.57.0 integer slotnum brcdIp.1.1.2.1.7.0 integer command-integer where:
rw-community-string is a read-write community string configured on the device.
brcdIp-ip-addr is the device IP address.
tftp-ip-addr is the TFTP server’s IP address.
file-name is the image file name.
Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
407
Upgrading switching processors on a chassis device
module-type is one of the following:
•
2 – VM1 module.
•
3 – OC-3, OC-12, and OC-48 non-Network Processor Architecture (NPA) POS modules.
•
4 – OC-48 NPA POS modules.
•
5 – ATM module.
slotnum is the slot that contains the module you are upgrading. To upgrade all modules of the
type you specified, enter 0 (zero):
command-integer is one of the following:
•
24 – Download the flash code into the device’s primary flash area.
•
25 – Download the flash code into the device’s secondary flash area.
408 Brocade ServerIron ADX MIB Reference
53-1003446-01
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 3 Contents
- 15 Preface
- 15 Document conventions
- 15 Text formatting conventions
- 16 Command syntax conventions
- 16 Notes, cautions, and warnings
- 17 Brocade resources
- 17 Contacting Brocade Technical Support
- 17 Brocade customers
- 18 Brocade OEM customers
- 18 Document feedback
- 19 Overview of the ServerIron ADX MIB
- 19 Introduction
- 19 Obtaining and installing the ServerIron ADX MIBs
- 19 Downloading the MIB from technical support web site
- 20 Downloading the MIB from Brocade FTP site
- 20 Importing MIB into a UNIX environment
- 20 Reloading MIBs into a third-party NMS
- 20 Standard objects
- 20 Proprietary objects
- 21 Structure of this guide
- 21 About SNMPv3 support on enterprise software releases
- 23 Supported Standard MIBs
- 24 Supported on ServerIron ADX devices
- 25 Partially supported standards
- 25 RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II)
- 26 Notes about the ifIndex
- 26 RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges
- 27 RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types
- 27 RFC 1757: Remote network monitoring management information base
- 27 RFC 2096: IP forwarding table MIB
- 28 RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2
- 28 RFC 2665: Ethernet-like MIB
- 29 RFC 2674: Definitions of managed objects for bridges with traffic classes, multicast filtering and virtual LAN extensions
- 29 RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB
- 29 ifIndex
- 30 ifType for interfaces
- 30 Statistics for virtual routing interfaces on 8x10 modules
- 31 Preserved SNMP statistics on interfaces
- 33 RFC 2932: IPv4 multicast routing MIB
- 34 RFC 2933: IGMP MIB
- 36 RFC 2934: PIM MIB for IPv4
- 39 RFC 4022: MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
- 39 RFC 4113: MIB for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
- 39 RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4
- 41 RFC 4292: IP forwarding table MIB
- 41 RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP)
- 43 Registration
- 47 Physical Properties of a Device
- 47 Common objects
- 47 Fan
- 48 Boards
- 50 Chassis number
- 51 Agent board table
- 57 Agent temperature table (snAgentTemp table)
- 58 Configured module table
- 62 Chassis table
- 64 Chassis products
- 64 General chassis
- 66 Power supply table
- 66 Fan table
- 66 Temperature
- 69 Basic Configuration and Management
- 69 Software Image
- 70 Reload
- 71 NVRAM
- 72 File download and upload
- 75 Software image details
- 78 Boot sequence table
- 79 Software configuration
- 79 Switch IP configurations
- 79 Agent system parameters configuration table
- 80 Switch group configuration
- 84 Switch configuration summary group
- 84 DHCP gateway list table
- 85 NTP general group
- 87 Banners
- 87 Encoded octet strings table
- 88 Agent global group
- 88 Error management
- 89 FDP and CDP
- 89 FDP/CDP global configuration objects
- 90 FDP interface table
- 90 FDP cache table
- 92 FDP cached address entry table
- 93 Software licensing
- 95 Power Over Ethernet MIB
- 95 Power Over Ethernet global objects
- 95 Power Over Ethernet port table
- 96 Power over module table
- 97 Power over unit table
- 99 User Access
- 99 Agent user access group
- 100 Agent user account table
- 101 General security objects
- 103 Configuration notes
- 104 IP community list string table
- 106 Authorization and accounting
- 107 RADIUS general group
- 109 RADIUS server table (IPv4)
- 110 RADIUS server table
- 111 TACACS general objects
- 112 TACACS server table (IPv4)
- 112 Show statistics DOS-attack
- 115 MAC Port Security
- 115 MAC port security table
- 116 MAC port security module statistics table
- 117 MAC port security interface content table
- 118 MAC port security interface MAC table
- 118 MAC port security autosave MAC table
- 119 MAC port security global MIB group
- 121 Traffic Security
- 121 Dynamic ARP Inspection VLAN configuration table
- 121 DAI VLAN configuration table
- 122 Dynamic ARP Inspection Interface configuration table
- 122 Dynamic ARP Inspection entry table
- 123 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
- 124 DHCP Snooping global scalar object
- 124 DHCP Snooping VLAN configuration table
- 124 DHCP Snooping Interface configuration table
- 125 DHCP Snooping binding database table
- 126 IP Source Guard
- 126 IP Source Guard Interface configuration table
- 126 IP Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN configuration table
- 127 IP Source Guard binding table
- 129 Interfaces
- 129 Switch port information
- 129 Switch port information group
- 137 Interface ID lookup table
- 138 Interface index lookup table
- 139 Trunk port configuration group
- 140 Multi-slot trunk port table
- 140 Multi-slot trunk port table
- 141 Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table
- 141 fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable
- 142 fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortTable
- 143 Packet port information table
- 146 POS alarms and error conditions
- 147 Port STP configuration groups
- 147 Port STP configuration groups (snPortStpTable)
- 150 Port STP configuration group (snIfStpTable)
- 154 Port monitor table
- 154 MRP
- 157 Filtering Traffic
- 157 MAC filters
- 157 MAC filter table
- 158 MAC filter port access tables
- 159 Forwarding database static table information
- 160 Layer 2 ACLs
- 161 Layer 2 ACL next clause table
- 162 Layer 2 ACL configuration table
- 164 Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table
- 165 ACLs
- 165 Global ACL
- 165 IPv4 ACL table
- 171 ACl bind to port table (snAgAclBindToPortTable)
- 172 ACL port table (snAgAclIfBindTable)
- 173 ACL port table (AgAclAccntTable)
- 175 Traffic Control and Prioritization
- 175 Quality of service
- 175 QoS profile table
- 176 QoS bind table
- 176 CAR
- 177 CAR port table
- 178 VLAN CAR objects
- 180 Rate limit counter table (agRateLimitCounterTable)
- 181 Multicast
- 181 IGMP
- 182 General IGMP objects
- 182 IGMP interface table
- 183 IGMP static group MIB table
- 184 PIM
- 184 Common PIM objects
- 185 PIM virtual interface table
- 186 PIM neighbor table
- 187 PIM virtual interface statistics table
- 188 PIM-SM
- 190 DVMRP
- 191 Global DVMRP objects
- 192 DVMRP virtual interface table
- 193 DVMRP neighbor table
- 194 DVMRP route table
- 195 DVMRP routing next hop table
- 196 DVMRP virtual interface statistics table
- 199 VLANs
- 199 VLAN by port information table
- 203 VLAN by port membership table
- 204 Port VLAN configuration table
- 207 VLAN by protocol configuration table
- 208 VLAN by IP subnet configuration table
- 209 VLAN by IPX network configuration table
- 211 VLAN by port membership table
- 211 Port VLAN configuration table
- 217 Router Redundancy Protocols
- 217 About router redundancy protocols
- 218 FSRP objects
- 218 FSRP global variables
- 218 FSRP interface table
- 220 VRRP global variables
- 221 VRRP interface tables
- 221 VRRP interface table
- 222 VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2
- 222 VRRP virtual router parameters tables
- 222 VRRP virtual router table
- 227 VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2
- 230 VSRP
- 231 Global VSRP objects
- 231 VSRP interface table
- 232 VSRP virtual router table
- 236 VSRP virtual router table
- 241 RIP
- 241 IP RIP general group
- 243 IP RIP port configuration table
- 243 Redistribution table
- 244 IP RIP route filter table
- 245 IP RIP neighbor filter table
- 246 IP RIP port access table
- 247 Global RIP statistics
- 249 Global Router and IP
- 249 Global router objects
- 250 IP general group
- 252 IP static route table
- 253 IP filter table
- 255 IP interface port address table
- 256 IP interface port access table
- 257 Port configuration tables
- 257 IP interface port configuration table
- 258 Broadcast forwarding group
- 258 General UDP broadcast forwarding group
- 258 UDP broadcast forwarding port table
- 259 UDP helper table
- 260 Trace route group
- 261 General trace route group
- 261 Trace route result table
- 262 IP forwarding cache table
- 263 IP prefix list table
- 265 IP AS-Path access list table
- 265 IP AS-Path access list string table
- 266 ECMP MIB Objects
- 267 Bidirectional Forwarding
- 267 BFD scaler objects
- 268 BFD MIB session table
- 270 BFD MIB session performance table
- 272 BFD MIB session mapping table
- 273 Monitoring and Logging
- 273 Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table
- 274 CPU utilization
- 275 System CPU utility table
- 275 Dynamic memory utilization
- 275 System DRAM information group
- 276 ARP tables
- 276 Static ARP table
- 277 Global ARP statistics
- 278 sFlow
- 278 sFlow source
- 278 sFlow collector
- 279 sFlow collector table
- 280 System logging
- 280 Global objects
- 282 Dynamic system logging buffer table
- 283 Static system logging buffer table
- 284 System log server table
- 284 CAM statistics
- 285 IP CAM statistics table
- 287 CAM usage tables
- 288 CAM profile
- 288 CAM usage for layer 3 traffic
- 289 CAM usage for layer 2 traffic
- 290 CAM usage session table
- 291 CAM usage other table
- 292 System process utilization table
- 292 Objects for debugging
- 293 Support for optical monitoring
- 295 Layer 4 Switch Group
- 295 Barrel processor hardware statistics table
- 295 brcdAdxBPStatTable
- 298 ADX queue statistics table
- 299 ADX DMA statistics table
- 300 Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics
- 300 brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable
- 302 CPU utilization table
- 302 brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleType
- 303 Session
- 304 Server load balancing traffic information
- 305 Hot standby
- 306 Layer 4 policies
- 307 Layer 4 policy table
- 308 Layer 4 policy port access table
- 308 Health checks
- 309 Web cache server objects
- 309 Server cache groups
- 310 Web cache group table
- 311 Web cache table
- 312 Web cache real server port table
- 313 Web cache traffic statistics table
- 316 Web uncached traffic statistics table
- 316 Real server objects
- 317 Real server configuration table
- 318 Real server port configuration table
- 319 Real server statistics table
- 321 Real server port statistic table
- 323 Virtual server objects
- 324 Virtual server configuration table
- 325 Virtual server port configuration table
- 327 Virtual server statistic table
- 329 Virtual server port statistics table
- 329 Bind table
- 329 L4 bind table
- 330 L4 virtual server bind table
- 331 GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table
- 332 GSLB DNS zone information table
- 335 Monitor groups
- 336 Real server history control table
- 337 Real server history group
- 339 Real server port history control group
- 340 Real server port history group
- 341 Virtual server history control group
- 343 Virtual server history table
- 344 Virtual server port history control table
- 346 Virtual server port history table
- 347 Server Load Balancing (SLB) MIB
- 347 Agent compliance
- 352 Global SLB scalar objects
- 353 Real Server Configuration table
- 354 Real Server Port configuration table
- 356 Real Server Statistics Table
- 358 Real Server Port Statistic Table
- 360 Real Server Keepalive Port Statistics table
- 361 Virtual Server Configuration Table
- 364 Virtual Server Port Table
- 367 Virtual Server Statistics table
- 369 Virtual Server Port Statistics table
- 371 Virtual Server Bind table
- 372 Virtual Server Multi Bind table
- 372 Notifications
- 375 Traps and Objects to Enable Traps
- 375 Objects to enable or disable standard traps
- 376 Objects for traps
- 376 Trap information
- 376 Trap receiver table (IPv4)
- 377 Trap receiver table
- 378 General chassis and agent traps
- 380 Enable VRRP traps
- 380 Enable FSRP traps
- 380 Enable VSRP traps
- 381 Enable OSPF trap objects
- 381 Enable switch group traps
- 382 Objects to enable layer 4 traps
- 384 Standard traps
- 384 System status traps
- 384 Traps for spanning tree protocol
- 385 Traps for alarms
- 385 PW traps
- 386 MPLS L3VPN traps
- 390 ServerIron ADX traps
- 390 General traps
- 395 General traps
- 397 Traps for traffic manager
- 398 Packet over SONET traps
- 398 MAC-based VLAN traps
- 399 VRRP trap
- 399 FSRP trap
- 399 VSRP traps
- 400 OSPF traps
- 405 ICMP traps
- 405 TCP trap
- 406 BGP traps
- 406 Port security traps
- 406 MRP traps
- 406 MPLS notifications
- 407 MPLS LSP notification
- 407 Traps for CAM overflow
- 408 Traps for bidirectional forwarding (BFD)
- 409 Traps for wireless features
- 410 SNMP traps for RSVP-signaled LSP state
- 411 UDLD traps
- 411 BPDU guard and root guard traps
- 412 Traps for optics
- 414 Traps for stacking
- 415 Trap specific to FWS
- 416 Software licensing traps
- 416 Layer 4 traps
- 420 SLB Real Server connection traps
- 422 Varbind information for Real Server traps
- 423 Examples
- 423 RMON event traps
- 425 Using SNMP to Upgrade Software
- 425 Upgrading switching processors on a chassis device